Commercial Driver’s License
July 2024

Catalog # 01-970001-2

IDAHO
COMMERCIAL
DRIVER’S LICENSEMANUAL
Published by
The Idaho Transportation Department Division of Motor Vehicles
P.O. Box 7129
Boise, Idaho 83707-1129
July 2024 Edition
Manual developed in conjunction with theAmerican Association of Motor Vehicle Administrator’s 2005 CDL Testing Model

This material is based upon work supported by the Federal Motor Carrier
Safety Administration under Cooperative Agreement No. DTFH61-97-X-00017.
Any opinions, findings, conclusions or recommendations expressed inthis publication are those of the Author(s) and do not necessarily reflect theview of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
COPYRIGHT © 2005 AAMVA. All rights reserved
This material has been created for and provided to State Driver License Agencies (SDLAs) by AAMVA for the purpose of educating Driver
License applicants (Commercial or Non-Commercial). Permission to reproduce, use, distribute or sell this material has been granted to
SDLAs only. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system without express written permission from the author /publisher. Any unauthorized reprint, use, distribution or sale of this material is prohibited.

Human trafficking is modern-day slavery. Traffickers use force, fraud and coercion to control their victims.
Any minor engaged in commercial sex is a victim of human trafficking. Trafficking can occur in many
locations, including truck stops, restaurants, rest areas, brothels, strip clubs, private homes, etc. Truckers
are the eyes and the ears of our nation’s highways. If you see a minor working any of those areas or suspect
pimp control, call the National Hotline and report your tip:
1-888-3737-888 (US)1-800-222-TIPS (Canada)
For law enforcement to open an investigation on your tip, they need “actionable information.” Specific tips
helpful when reporting to the hotline would include: Descriptions of cars (make, model, color, license plate number, etc.) and people (height, weight,
hair color, eye color, age, etc.)

 Take a picture if you can.
 Specific times and dates (When did you see the event in question take place? What day was it?)
 Addresses and locations where suspicious activity took place
Trafficking Red Flags to Look for:






Lack of knowledge of their community or whereabouts
Not in control of own identification documents (ID/passport)
Restricted or controlled communication--not allowed to speak for self
Demeanor: fear, anxiety, depression, submissive, tense, nervous

Questions to Ask:






Are you being paid?
Are you being watched or followed?
Are you free to leave? Come and go as you please?
Are you physically or sexually abused? Are you or your family threatened? What is the nature of thethreats?

Report by Email: Report@PolarisProject.org
Warning: Please do not approach traffickers. Call the hotline, and they will call the FBI and local police todeal with them and rescue the victims. Approaching traffickers is not only dangerous for you and their
victims but could lead to problems in the eventual prosecution of traffickers. Go to
www.truckersagainsttrafficking.org for more information.

In January 2015, an RV pulled into a truck stop in Virginia. Observant professional truck driver Kevin Kimmel recognizedsuspicious activity around that RV, which had pulled back by the truck line, and decided something was off. Instead of turning ablind eye, he made a call that brought law enforcement out to the scene within a few minutes. After interviewing the occupantsof the vehicle, they discovered that a young woman, 20 years old, had been kidnapped from Iowa two weeks prior. She had
been beaten, raped, her whole body burned by instruments heated on the RV stove, branded and starved. She was being sold by
her traffickers, Laura Sorenson and Aldair Hodza, through sex ads on Craigslist, where men were purchasing her and then arriving
at the RV to rape her. She was dying from malnutrition and the torture she was subjected to … had the call not been made thatbrought law enforcement out to that truck stop, doctors said she would have died within the next few days. Now a recoveringsurvivor, this young woman calls Kimmel her guardian angel. He calls himself a Trucker Against Trafficking.
Truckers Against Trafficking is a non-profit organization that has been working with the trucking industry since 2009 to provide
the needed training and tools to enable members of the industry to both recognize human trafficking when they see it
happening and to know what actions to take to enable law enforcement to effectively fight this crime. Through this training andthese tools, truckers are becoming Everyday Heroes like Kevin Kimmel, who was also named TAT’s 2015 Harriet Tubman Awardwinner.
One of the tools TAT provides is a wallet card with red flags
to look for, questions to ask if you suspect someone is a
victim and actionable information to report. This wallet card
is available by App, from the appropriate App Store, on all
smart phones, whether Android, iPhone or Windows format,
as well as by emailing tat.truckers@gmail.com, for a version
to carry in your wallet.
Additionally, TAT provides a powerful, 26-minute training
video on its website (www.truckersagainsttrafficking.org),
which, when watched along with taking and passing a short test, certifies drivers as TAT-Trained, a designation which can go on
your resume. Because professional drivers often find themselves in locations frequented and exploited by human traffickers,
they are in a unique position to recognize the signs of human trafficking and to make the call that can lead to victim recovery andperpetrator arrests. Get your wallet card today. Be an Everyday Hero! Make the call (1-888-3737-888); save lives!

DRUG & ALCOHOL

CLEARINGHOUSE

What is the FMCSA Commercial Driver’s
License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse?
The Clearinghouse is a secure online database thatgives employers, FMCSA, State Driver Licensing Agencies,
and State law enforcement personnel real-time
information about CDL driver drug and alcohol program
violations, thereby enhancing safety on our Nation’s
roadways. An act of Congress directed the Secretary ofTransportation to establish the Clearinghouse.

When must I use the Clearinghouse?
JANUARY 6, 2020: Authorized users are required

to complete the actions described in the
Clearinghouse final rule. Employers are required
to conduct both electronic queries and traditional
manual inquiries with previous employers to meet
the three-year timeframe, required by FMCSA’s
drug and alcohol use testing program, for checking
CDL driver violation histories. Drivers may also view
their own records for information recorded on orafter January 6, 2020.
JANUARY 6, 2023: Once three years of violation data

are stored in the Clearinghouse, employers are nolonger required to also request information fromthe driver’s previous FMCSA-regulated employers
under 391.23(e); an employer’s query of the
Clearinghouse will satisfy that requirement.

RecordConsent
Query
SafetyThe Clearinghouse contains
information about drivers withcommercial driver’s licenses (CDL
drivers) who are covered by FMCSA’s
drug and alcohol program. This also
includes drivers with commercial
learner’s permits (CLPs).
For more information on drivers
affected by the Clearinghouse,see other side.

How does the Clearinghouse
improve highway safety?
Makes it easier for employers to meet their preemployment investigation and reporting obligations.
Makes it more difficult for drivers to conceal theirdrug and alcohol program violations from current orprospective employers.
Provides roadside inspectors and other enforcement
personnel with the means to ensure that drivers
receive required evaluation and treatment before
performing safety-sensitive functions, such as driving
a commercial motor vehicle (CMV).
Makes it easier for FMCSA to determine
employer compliance with testing, investigation,and reporting requirements.

What information does the Clearinghouse contain?
The Clearinghouse contains information on all CDL driver drug andalcohol program violations. These violations include:
Report for duty/remain on duty
for safety-sensitive function withalcohol concentration of 0.04 or
greater or while using any drug
specified in the regulations (Part40), other than those prescribedby a licensed medical practitioner

Alcohol use within eight hoursof an accident or until the
post-accident test is completed,whichever occurs first

Alcohol use while performing, orwithin four hours of performing,a safety-sensitive function

Refusing to submit to a required
alcohol or drug test

Test positive for use of
specified drugs

How do I use the Clearinghouse?
EMPLOYERS
Report drug and alcohol violations andcheck that no current or prospective
employee is prohibited fromperforming safety-sensitive functions,such as operating a CMV, due to adrug and alcohol program violation
for which a driver has not successfullycompleted a return-to-duty (RTD)
process.
CDL DRIVERS
View own record, provide
consent to current or prospective
employers to access details about
any drug and alcohol program
violations, and select a Substance
Abuse Professional, if needed.

MEDICAL REVIEW OFFICERS
Report verified positive drug test
results and test refusals.
SUBSTANCE ABUSE PROFESSIONALS
Report RTD initial assessment andeligibility status for RTD testing.
CONSORTIA/THIRD-PARTY
ADMINISTRATORSOn behalf of an employer, report drug
and alcohol program violations andperform driver queries as required.
STATE DRIVER LICENSING AGENCIES
Query the Clearinghouse prior tocompleting licensing transactions.

What types of drivers and employers does the Clearinghouse affect?
All CDL drivers who operate CMVs on public roads, and their employers
and service agents. This includes, but is not limited to:

School bus drivers
Construction equipment operators

Municipal vehicle drivers(e.g., waste management vehicles)
Federal and other organizations that
employ drivers subject to FMCSA drug
and alcohol use testing regulations(e.g., Department of Defense,
municipalities, school districts)

Limousine drivers

STAY INFORMED: https://clearinghouse.fmcsa.dot.gov
1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 | clearinghouse@dot.gov

VERSION 1.3,SEPTEMBER 2020

Interstate and intrastate
motor carriers, including passenger
carriers

ELDT

Entry-Level
Driver Training

Entry-Level Driver Training Requirements for CDL Applicants
The new Entry-Level Driver Training (ELDT) regulations require that all entry-level drivers of commercial motor vehicles(CMVs) who are subject to ELDT regulations receive training from a provider listed on FMCSA’s Training Provider Registry.
To be eligible to take the Class A or Class B CDL skills test, the S or P skills test, or the H knowledge test, commercial driver’s
license (CDL) applicants must have completed applicable entry-level driver training from a registered training provider.

What must drivers do to meet the ELDT requirements?
Complete training with a registered training provider
Entry-level drivers subject to the ELDT regulations must select a training
provider that is listed on the Training Provider Registry. Only registeredtraining providers will be able to submit certification of a driver’s
completion of entry-level driver training to the Training Provider Registry.
When must a driver have completed their entry-level driver training?
Training must be completed before taking a CDL skills test or, if the driveris applying for the H endorsement, the knowledge test.

A State is not permitted to administer
the CDL skills or knowledge test todriver if they cannot electronicallyverify that these requirements are
met. A State may issue a commercial
learner’s permit (CLP) to a driver who
has not yet completed entry-level
driver training.

Use the scenario chart below to determine if you are required to complete entry-level driver training.

If
A driver holds a CLP that wasissued before February 7, 2022...

The driver is not required to complete entry-level
driver training, as long as the driver obtains a
CDL before the CLP expires.

A driver was issued a CDL or an
S, P, or H endorsement before February 7, 2022…

The driver is not required to complete entry-level
driver training for the previously-issued license orendorsement, even if it has since lapsed.

A driver holds a CLP that was issued before
February 7, 2022, but the CLP expires before thedriver applies for their CDL…

The driver must complete the required entry-level
driver training before being permitted to take the
CDL skills test.

A driver obtains a CLP on or after February 7, 2022...

A driver held a CDL prior to the compliance date,
and applies for an upgrade to a higher classof CDL, or an S, P, or H endorsement for the firsttime on or after February 7, 2022…

March 1, 2022

Then

The driver must complete the required entry-level
driver training before being permitted to take the CDL skills
test, S or P skills test, or H knowledge test.

The driver must complete the required entry-level driver
training for the class of CDL to which the driver is upgradingor the endorsement(s) for which the driver is applying before
being permitted to take the applicable CDL skills test or H
endorsement knowledge test.

ELDT EXCEPTIONS. The ELDT regulations do not apply to individuals that are not required to have a CDL as
outlined in 49 CFR part 383, or for whom the state has waived the CDL skills test.

TRAININGPROVIDER REGISTRYLEARN MORE AT: http://tpr.fmcsa.dot.gov or scan thecode using the camera on your smartphone.

gTable of Contents

Introduction .........................................................................................................................................1-1
Driving Safely ...................................................................................................................................2-1
Transporting Cargo Safely ...............................................................................................3-1
Transporting Passengers Safely...............................................................................4-1
Air Brakes .............................................................................................................................................5-1
Combination Vehicles ............................................................................................................6-1
Doubles and Triples .................................................................................................................7-1
Tank Vehicles ..................................................................................................................................8-1
Hazardous Materials................................................................................................................9-1
School Bus ........................................................................................................................................10-1
Vehicle Vehicle Inspection .............................................................................................11-1
Basic Vehicle Control Skills Test ............................................................................12-1
On-Road Driving .........................................................................................................................13-1
New Modernized Skills Test............................................................................................14-1
This manual is not a substitute for a truck
or bus driver training class or program.
Formal training is the most reliable way
to learn the many special skills required
for safely driving a large commercial
vehicle and becoming a professional
driver in the trucking industry.

CDL License Fees:• CDL: One year (age 20)..........................$15.00• CDL: Three year (age 18 to 21) .............$30.00• CDL: Four year (age 21 and over).........$40.00• CDL: Eight year (age 21 and over)........$60.00• Seasonal CDL(180 Days)........................$44.00• Commercial Learner’s Permit................$29.00• Duplicate CDL or permit.........................$20.00• License upgrade.....................................$30.00• Add Endorsement (after issuance of a
CDL does not include written test fee).$20.00• Written tests (each) ................................$ 5.00
• SkillsTest: County CDL License fee .....$10.00• SkillsTest: CDL Examiner License fee .**[Varies, may be up to $190 per
Idaho Code 49-306(10)]Idaho Commercial Driver’s License Skills Tester List is available online at:https://itd.idaho.gov/itddmv/?target=drivers-id-cards/#cdl

Knowledge Test Information:
Specific
Test:

Number of
Questions:

GeneralKnowledge

Minimum
Correct to
Pass:

50

40

Hazmat30

24

Air Brake

25

20

Combination
Vehicles20

16

Tank Vehicles

20

16

Doubles/Triples

20

16

20

16

20

16

Passenger
VehiclesSchoolBussesc

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 1
INTRODUCTION

Figure 1.1 helps you determine if you need a CDL

This Section Covers






Commercial Driver License Tests
Medical Requirements
Driver Disqualifications
Other Safety Rules
International Registration Program

There is a federal requirement that each state haveminimum standards for the licensing of commercial
drivers.
This manual provides driver license testing
information for drivers who wish to have acommercial driver license (CDL). This manual does
NOT provide information on all the federal andstate requirements needed before you candrive a commercial motor vehicle (CMV). You may
have to contact your state driver licensing
authority for additional information.
You must have a CDL to operate:
Any single vehicle with a gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more.
A
combination
vehicle
with
a
gross
combination weight rating (GCWR) of 26,001 or
more pounds, provided the GVWR of the vehicle(s)being towed is in excess of 10,000 pounds.
A vehicle designed to transport 16 or morepassengers (including the driver).
Any size vehicle which requires hazardous material
placards or is carrying material listed as a selectagent or toxin in 42 CFR part 73. Federal
regulations through the Department of Homeland
Security require a background check andfingerprinting for the Hazardous Materials
endorsement. Contact your local department ofdriver licensing for more information.
You must have at least one year of licensed driving
experience in order to obtain a CDL per Idaho
Code 49-303(4).
To get a CDL, you must pass knowledge and skills
tests. This manual will help you pass the tests,
however, it is not a substitute for a truck driver
training class or program. Formal training is themost reliable way to learn the many special skills
required for safely driving a large commercial
vehicle and becoming a professional driver in thetrucking industry.
Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

Figure 1.1
NOTE:

A bus may be Class A, B, or C depending on whether
the GVWR is over 26,001 pounds or is a combination
vehicle.

Page 1-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

1.1 – Commercial Driver License Tests
1.1.1 – Knowledge Tests
You will have to take one or more knowledge tests,
depending on what class of license and what
endorsements you need. The CDL knowledge tests
include:The general knowledge test, taken by all
applicants.
The passenger test taken by all bus driverapplicants.
The air brakes test, which you must take if yourvehicle has air brakes, including air over hydraulic brakes.
The combination vehicles test, which is required
if you want to drive combination vehicles.

Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

X

2

X

X

X

3

X

X

X

X

X

X

4

School Bus

Vehicle Inspection. You will be tested to see if
you know whether your vehicle is safe to drive. You
will be asked to do a Vehicle inspection of yourvehicle and explain to the examiner what you
would inspect and why.

X

Passenger

Note: You should contact the examiner well aheadof your desired test date. Examiners are required to
notify ITD of your skills test a minimum of 48 hours
prior to the test taking place.

X

Tank Vehicles

1.1.2 – Skills Tests
If you pass the required knowledge test(s), you cantake the CDL skills tests. There are three types ofgeneral skills that will be tested: Vehicle inspection,
basic vehicle control, and on-road driving. You
must take these tests in the type of vehicle forwhich you wish to be licensed.
Any vehicle
that has components marked or labeled cannot
be used for the Vehicle Inspection Test.

1

Double / Triple

Note: All test results will remain valid for one year
from the date they were passed.

Hazardous
Materials
Class CThe School Bus test, required if you want to drivea school bus.

What Sections Should You Study?
LICENSEENDORSEMENTTYPEClass BThe doubles/triples test, required if you want topull double or triple trailers.

Figure 1.2 details which sections of this manual
you should study for each particular class oflicense and for each endorsement.

Sections to Study

The tank vehicle test, required if you want tohaul any liquid or gaseous materials in a tankor tanks having an individual rated capacityof more than 119 gallons and an aggregate
rated capacity of 1,000
gallons
or
more
that
is
either permanently or
temporarily attached to the vehicle or chassis.

On-road Test. You will be tested on your skill tosafely drive your vehicle in a variety of traffic
situations. The situations may include left and rightturns, intersections, railroad crossings, curves, up
and down grades, single or multi-lane roads,
streets, or highways. The examiner will tell you
where to drive.

Class AThe hazardous materials test, required if you
want to haul hazardous materials as defined in 49
CFR 383.5. In order to obtain this endorsement
you are also required to pass a Transportation
Security Administration (TSA) background check.

Basic Vehicle Control. You will be tested on yourskill to control the vehicle. You will be asked tomove your vehicle forward, backward, and turn it
within a defined area. These areas may be marked
with traffic lanes, cones, barriers, or somethingsimilar. The examiner will tell you how each control
test is to be done.

X

5*

X

6

X

X

X

X
X

7

X

X

8

X

9

X

X

10

X

11

X

X

X

X

X

12

X

X

X

X

X

13

X

X

X

X

X

*Study section 5 if you plan to operate vehicles
equipped with air brakes.
Figure 1.2 – What to Study
Page 1-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

1.2 – Medical Documentation
Requirementsinterstate commerce, you must choose interstate
commerce.

Starting January 30, 2012 and no later than January
30, 2014, if you are applying for a CDL Permit; orare renewing, upgrading, adding endorsements to a
CDL; or transferring a CDL from another state, you
are required to provide information to your State
Driver’s License Agency (SDLA) regarding the typeof commercial motor vehicle operation you drive inor expect to drive in with your CDL. Drivers
operating in certain types of commerce will be
required to submit a current medical examiner’s
certificate and/or any medical variance documentsthat you have been issued (i.e. Vision, Skills
Performance or Diabetic waivers, or otherexemptions) to your SDLA to obtain a “certified”
medical status as part of your driving record. You
must contact your State Driver Licensing Agency(SDLA) to obtain information regarding therequirement for submitting these documents.

1.2.2 – Inter/Intrastate Commerce: Status Nonexcepted or Excepted?

Self Certification can be accomplished at yourcounty driver’s license office, or you can complete
your own self-certification on the ITD website at thefollowing web address:
http://dmvapps.itd.idaho.gov/cdlselfcertification
If you are required to have a ”certified” medical
status and fail to provide and keep up-to-date your
medical examiner’s certificate you become ”notcertified” and may lose your CDL.
For the purpose of complying with the newrequirements for medical certification, it isimportant to know how you are using the CMV. The
following information will help you decide how to
self-certify:
1.2.1 – Interstate or Intrastate Commerce
Do you, or will you, use a CDL to operate a CMV ininterstate or intrastate commerce?
Interstate commerce is when you drive a CMV:
From one State to another State or a foreigncountry;
Between two places within a State, but during partof the trip, the CMV crosses into another State or
foreign country; orOnce you decide whether you will operate ininterstate commerce or intrastate commerce,
you must decide whether you will operate (orexpect to operate) in a non-excepted or excepted
status. This decision will tell you to which of thefour types of commerce you must self-certify.
Interstate Commerce:
You operate in excepted interstate commerce
when you drive a CMV in interstate commerce only
for the following excepted activities:
To transport school children and/or school staff
between home and school;
As Federal, State or local government employees;
To transport human corpses or sick or injured
persons;
Fire truck or rescue vehicle drivers
emergencies and other related activities;

duringPrimarily in the transportation of propane winterheating fuel when responding to an emergency
condition requiring immediate response such as
damage to a propane gas system after a storm or
flooding;
In Response to a pipeline emergency condition
requiring immediate response such as a pipeline
leak or rupture;
In custom harvesting on a farm or to transport farmmachinery and supplies used in the custom
harvesting operation to and from a farm or totransport custom harvested crops to storage ormarket;Beekeeper in the seasonal transportation of bees;
Controlled and operated by a farmer, but is not a
combination vehicle (power unit and towed unit),
and is used to transport agricultural products, farmmachinery or farm supplies (no placardable
hazardous materials) to and from a farm and within
150 air-miles of the farm;

Between two places within a State, but the cargo or
passengers are part of a trip that began or will end
in another State or foreign country.

As a private motor carrier of passengers for nonbusiness purposes ; orIntrastate commerce is when you drive a CMV
within a State and you do not meet any of thedescriptions above for interstate commerce.

If you answered yes to one or more of the above
activities as the only operation in which you drive,
you operate in excepted interstate commerceand donotneedaFederalmedicalexaminer’s certificate.

If you operate in both intrastate commerce andSection 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

To transport migrant workers.

Page 1-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If you answered no to all of the above activities, you
operate in non-excepted interstate commerce
and are required to provide a current medical
examiner’s certificate (49 CFR 391.45),commonlyreferred to as a medical certificate or DOT card, toyour State Driver Licensing Agency (SDLA). Most
CDL holders who drive CMVs in interstate
commercearenon-exceptedinterstate
commerce drivers.
If you operate in both excepted interstate
commerce
andnon-exceptedinterstate
commerce, you must choose non-exceptedinterstate commerce to be qualified to operate inboth types of interstate commerce.
Intrastate Commerce:
You operate in excepted Intrastate commerce
when you drive a CMV only in intrastate commerce
activities for which your State of licensure has
determined do not require you to meet the State’s
medical certification requirements. (contact your
SDLA about their requirements).
You operate in non-excepted intrastate
commerce when you drive a CMV only in intrastate
commerce and are required to meet your State oflicensure’s medical certification requirements(contact your SDLA about their requirements).
If you operate in both excepted intrastate
commerce
andnon-excepted
intrastate
commerce, you must choose non-excepted
intrastate commerce.
1.2.3 – Self-Certification Statements
When completing an application for your CDL, youwill be required to check the box next to thestatement that describes your status. The actual
statements on your application may vary from thoseshown below:
 Interstate non-excepted: I certify that I operateor expect to operate in interstate commerce,that I am subject to and meet the Federal DOT
medical card requirements under 49 CFR part
391; and that I am required to obtain a medical
examiner’s certificate.
 Interstate excepted: I certify that I operate or
expect to operate in interstate commerce, but
engage exclusively in transportation oroperations excepted under 49 CFR §§390.3(f),391.2, 391.68 or 398.3 from all or parts of thequalification requirements of 49 CFR part 391;
and that I am not required to obtain a medical
examiner’s certificate.

Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

 Intrastate non-excepted: I certify that I operateor expect to operate entirely in intrastate
commerce, that I am subject to and meet the
medical requirements for my State; and that I
am required to obtain a medical examiner’s
certificate.
 Intrastate excepted: I certify that I operate or
expect to operate entirely in intrastate
commerce, that I am not subject to the medical
requirements for my State; and that I am notrequired to obtain a medical examiner’s
certificate.

1.3 - CDL Disqualifications
1.3.1 – General
You may not drive a commercial motor vehicle if you
are disqualified for any reason.
1.3.2 – Alcohol, Leaving the Scene of an
Accident, and Commission of a Felony
It is illegal to operate a CMV if your blood alcohol
concentration (BAC) is .04% or more. If you operatea CMV, you shall be deemed to have given yourconsent to alcohol testing.
You will lose your CDL for at least one year for a first
offense for:Driving a CMV if your blood alcohol concentration is.04% or higher.
Driving a CMV under the influence of alcohol.
Refusing to undergo blood alcohol testing.
Driving a CMV while under the influence of acontrolled substance.
Leaving the scene of an accident involving a CMV.
Committing a felony involving the use of a CMV.
Driving a CMV when the CDL is suspended.
Causing a fatality through negligent operation of a
CMV.
You will lose your CDL for at least three years if theoffense occurs while you are operating a CMV thatis placarded for hazardous materials.
You will lose your CDL for life for a second offense.
You will lose your CDL for life if you use a CMV tocommit a felony involving controlled substances.

Page 1-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

You will be put out-of-service for 24 hours if you
have any detectable amount of alcohol under .04%.
1.3.3 – Serious Traffic Violations
Serious traffic violations are excessive speeding (15mph or more above the posted limit), recklessdriving, improper or erratic lane changes, following
a vehicle too closely, traffic offenses committed in a
CMV in connection with fatal traffic accidents,
driving a CMV without obtaining a CDL or having a
CDL in the driver’s possession, and driving a CMV
without the proper class of CDL and/or
endorsements.
You will lose your CDL:
For at least 60 days if you have committed twoserious traffic violations within a three-year period
involving a CMV.
For at least 120 days for three or more serious traffic
violations within a three-year period involving aCMV.
1.3.4 – Violation of Out-of-Service Orders
You will lose your CDL:

For drivers who are not required to always stop,
failing to slow down and check that the tracks areclear of an approaching train.
For drivers who are always required to stop, failingto stop before driving onto the crossing.
For all drivers failing to have sufficient space to drivecompletely through the crossing without stopping.
For all drivers failing to obey a traffic control device
or the directions of an enforcement official at thecrossing.
For all drivers failing to negotiate a crossing
because of insufficient undercarriage clearance.
1.3.6 – Hazardous Materials Endorsement
Background Check and Disqualifications
If you require a hazardous materials endorsement
you will be required to submit your fingerprints andbe subject to a background check.
You will be denied or you will lose your hazardous
materials endorsement if you:
Are not a lawful permanent resident of the UnitedStates.

[For at least 90 days if you have committed your first
violation of an out-of-service order.

Renounce your United States citizenship.

For at least one year if you have committed two
violations of an out-of-service order in a ten-year
period.

Have a conviction in military or civilian court for
certain felonies.

For at least three years if you have committed threeor more violations of an out-of-service order in a tenyear period].
1.3.5 – Railroad-highway
Violations

Grade

Crossing

You will lose your CDL:
For at least 60 days for your first violation.
For at least 120 days for your second violation withina three-year period.
For at least one year for your third violation within athree-year period.
These violations include violation of a federal, stateor local law or regulation pertaining to one of thefollowing six offenses at a railroad-highway grade
crossing:

Are wanted or under indictment for certain felonies.

Have been adjudicated as a mental defective orcommitted to a mental institution.
Are considered to pose a security threat asdetermined by the Transportation Security
Administration.
The background check procedures vary fromjurisdiction to jurisdiction. Your licensing agency will
provide you with all the information you need tocomplete the required TSA background checkprocedures.
1.3.7 – Traffic Violations in Your Personal
VehicleThe Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act (MCSIA)
of 1999 requires a CDL holder to be disqualified
from operating a commercial motor vehicle if the
CDL holder has been convicted of certain types ofmoving violations in their personal vehicle.

For drivers who are not required to always stop,
failing to stop before reaching the crossing if the
tracks are not clear.

Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

Page 1-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If your privilege to operate your personal vehicle isrevoked, cancelled, or suspended due to violationsof traffic control laws (other than parking violations)
you will also lose your CDL driving privileges.
If your privilege to operate your personal vehicle isrevoked, cancelled, or suspended due to alcohol,
controlled substance or felony violations, you willlose your CDL for 1 year. If you are convicted of asecond violation in your personal vehicle or CMV
you will lose your CDL for life.
If your license to operate your personal vehicle isrevoked, cancelled, or suspended you may not
obtain a “hardship” license to operate a CMV.

1.4 – Other CDL Rules
There are other federal and state rules that affectdrivers operating CMVs in all states. Among themare:
You cannot have more than one license. If you
break this rule, a court may fine you up to $5,000 or
put you in jail and keep your home state license andreturn any others.
You must notify your employer within 30 days ofconviction for any traffic violations (except parking).
This is true no matter what type of vehicle you were
driving.
You must notify your motor vehicle licensing agency
within 30 days if you are convicted in any otherjurisdiction of any traffic violation (except parking).
This is true no matter what type of vehicle you were
driving.
You must notify your employer within two businessdays if your license is suspended, revoked, or
canceled, or if you are disqualified from driving.
You must give your employer information on all
driving jobs you have held for the past 10 years. You
must do this when you apply for a commercial
driving job.
No one can drive a commercial motor vehicle
without a CDL. A court may fine you up to $5,000 or
put you in jail for breaking this rule.
If you have a hazardous materials endorsement you
must notify and surrender your hazardous materials
endorsement to the state that issued your CDL
within 24 hours of any conviction or indictment inany jurisdiction, civilian or military, for, or found not
guilty by reason of insanity of a disqualifying crime
listed in 49 CFR 1572.103; who is adjudicated as amental defective or committed to a mental institution
as specified in 49 CFR 1572.109; or who renounces
his or her U. S. citizenship;

Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014Your employer may not let you drive a commercial
motor vehicle if you have more than one license or
if you’re CDL is suspended or revoked. A court may
fine the employer up to $5,000 or put him/her in jailfor breaking this rule.
All states are connected to one computerized
system to share information about CDL drivers. The
states will check on drivers' accident records to be
sure that drivers do not have more than one CDL.
You are not allowed to hold a mobile telephone to
conduct a voice communication or dial a mobile
telephone by pressing more than a single button
when driving.
You are not allowed to send or read text messages
while driving.
You must be properly restrained by a safety belt
at all times while operating a commercial motor
vehicle. The safety belt design holds the driversecurely behind the wheel during a crash,helping the driver to control the vehicle andreduces the chance of serious injury or death. If
you do not wear a safety belt, you are four times
more likely to be fatally injured if you are thrownfrom the vehicle.
Your state may have additional rules that you
must also obey.

1.5 – International Registration Plan
International Fuel Tax Agreement
If you operate a CDL required vehicle in interstate
commerce, the vehicle, with few exceptions, isrequired to be registered under the International
Registration Plan (IRP) and the International FuelTax Agreement (IFTA). These federally mandated
programs provide for the equitable collection anddistribution of vehicle license fees and motor fuels
taxes for vehicles traveling throughout the 48
contiguous United States and 10 Canadianprovinces.
Under the IRP, jurisdictions must register
apportioned vehicles which includes issuing license
plates and cab cards or proper credentials,
calculate, collect and distribute IRP fees, audit
carriers for accuracy of reported distance and feesand enforce IRP requirements.

Page 1-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Registrant responsibilities under the Plan include
applying for IRP registration with base jurisdiction,
providing proper documentation for registration,
paying appropriate IRP registration fees, properly
displaying registration credentials, maintaining
accurate distance records, and making records
available for jurisdiction review.

While similar, the Qualified Motor Vehicle in IFTA
means a motor vehicle used, designed, or
maintained for transportation of persons or property
and:1) Having two axles and a gross vehicle weightor registered gross vehicle weight exceeding
26,000 pounds or 11,797 kilograms; orThe basic concept behind IFTA is to allow a licensee(motor carrier) to license in a base jurisdiction for
the reporting and payment of motor fuel use taxes.
Under the IFTA, a licensee is issued one set of
credentials which will authorize operations throughall IFTA member jurisdictions. The fuel use taxes
collected pursuant to the IFTA are calculated basedon the number of miles (kilometers) traveled and thenumber of gallons (liters) consumed in the member
jurisdictions. The licensee files one quarterly tax
return with the base jurisdiction by which thelicensee will report all operations through all IFTA
member jurisdictions.

2) Is used in combination, when the weight ofsuch combination exceeds 26,000 pounds or
11,797 kilograms gross vehicle or registeredgross vehicle weight. Qualified Motor Vehicle
does not include recreational vehicles.
If the vehicle you operate is registered under IRP
and you are a motor carrier licensed under IFTA,
then you are required to comply with themandatory record keeping requirements for
operating the vehicle. A universally accepted
method of capturing this information is through thecompletion of an Individual Vehicle Distance
Record (IVDR), sometimes times referred to as a
Driver Trip Report. This document reflects the
distance traveled and fuel purchased for a vehicle
that operates interstate under apportioned (IRP)
registration and IFTA fuel tax credentials.

It is the base jurisdiction's responsibility to remit thetaxes collected to other member jurisdictions and torepresent the other member jurisdictions in the tax
collection process, including the performance ofaudits.
An IFTA licensee must retain records to support the
information reported on the IFTA quarterly tax return
The IRP registrant and the IFTA licensee may be
the vehicle owner or the vehicle operator.
The requirement for acquiring IRP plates for avehicle and IFTA license for a motor carrier isdetermined by the definitions from the IRP Plan andthe IFTA for Qualified Vehicle and Qualified Motor
Vehicle:For purposes of IRP:
A Qualified Vehicle is (except as provided below)
any Power Unit that is used orintended for use in two or more Member
Jurisdictions and that is used for the transportationof persons for hire or designed, used, or maintained
primarily for the transportation of property, and:(i) has two Axles and a gross Vehicle weight orregistered gross Vehicle weight in(ii) excess of 26,000 pounds (11,793.401
kilograms), or(iii) has three or more Axles, regardless of weight,or(iv) is used in combination, when the gross Vehicle
weight of such combination exceeds 26,000
pounds (11,793.401 kilograms).

Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

Although the actual format of the IVDR may vary, theinformation that is required for proper record keeping
does not.
In order to satisfy the requirements for Individual
Vehicle Distance Records, these documents must
include the following information:
Distance
Per Article IV of the IRP Plan(i) Date of trip (starting and ending)(ii) Trip origin and destination – City and Stateor Province(iii) Route(s) of travel(iv) Beginning and ending odometer or
hubometer reading of the trip(v) Total distance traveled(vi) In-Jurisdiction distance(vii) Power unit number or vehicle identification
number.
Fuel
Per Section P560 of the IFTA Procedures Manual.300 An acceptable receipt or invoice must
include, but shall not be limited to, the following:.005 Date of purchase.010 Seller's name and address.015 Number of gallons or liters purchased;.020 Fuel type.025 Price per gallon or liter or total amount ofsale.030 Unit number or other unique vehicle
identifier

Page 1-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System.035 Purchaser's nameAn example of an IVDR that must be completed inits entirety for each trip can be found in Figure 1
below. Each individual IVDR should be filled out for
only one vehicle. The rules to follow when trying todetermine how and when to log an odometerreading are the following:At the beginning of the day
When leaving the state or province
At the end of the trip/day

Not only do the trips need to be logged, but the fuelpurchases need to be documented as well. You mustobtain a receipt for all fueling and include it with yourcompleted IVDR.
Make sure that any trips that you enter are always
filled out in descending order and that your trips
include all state/provinces that you traveled throughon your route.
There are different routes that a driver may take,and most of the miles may be within one state orprovince. Whether or not the distance you travel isprimarily in one jurisdiction or spread among several
jurisdictions, all information for the trip must berecorded. This includes the dates, the routes,
odometer readings and fuel purchases.

By completing this document in full and keeping all
records required by both the IRP and the IFTA, youwill have ensured that you and your company are incompliance with all State and Provincial laws
surrounding fuel and distance record keeping
requirements.
The IVDR serves as the source document for the
calculation of fees and taxes that are payable to thejurisdictions in which the vehicle is operated, so
these original records must be maintained for aminimum of four years.
In addition, these records are subject to audit by thetaxing jurisdictions. Failure to maintain complete
and accurate records could result in fines, penalties
and suspension or revocation of IRP registrations
and IFTA licenses.
For additional information on the IRP and therequirements related to the IRP, contact your basejurisdiction motor vehicle department or IRP, Inc.
the official repository for the IRP. Additional
information can be found on the IRP, Inc. website atwww.irponline.org. There is a training video on thewebsite home page available in English, Spanish
and French
For additional information on IFTA and therequirements related to IFTA, contact theappropriate agency in your base jurisdiction. You
will also find useful information about theAgreement at the official repository of IFTA at
http://www.iftach.org/index.php.

Figure 1 – Individual Vehicle Mileage & Fuel Record (Example)

Section 1 - Introduction
Version: July 2014

Page 1-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 2
DRIVING SAFELYThis Section Covers
























Vehicle Inspection
Basic Control of Your Vehicle
Shifting Gears
SeeingCommunicating
Space Management
Controlling Your Speed
Seeing Hazards
Distracted Driving
Aggressive Drivers/Road Rage
Night Driving & Driver Fatigue
Driving in Fog
Winter Driving
Hot Weather Driving
Railroad-highway Crossings
Mountain Driving
Driving Emergencies
Antilock Braking Systems
Skid Control and Recovery
Accident Procedures
Fires
Alcohol, Other Drugs, and Driving
Hazardous Materials Rules

breakdown on the road that will cost time anddollars, or even worse, a crash caused by thedefect.
Federal and state laws require that drivers inspect
their vehicles. Federal and state inspectors also
may inspect your vehicles. If they judge the vehicle
to be unsafe, they will put it "out of service" until it isfixed.
2.1.2 – Types of Vehicle Inspection
Vehicle Inspection. A Vehicle inspection will help
you find problems that could cause a crash or
breakdown.
During a Trip. For safety you should:
Watch gauges for signs of trouble.
Use your senses to check for problems (look, listen,smell, feel).
Check critical items when you stop:
Tires, wheels and rims.
Brakes.
Lights and reflectors.
Brake and electrical connections to trailer.
Trailer coupling devices.
Cargo securement devices.
After-trip Inspection and Report. You should do
an after-trip inspection at the end of the trip, day, or
tour of duty on each vehicle you operated. It may
include filling out a vehicle condition report listing
any problems you find. The inspection report helps
a motor carrier know when the vehicle needs
repairs.

This section contains knowledge and safe driving
information that all commercial drivers should know.
You must pass a test on this information to get a
CDL. This section does not have specificinformation on air brakes, combination vehicles,
doubles, or passenger vehicles. When preparing for
the Vehicle Inspection Test, you must review thematerial in Section 11 in addition to the informationin this section. This section does have basic
information on hazardous materials (HazMat) thatall drivers should know. If you need a HazMat
endorsement, you should study Section 9.

2.1.3 – What to Look For

2.1 – Vehicle Inspection

Dual tires that come in contact with each other orparts of the vehicle.

2.1.1 – Why Inspect

Mismatched sizes.

Safety is the most important reason you inspect
your vehicle, safety for yourself and for other road
users.
A vehicle defect found during an inspection could
save you problems later. You could have a

Radial and bias-ply tires used together.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Tire Problems
Too much or too little air pressure.
Bad wear. You need at least 4/32-inch tread depth
in every major groove on front tires. You need 2/32
inch on other tires. No fabric should show throughthe tread or sidewall.
Cuts or other damage.
Tread separation.

Cut or cracked valve stems.
Re-grooved, recapped, or retreaded tires on thefront wheels of a bus are prohibited.

Page 2-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Wheel and Rim Problems
Damaged rims.
Rust around wheel nuts may mean the nuts areloose--check tightness. After a tire has beenchanged, stop a short while later and re-checktightness of nuts.

Suspension System Defects. The suspension
system holds up the vehicle and its load. It keeps
the axles in place. Therefore, broken suspension
parts can be extremely dangerous. Look for:Spring hangers that allow movement of axle fromproper position. See Figure 2.2.

Missing clamps, spacers, studs, or lugs means
danger.
Mismatched, bent, or cracked lock rings are
dangerous.
Wheels or rims that have had welding repairs are
not safe.
Bad Brake Drums or Shoes
Cracked drums.
Shoes or pads with oil, grease, or brake fluid on
them.
Shoes worn dangerously thin, missing, or broken.
Steering System Defects
Missing nuts, bolts, cotter keys, or other parts.
Bent, loose, or broken parts, such as steeringcolumn, steering gear box, or tie rods.
If power steering equipped, check hoses, pumps,
and fluid level; check for leaks.

Figure 2.2

Steering wheel play of more than 10 degrees(approximately 2 inches movement at the rim of a
20-inch steering wheel) can make it hard to steer.

Cracked or broken spring hangers.
Missing or broken leaves in any leaf spring. If onefourth or more are missing, it will put the vehicle "outof service", but any defect could be dangerous. See
Figure 2.3.

Figure 2.1
Figure 2.3
Figure 2.3
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Broken leaves in a multi-leaf spring or leaves thathave shifted so they might hit a tire or other part.
Leaking shock absorbers.
Torque rod or arm, u-bolts, spring hangers, or otheraxle positioning parts that are cracked, damaged, or
missing.
Air suspension systems that are damaged and/or
leaking. See Figure 2.4.

2.1.4 – CDL Vehicle Inspection Test
In order to obtain a CDL you will be required to passa Vehicle inspection test. You will be tested to see if
you know whether your vehicle is safe to drive. You
will be asked to do a Vehicle inspection of yourvehicle and explain to the examiner what you would
inspect and why. The following seven-step
inspection method should be useful.
2.1.5 – Seven-step Inspection Method
Method of Inspection. You should do a Vehicle
inspection the same way each time so you will learn
all the steps and be less likely to forget something.
Approaching the Vehicle. Notice generalcondition. Look for damage or vehicle leaning to one
side. Look under the vehicle for fresh oil, coolant,
grease, or fuel leaks. Check the area around thevehicle for hazards to vehicle movement (people,
other vehicles, objects, low-hanging wires, limbs,etc.).
Vehicle Inspection Guide
Step 1: Vehicle Overview

Figure 2.4
Any loose, cracked, broken, or missing frame
members.
Exhaust System Defects. A broken exhaustsystem can let poison fumes into the cab or sleeper
berth. Look for:

Review Last Vehicle Inspection Report. Drivers
may have to make a vehicle inspection report inwriting each day. The motor carrier must repair any
items in the report that affect safety and certify on
the report that repairs were made or were
unnecessary. You must sign the report only if
defects were noted and certified to be repaired or
not needed to be repaired.

Loose, broken, or missing exhaust pipes, mufflers,
tailpipes, or vertical stacks.

Step 2: Check Engine Compartment

Loose, broken, or missing mounting brackets,
clamps, bolts, or nuts.

Check That the Parking Brakes Are On and/or
Wheels Chocked.

Exhaust system parts rubbing against fuel systemparts, tires, or other moving parts of vehicle.

You may have to raise the hood, tilt the cab (secureloose things so they don't fall and break something),
or open the engine compartment door.

Exhaust system parts that are leaking.

Check the following:
Emergency Equipment. Vehicles must be
equipped with emergency equipment. Look for:Engine oil level.

Fire extinguisher(s).

Coolant level in radiator; condition of hoses.

Spare electrical fuses (unless equipped with circuit
breakers).

Power steering fluid level; hose condition (if so
equipped).

Warning devices for parked vehicles (for example,
three reflective warning triangles or 6 fusees or 3
liquid burning flares).

Windshield washer fluid level.

Cargo (Trucks). You must make sure the truck is
not overloaded and the cargo is balanced andsecured before each trip. If the cargo contains
hazardous materials, you must inspect for proper
papers and placarding.

Automatic transmission fluid level (may require
engine to be running).

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Battery fluid level, connections and tie downs(battery may be located elsewhere)

Check belts for tightness and excessive wear
(alternator, water pump, air compressor)--learn how

Page 2-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemmuch "give" the belts should have when adjusted
right, and check each one.
Leaks in the engine compartment (fuel, coolant, oil,power steering fluid, hydraulic fluid, battery fluid).
Cracked, worn electrical wiring insulation.
Lower and securecompartment door.

hood,

cab,

or

engineStep 3: Start Engine and Inspect Inside the Cab
Get In and Start Engine
Make sure parking brake is on.

Interaxle differential lock (if vehicle has one).
Horn(s).
Windshield wiper/washer.
Lights.
Headlights.
Dimmer switch.
Turn signal.
Four-way flashers.
Parking,
clearance,
switch(es).

identification,markerPut gearshift in neutral (or "park" if automatic).
Start engine; listen for unusual noises.
If equipped, check the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) indicator lights. Light on dash should comeon and then turn off. If it stays on the ABS is notworking properly. For trailers only, if the yellow lighton the left rear of the trailer stays on, the ABS is notworking properly.
Look at the Gauges
Oil pressure. Should come up to normal within
seconds after engine is started. See Figure 2.5
Air pressure. Pressure should build from 50 to 90
psi within 3 minutes. Build air pressure to governor
cut-out (usually around 120 – 140 psi. Know yourvehicle’s requirements.
Ammeter and/or voltmeter. Should be in normal
range(s).
Coolant temperature. Should begin gradual rise tonormal operating range.
Engine oil temperature. Should begin gradual rise tonormal operating range.
Warning lights and buzzers. Oil, coolant, charging
circuit warning, and antilock brake system lights
should go out right away.
Check Condition of Controls. Check all of thefollowing for looseness, sticking, damage, or
improper setting:Steering wheel.
Clutch.
Accelerator ("gas pedal").
Brake controls.
Foot brake.
Trailer brake (if vehicle has one).
Parking brake.
Retarder controls (if vehicle has them).

Figure 2.5
Check Mirrors and Windshield. Inspect mirrors
and windshield for cracks, dirt, illegal stickers, orother obstructions to seeing clearly. Clean andadjust as necessary.
Check Emergency Equipment
Check for safety equipment:
Spare electrical fuses (unless vehicle has circuit
breakers).
Three red reflective triangles, 6 fusees or 3 liquidburning flares.
Properly charged and rated fire extinguisher.
Check for optional items such as:
Chains (where winter conditions require).
Tire changing equipment.
List of emergency phone numbers
Accident reporting kit (packet).

Transmission controls.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Check Safety Belt. Check that the safety belt issecurely mounted, adjusts; latches properly and is
not ripped or frayed.
Step 4: Turn Off Engine and Check Lights
Make sure the parking brake is set, turn off theengine, and take the key with you. Turn onheadlights (low beams) and four-way emergency
flashers, and get out of the vehicle.
Step 5: Do Walk-around Inspection
Go to front of vehicle and check that low beams
are on and both of the four-way flashers areworking.
Push dimmer switch and check that high beams
work.
Turn off headlights and four-way emergency
flashers.
Turn on parking, clearance, side-marker, andidentification lights.
Turn on right turn signal, and start walk-aroundinspection.

Front
Condition of front axle.
Condition of steering system.
No loose, worn, bent, damaged or missing parts.
Must grab steering mechanism to test forlooseness.
Condition of windshield.
Check for damage and clean if dirty.
Check windshield wiper arms for proper spring
tension.
Check wiper blades for damage, "stiff" rubber, andsecurement.
Lights and reflectors.
Parking, clearance, and identification lights clean,
operating, and proper color (amber at front).
Reflectors clean and proper color (amber at front).
Right front turn signal light clean, operating, andproper color (amber or white on signals facing
forward).
Right Side
Right front: check all items as done on left front.

GeneralWalk around and inspect.
Clean all lights, reflectors, and glass as you goalong.

Primary and secondary safety cab locks engaged(if cab-over-engine design).

Driver's door glass should be clean.

Right fuel tank(s).
Securely mounted, not damaged, or leaking.
Fuel crossover line secure.
Tank(s) contain enough fuel.
Cap(s) on and secure.

Door latches or locks should work properly.

Condition of visible parts.

Left front wheel.
Condition of wheel and rim--missing, bent, broken
studs, clamps, lugs, or any signs of misalignment.
Condition of tires--properly inflated, valve stem andcap OK, no serious cuts, bulges, or tread wear.
Use wrench to test rust-streaked lug nuts, indicating
looseness.
Hub oil level OK, no leaks.

Rear of engine--not leaking.

Left front suspension.
Condition of spring, spring hangers, shackles,
u-bolts.
Shock absorber condition.

Spare tire carrier or rack not damaged (if so
equipped).

Left Front Side

Left front brake.
Condition of brake drum or disc.
Condition of hoses.

Transmission--not leaking.
Exhaust system--secure, not leaking, not touchingwires, fuel, or air-lines.
Frame and cross members--no bends or cracks.
Air-lines and electrical wiring--secured against
snagging, rubbing, wearing.

Spare tire and/or wheel securely mounted in rack.
Spare tire and wheel adequate (proper size,
properly inflated).
Cargo securement (trucks).
Cargo properly blocked, braced, tied, chained, etc.
Header board adequate, secure (if required).

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Side boards, stakes strong enough, free of damage,properly set in place (if so equipped).
Canvas or tarp (if required) properly secured toprevent tearing, billowing, or blocking of mirrors.

Taillights clean, operating, and proper color (red atrear).
Right rear turn signal operating, and proper color(red, yellow, or amber at rear).

If oversize, all required signs (flags, lamps, andreflectors) safely and properly mounted and all
required permits in driver's possession.

License plate(s) present, clean, and secured.

Curbside cargo compartment doors in goodcondition, securely closed, latched/locked andrequired security seals in place.

Cargo secure (trucks).

Right Rear
Condition of wheels and rims--no missing, bent, or
broken spacers, studs, clamps, or lugs.
Condition of tires--properly inflated, valve stems
and caps OK, no serious cuts, bulges, tread wear,
tires not rubbing each other, and nothing stuck
between them.

Splash guards present, not damaged, properly
fastened, not dragging on ground, or rubbing tires.

Cargo properly blocked, braced, tied, chained, etc.
Tailboards up and properly secured.
End gates free of damage, properly secured instake sockets.
Canvas or tarp (if required) properly secured toprevent tearing, billowing, or blocking of either the
rearview mirrors or rear lights.

Tires same type, e.g., not mixed radial and bias
types.

If over-length, or over-width, make sure all signs
and/or additional lights/flags are safely and properly
mounted and all required permits are in driver's
possession.

Tires evenly matched (same sizes).

Rear doors securely closed, latched/locked.

Wheel bearing/seals not leaking.
Suspension.
Condition of spring(s), spring hangers, shackles,
and u-bolts.
Axle secure.
Powered axle(s) not leaking lube (gear oil).
Condition of torque rod arms, bushings.
Condition of shock absorber(s).
If retractable axle equipped, check condition of liftmechanism. If air powered, check for leaks.
Condition of air ride components.
Brakes.

Left Side
Check all items as done on right side, plus:
Battery(ies) (if not mounted in engine
compartment).
Battery box(es) securely mounted to vehicle.
Box has secure cover.
Battery(ies) secured against movement.
Battery(ies) not broken or leaking.
Fluid in battery(ies) at proper level (except
maintenance-free type).
Cell caps present and securely tightened (except
maintenance-free type).

Brake adjustment.
Condition of brake drum(s) or discs.
Condition of hoses--look for any wear due torubbing.

Vents in cell caps free of foreign material (except
maintenance-free type).

Lights and reflectors.
Side-marker lights clean, operating, and propercolor (red at rear, others amber).
Side-marker reflectors clean and proper color (redat rear, others amber).

Get In and Turn Off Lights

Rear
Lights and reflectors.
Rear clearance and identification lights clean,
operating, and proper color (red at rear).
Reflectors clean and proper color (red at rear).
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Step 6: Check Signal Lights

Turn off all lights.
Turn on stop lights (apply trailer hand brake or havea helper put on the brake pedal).
Turn on left turn signal lights.
Get Out and Check Lights
Left front turn signal light clean, operating andproper color (amber or white on signals facing thefront).

Page 2-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Left rear turn signal light and both stop lights clean,
operating, and proper color (red, yellow, or amber).

Air pressure gauge (if you have air brakes).

Get In Vehicle

Pressure gauges.

Turn off lights not needed for driving.

Ammeter/voltmeter.

Check for all required papers, trip manifests,
permits, etc.

Mirrors.

Secure all loose articles in cab (they might interferewith operation of the controls or hit you in a crash).
Start the engine.

Temperature gauges.

Tires.
Cargo, cargo covers.
Lights, etc

Step 7: Start the Engine and Check

If you see, hear, smell, or feel anything that mightmean trouble, check it out.

Test for Hydraulic Leaks. If the vehicle has
hydraulic brakes, pump the brake pedal three times.
Then apply firm pressure to the pedal and hold forfive seconds. The pedal should not move. If it does,
there may be a leak or other problem. Get it fixed
before driving. If the vehicle has air brakes, do thechecks described in Sections 5 and 6 of this manual.

Safety Inspection. Drivers of trucks and truck
tractors when transporting cargo must inspect the
securement of the cargo within the first 50 miles ofa trip and every 150 miles or every three hours(whichever comes first) after.
2.1.7 – After-trip Inspection and Report

Brake System
Test Parking Brake(s)Fasten safety belt

You may have to make a written report each day on
the condition of the vehicle(s) you drove. Reportanything affecting safety or possibly leading tomechanical breakdown.

Set parking brake (power unit only).
Release trailer parking brake (if applicable).
Place vehicle into a low gear.
Gently pull forward against parking brake to makesure the parking brake holds.
Repeat the same steps for the trailer with trailer
parking brake set and power unit parking brakes
released (if applicable).
If it doesn't hold vehicle, it is faulty; get it fixed.
Test Service Brake Stopping Action
Go about five miles per hour.
Push brake pedal firmly"Pulling" to one side or the other can mean braketrouble.
Any unusual brake pedal "feel" or delayed stopping
action can mean trouble.
If you find anything unsafe during the Vehicle
inspection, get it fixed. Federal and state laws forbid
operating an unsafe vehicle.
2.1.6 – Inspection during a Trip
Check Vehicle Operation Regularly
You should check:

Subsection 2.1
Test Your Knowledge
The vehicle inspection report tells the motor carrier
about problems that may need fixing. Keep a copyof your report in the vehicle for one day. That way,
the next driver can learn about any problems you
have found.
1. What is the most important reason for doing avehicle inspection?
2. What things should you check during a trip?
3. Name some key steering system parts.
4. Name some suspension system defects.
5. What three kinds of emergency equipment must
you have?
6. What is the minimum tread depth for front tires?
For other tires?
7. Name some things you should check on thefront of your vehicle during the walk aroundinspection.
8. What should wheel bearing seals be checkedfor?
9. How many red reflective triangles should you
carry?
10. How do you test hydraulic brakes for leaks?

Instruments.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

11. Why put the starter switch key in your pocket
during the Vehicle inspection?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 2.1.

2.2 – Basic Control of Your Vehicle
To drive a vehicle safely, you must be able to control
its speed and direction. Safe operation of acommercial vehicle requires skill in:

vehicle comes to a smooth, safe stop. If you have amanual transmission, push the clutch in when theengine is close to idle.
2.2.4 – Backing Safely
Because you cannot see everything behind yourvehicle, backing is always dangerous. Avoid
backing whenever you can. When you park, try topark so you will be able to pull forward when you
leave. When you have to back, here are a few
simple safety rules:
Start in the proper position.

Accelerating.

Look at your path.

Steering.

Use mirrors on both sides.

Stopping.

Back slowly.

Backing safely.

Back and turn toward the driver's side wheneverpossible.

Fasten your seatbelt when on the road. Apply theparking brake when you leave your vehicle.

Use a helper whenever possible.
These rules are discussed in turn below.

2.2.1 – Accelerating
Don't roll back when you start. You may hit
someone behind you. If you have a manualtransmission vehicle, partly engage the clutch
before you take your right foot off the brake. Put on
the parking brake whenever necessary to keep fromrolling back. Release the parking brake only when
you have applied enough engine power to keepfrom rolling back. On a tractor-trailer equipped witha trailer brake hand valve, the hand valve can beapplied to keep from rolling back.
Speed up smoothly and gradually so the vehicle
does not jerk. Rough acceleration can cause
mechanical damage. When pulling a trailer, roughacceleration can damage the coupling.
Speed up very gradually when traction is poor, as inrain or snow. If you use too much power, the drive
wheels may spin. You could lose control. If the drive
wheels begin to spin, take your foot off theaccelerator.
2.2.2 – Steering
Hold the steering wheel firmly with both hands. Yourhands should be on opposite sides of the wheel. If
you hit a curb or a pothole (chuckhole), the wheel
could pull away from your hands unless you have afirm hold.
2.2.3 – Stopping
Push the brake pedal down gradually. The amountof brake pressure you need to stop the vehicle will
depend on the speed of the vehicle and how quickly
you need to stop. Control the pressure so theSection 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Start in the Proper Position. Put the vehicle in thebest position to allow you to back safely. This
position will depend on the type of backing to be
done.
Look at Your Path. Look at your line of travel
before you begin. Get out and walk around thevehicle. Check your clearance to the sides andoverhead, in and near the path your vehicle willtake.
Use Mirrors on Both Sides. Check the outside
mirrors on both sides frequently. Get out of thevehicle and check your path if you are unsure.
Back Slowly. Always back as slowly as possible.
Use the lowest reverse gear. That way you canmore easily correct any steering errors. You also
can stop quickly if necessary.
Back and Turn Toward the Driver's Side. Back to
the driver's side so that you can see better. Backing
toward the right side is very dangerous because you
can't see as well. If you back and turn toward thedriver's side, you can watch the rear of your vehicle
by looking out the side window. Use driver-sidebacking--even if it means going around the block to
put your vehicle in this position. The added safety isworth it.
Use a Helper. Use a helper when you can. There
are blind spots you can't see. That's why a helper isimportant. The helper should stand near the back ofyour vehicle where you can see the helper. Before
you begin backing, work out a set of hand signals

Page 2-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemthat you both understand. Agree on a signal for"stop."

Push in clutch and shift to lower gear at the sametime.

2.3 – Shifting Gears

Release clutch and press accelerator at the same
time.

Correct shifting of gears is important. If you can't getyour vehicle into the right gear while driving, you will
have less control.
2.3.1 – Manual Transmissions
Basic Method for Shifting Up. Most heavy
vehicles with manual transmissions require double
clutching to change gears. This is the basic method:
Release accelerator, push in clutch and shift toneutral at the same time.
Release clutch.
Let engine and gears slow down to the rpm required
for the next gear (this takes practice).
Push in clutch and shift to the higher gear at thesame time.
Release clutch and press accelerator at the sametime.
Shifting gears using double clutching requires
practice. If you remain too long in neutral, you may
have difficulty putting the vehicle into the next gear.
If so, don't try to force it. Return to neutral, releaseclutch, increase engine speed to match road speed,
and try again.
Knowing When to Shift Up. There are two ways ofknowing when to shift:
Use Engine Speed (rpm). Study the driver's
manual for your vehicle and learn the operating rpm
range. Watch your tachometer, and shift up whenyour engine reaches the top of the range. (Somenewer vehicles use "progressive" shifting: the rpm
at which you shift becomes higher as you move up
in the gears. Find out what's right for the vehicle you
will operate.)
Use Road Speed (mph). Learn what speeds eachgear is good for. Then, by using the speedometer,
you'll know when to shift up.
With either method, you may learn to use engine
sounds to know when to shift.
Basic Procedures for Shifting Down
Release accelerator, push in clutch, and shift toneutral at the same time.
Release clutch.
Press accelerator, increase engine and gear speed
to the rpm required in the lower gear.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Downshifting, like upshifting, requires knowing
when to shift. Use either the tachometer or the
speedometer and downshift at the right rpm orroad speed.
Special conditions where you should downshift
are:
Before Starting Down a Hill. Slow down and shiftdown to a speed that you can control without using
the brakes hard. Otherwise the brakes can overheat
and lose their braking power.
Downshift before starting down the hill. Make sure
you are in a low enough gear, usually lower than thegear required to climb the same hill.
Before Entering a Curve. Slow down to a safe
speed, and downshift to the right gear before
entering the curve. This lets you use some power
through the curve to help the vehicle be more stable
while turning. It also allows you to speed up as soon
as you are out of the curve.
2.3.2 – Multi-speed Rear Axles and Auxiliary
Transmissions
Multi-speed rear axles and auxiliary transmissions
are used on many vehicles to provide extra gears.
You usually control them by a selector knob orswitch on the gearshift lever of the maintransmission. There are many different shift
patterns. Learn the right way to shift gears in thevehicle you will drive.
2.3.3 – Automatic Transmissions
Some vehicles have automatic transmissions. You
can select a low range to get greater engine braking
when going down grades. The lower ranges preventthe transmission from shifting up beyond theselected gear (unless the governor rpm is
exceeded). It is very important to use this braking
effect when going down grades.
2.3.4 – Retarders
Some vehicles have "retarders." Retarders help
slow a vehicle, reducing the need for using yourbrakes. They reduce brake wear and give youanother way to slow down. There are four basic
types of retarders (exhaust, engine, hydraulic, andelectric). All retarders can be turned on or off by thedriver. On some vehicles the retarding power can be
adjusted. When turned "on," retarders apply theirPage 2-9

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

braking power (to the drive wheels only) whenever
you let up on the accelerator pedal all the way.
Because these devices can be noisy, be sure you
know where their use is permitted.

Looking 12 to 15 seconds ahead doesn't mean not
paying attention to things that are closer. Gooddrivers shift their attention back and forth, near andfar. Figure 2.6 illustrates how far to look ahead.

Caution. When your drive wheels have poor
traction, the retarder may cause them to skid.
Therefore, you should turn the retarder off
whenever the road is wet, icy, or snow covered.

Subsections 2.2 and 2.3
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Why should you back toward the driver'sside?
If stopped on a hill, how can you startmoving without rolling back?
When backing, why is it important to use ahelper?
What's the most important hand signal thatyou and the helper should agree on?
What are the two special conditions where
you should downshift?
When should you downshift automatictransmissions?
Retarders keep you from skidding when theroad is slippery. True or False?
What are the two ways to know when to
shift?

These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.2 and 2.3.

2.4 – Seeing
To be a safe driver you need to know what's goingon all around your vehicle. Not looking properly is amajor cause of accidents.
2.4.1 – Seeing Ahead
All drivers look ahead; but many don't look far
enough ahead.
Importance of Looking Far Enough Ahead.
Because stopping or changing lanes can take a lotof distance, knowing what the traffic is doing on all
sides of you is very important. You need to look wellahead to make sure you have room to make thesemoves safely.
How Far Ahead to Look. Most good drivers look atleast 12 to 15 seconds ahead. That means looking
ahead the distance you will travel in 12 to 15
seconds. At lower speeds, that's about one block.
At highway speeds it's about a quarter of a mile. If
you're not looking that far ahead, you may have tostop too quickly or make quick lane changes.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Figure 2.6
Look for Traffic. Look for vehicles coming onto thehighway, into your lane, or turning. Watch for brakelights from slowing vehicles. By seeing these things
far enough ahead, you can change your speed, orchange lanes if necessary to avoid a problem. If a
traffic light has been green for a long time it willprobably change before you get there. Start slowing
down and be ready to stop.
2.4.2 – Seeing to the Sides and Rear
It's important to know what's going on behind and to
the sides. Check your mirrors regularly. Check more
often in special situations.
Mirror Adjustment. Mirror adjustment should bechecked prior to the start of any trip and can only bechecked accurately when the trailer(s) are straight.
You should check and adjust each mirror to show
some part of the vehicle. This will give you areference point for judging the position of the otherimages.
Regular Checks. You need to make regular checksof your mirrors to be aware of traffic and to checkyour vehicle.
Traffic. Check your mirrors for vehicles on eitherside and in back of you. In an emergency, you may
need to know whether you can make a quick lanechange. Use your mirrors to spot overtaking
vehicles. There are "blind spots" that your mirrors
cannot show you. Check your mirrors regularly toknow where other vehicles are around you, and tosee if they move into your blind spots.
Check Your Vehicle. Use the mirrors to keep an
eye on your tires. It's one way to spot a tire fire. If

Page 2-10

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

you're carrying open cargo, you can use the mirrors
to check it. Look for loose straps, ropes, or chains.
Watch for a flapping or ballooning tarp.

Signaling what you intend to do is important forsafety. Here are some general rules for signaling.

Special Situations. Special situations require morethan regular mirror checks. These are lanechanges, turns, merges, and tight maneuvers.
Lane Changes. You need to check your mirrors tomake sure no one is alongside you or about to passyou. Check your mirrors:
Before you change lanes to make sure there isenough room.
After you have signaled, to check that no one has
moved into your blind spot.
Right after you start the lane change, to doublecheck that your path is clear.
After you complete the lane change.
Turns. In turns, check your mirrors to make sure therear of your vehicle will not hit anything.
Merges. When merging, use your mirrors to makesure the gap in traffic is large enough for you toenter safely.
Tight Maneuvers. Any time you are driving in closequarters, check your mirrors often. Make sure you
have enough clearance.

Figure 2.7

How to Use Mirrors. Use mirrors correctly bychecking them quickly and understanding what yousee.

Turns. There are three good rules for using turnsignals:

When you use your mirrors while driving on theroad, check quickly. Look back and forth between
the mirrors and the road ahead. Don't focus on the
mirrors for too long. Otherwise, you will travel quite
a distance without knowing what's happening
ahead.

Signal early. Signal well before you turn. It is thebest way to keep others from trying to pass you.

Many large vehicles have curved (convex, "fisheye,""spot," "bug-eye") mirrors that show a wider area
than flat mirrors. This is often helpful. But everythingappears smaller in a convex mirror than it would if
you were looking at it directly. Things also seem
farther away than they really are. It's important torealize this and to allow for it. Figure 2.7 shows thefield of vision using a convex mirror.

Cancel your signal. Don't forget to turn off your turnsignal after you've turned (if you don't have selfcanceling signals).

2.5 – Communicating

Slowing Down. Warn drivers behind you when you
see you'll need to slow down. A few light taps on thebrake pedal -- enough to flash the brake lights -should warn following drivers. Use the four-way
emergency flashers for times when you are drivingvery slowly or are stopped. Warn other drivers in
any of the following situations:2.5.1 – Signal Your Intentions
Other drivers can't know what you are going to do
until you tell them.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Signal continuously. You need both hands on thewheel to turn safely. Don't cancel the signal until you
have completed the turn.

Lane Changes. Put your turn signal on beforechanging lanes. Change lanes slowly and smoothly.
That way a driver you didn't see may have a chance
to honk his/her horn, or avoid your vehicle.

Page 2-11

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Trouble Ahead. The size of your vehicle may makeit hard for drivers behind you to see hazards ahead.
If you see a hazard that will require slowing down,
warn the drivers behind by flashing your brakelights.
Tight Turns. Most car drivers don't know how
slowly you have to go to make a tight turn in a large
vehicle. Give drivers behind you warning by braking
early and slowing gradually.

If you must stop on a road or the shoulder of any
road, you must put out your emergency warning
devices within ten minutes. Place your warning
devices at the following locations:If you must stop on or by a one-way or divided
highway, place warning devices 10 feet, 100 feet,and 200 feet toward the approaching traffic. See
Figure 2.8.

Stopping on the Road. Truck and bus drivers
sometimes stop in the roadway to unload cargo or
passengers, or to stop at a railroad crossing. Warnfollowing drivers by flashing your brake lights. Don't
stop suddenly.
Driving Slowly. Drivers often do not realize how
fast they are catching up to a slow vehicle until they
are very close. If you must drive slowly, alert
following drivers by turning on your emergency
flashers if it is legal. (Laws regarding the use of
flashers differ from one state to another. Check thelaws of the states where you will drive.)
Don't Direct Traffic. Some drivers try to help out
others by signaling when it is safe to pass. You
should not do this. You could cause an accident.
You could be blamed and it could cost you many
thousands of dollars.
2.5.2 – Communicating Your Presence
Other drivers may not notice your vehicle evenwhen it's in plain sight. To help prevent accidents,
let them know you're there.
When Passing. Whenever you are about to pass avehicle, pedestrian, or bicyclist, assume they don't
see you. They could suddenly move in front of you.
When it is legal, tap the horn lightly or, at night, flash
your lights from low to high beam and back. And,drive carefully enough to avoid a crash even if they
don't see or hear you.
When It's Hard to See. At dawn, dusk, in rain, or
snow, you need to make yourself easier to see. If
you are having trouble seeing other vehicles, otherdrivers will have trouble seeing you. Turn on yourlights. Use the headlights, not just the identification
or clearance lights. Use the low beams; high beams
can bother people in the daytime as well as at night.
When Parked at the Side of the Road. When you
pull off the road and stop, be sure to turn on the fourway emergency flashers. This is important at night.
Don't trust the taillights to give warning. Drivers
have crashed into the rear of a parked vehicle
because they thought it was moving normally.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Figure 2.8

Page 2-12

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If you stop on a two-lane road carrying traffic in both
directions or on an undivided highway, place
warning devices within 10 feet of the front or rearcorners to mark the location of the vehicle and 100
feet behind and ahead of the vehicle, on theshoulder or in the lane you stopped in. See Figure
2.9.

Figure 2.10
When putting out the triangles, hold them between
yourself and the oncoming traffic for your own
safety. (So other drivers can see you.)Use Your Horn When Needed. Your horn can letothers know you're there. It can help to avoid acrash. Use your horn when needed. However, it canstartle others and could be dangerous when usedunnecessarily.

2.6 – Controlling Speed
Driving too fast is a major cause of fatal crashes.
You must adjust your speed depending on driving
conditions. These include traction, curves, visibility,
traffic and hills.
2.6.1 – Stopping Distance
Perception Distance + Reaction Distance +Braking Distance = Total Stopping Distance

Figure 2.9
Back beyond any hill, curve, or other obstructionthat prevents other drivers from seeing the vehicle
within 500 feet. If line of sight view is obstructed due
to hill or curve, move the rear-most triangle toa point back down the road so warning is provided.
See Figure 2.10.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Perception distance. The distance your vehicle
travels, in ideal conditions; from the time your eyes
see a hazard until your brain recognizes it. Keep inmind certain mental and physical conditions canaffect your perception distance. It can be affected
greatly depending on visibility and the hazard itself.
The average perception time for an alert driver is 1¾
seconds. At 55 mph this accounts for 142 feettraveled.

Page 2-13

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Reaction distance. The distance you will continue
to travel, in ideal conditions; before you physically
hit the brakes, in response to a hazard seen ahead.
The average driver has a reaction time of ¾ second
to 1 second. At 55 mph this accounts for 61 feettraveled.

absorb. But the brakes, tires, springs, and shock
absorbers on heavy vehicles are designed to work
best when the vehicle is fully loaded. Empty trucks
require greater stopping distances because an
empty vehicle has less traction.
2.6.2 – Matching Speed to the Road Surface

Braking distance. The distance your vehicle willtravel, in ideal conditions; while you are braking. At
55 mph on dry pavement with good brakes, it cantake about 216 feet.
Total stopping distance. The total minimum
distance your vehicle has traveled, in ideal
conditions; with everything considered, including
perception distance, reaction distance and braking
distance, until you can bring your vehicle to acomplete stop. At 55 mph, your vehicle will travel aminimum of 419 feet. See Figure 2.11.

You can't steer or brake a vehicle unless you havetraction. Traction is friction between the tires and theroad. There are some road conditions that reduce
traction and call for lower speeds.
Slippery Surfaces. It will take longer to stop, and it
will be harder to turn without skidding, when theroad is slippery. Wet roads can double stopping
distance. You must drive slower to be able to stopin the same distance as on a dry road. Reduce
speed by about one-third (e.g., slow from 55 toabout 35 mph) on a wet road. On packed snow,
reduce speed by a half, or more. If the surface is icy,
reduce speed to a crawl and stop driving as soon as
you can safely do so.
Identifying Slippery Surfaces. Sometimes it's
hard to know if the road is slippery. Here are somesigns of slippery roads:
Shaded Areas. Shady parts of the road will remain
icy and slippery long after open areas have melted.
Bridges. When the temperature drops, bridges will
freeze before the road will. Be especially carefulwhen the temperature is close to 32 degrees
Fahrenheit.
Melting Ice. Slight melting will make ice wet. Wet
ice is much more slippery than ice that is not wet.

Figure 2.11
The Effect of Speed on Stopping Distance.
The faster you drive, the greater the impact or
striking power of your vehicle. When you double
your speed from 20 to 40 mph the impact is 4 times
greater. The braking distance is also 4 times longer.
Triple the speed from 20 to 60 mph and the impact
and braking distance is 9 times greater. At 60 mph,
your stopping distance is greater than the length ofa football field. Increase the speed to 80 mph andthe impact and braking distance are 16 times
greater than at 20 mph. High speeds greatly
increase the severity of crashes and stopping
distances. By slowing down, you can reducebraking distance.
The Effect of Vehicle Weight on Stopping
Distance. The heavier the vehicle, the more work
the brakes must do to stop it, and the more heat they

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Black Ice. Black ice is a thin layer that is clear
enough that you can see the road underneath it. It
makes the road look wet. Any time the temperature
is below freezing and the road looks wet, watch out
for black ice.
Vehicle Icing. An easy way to check for ice is toopen the window and feel the front of the mirror,
mirror support, or antenna. If there's ice on these,
the road surface is probably starting to ice up.
Just After Rain Begins. Right after it starts to rain,
the water mixes with oil left on the road by vehicles.
This makes the road very slippery. If the rain
continues, it will wash the oil away.
Hydroplaning. In some weather, water or slush
collects on the road. When this happens, yourvehicle can hydroplane. It's like water skiing--thetires lose their contact with the road and have little
or no traction. You may not be able to steer or brake.
You can regain control by releasing the accelerator
and pushing in the clutch. This will slow your vehicle
and let the wheels turn freely. If the vehicle ishydroplaning, do not use the brakes to slow down.
Page 2-14

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If the drive wheels start to skid, push in the clutch tolet them turn freely.
It does not take a lot of water to cause hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning can occur at speeds as low as 30 mph
if there is a lot of water. Hydroplaning is more likely
if tire pressure is low, or the tread is worn. (Thegrooves in a tire carry away the water; if they aren't
deep, they don't work well.)Road surfaces where water can collect can create
conditions that cause a vehicle to hydroplane.
Watch for clear reflections, tire splashes, andraindrops on the road. These are indications ofstanding water.

than the speed of other traffic, you'll have to keep
passing other vehicles. This increases the chanceof a crash, and it is more tiring. Fatigue increases
the chance of a crash. Going with the flow of traffic
is safer and easier.
2.6.6 – Speed on Downgrades
Your vehicle's speed will increase on downgrades
because of gravity. Your most important objective is
to select and maintain a speed that is not too fast forthe:Total weight of the vehicle and cargo.
Length of the grade.
Steepness of the grade.

2.6.3 – Speed and Curves
Drivers must adjust their speed for curves in theroad. If you take a curve too fast, two things canhappen. The tires can lose their traction andcontinue straight ahead, so you skid off the road. Or,
the tires may keep their traction and the vehicle rolls
over. Tests have shown that trucks with a highcenter of gravity can roll over at the posted speed
limit for a curve.
Slow to a safe speed before you enter a curve.
Braking in a curve is dangerous because it is easier
to lock the wheels and cause a skid. Slow down as
needed. Don't ever exceed the posted speed limit
for the curve. Be in a gear that will let you accelerateslightly in the curve. This will help you keep control.
2.6.4 – Speed and Distance Ahead
You should always be able to stop within the
distance you can see ahead. Fog, rain, or otherconditions may require that you slowdown to beable to stop in the distance you can see. At night,
you can't see as far with low beams as you can withhigh beams. When you must use low beams, slow
down.
2.6.5 – Speed and Traffic Flow
When you're driving in heavy traffic, the safest
speed is the speed of other vehicles. Vehicles going
the same direction at the same speed are not likely
to run into one another. In many states, speed limits
are lower for trucks and buses than for cars. It canvary as much as 15 mph. Use extra caution when
you change lanes or pass on these roadways. Driveat the speed of the traffic, if you can without goingat an illegal or unsafe speed. Keep a safe following
distance.
The main reason drivers exceed speed limits is tosave time. But, anyone trying to drive faster than the
speed of traffic will not be able to save much time.
The risks involved are not worth it. If you go faster
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Road conditions.
Weather.
If a speed limit is posted, or there is a sign indicating"Maximum Safe Speed," never exceed the speed
shown. Also, look for and heed warning signs
indicating the length and steepness of the grade.
You must use the braking effect of the engine as theprincipal way of controlling your speed on
downgrades. The braking effect of the engine isgreatest when it is near the governed rpms and thetransmission is in the lower gears. Save your brakes
so you will be able to slow or stop as required byroad and traffic conditions. Shift your transmission
to a low gear before starting down the grade anduse the proper braking techniques. Please read
carefully the section on going down long, steep
downgrades safely in "Mountain Driving."
2.6.7 – Roadway Work Zones
Speeding traffic is the number one cause of injury
and death in roadway work zones. Observe theposted speed limits at all times when approachingand driving through a work zone. Watch yourspeedometer, and don’t allow your speed to creep
up as you drive through long sections of road
construction. Decrease your speed for adverse
weather or road conditions. Decrease your speed
even further when a worker is close to the roadway.

Subsections 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6
Test Your Knowledge
1.

How far ahead does the manual say you
should look?

2.

What are two main things to look for ahead?

3.

What's your most important way to see thesides and rear of your vehicle?

4.

What does "communicating" mean in safe
driving?
Page 2-15

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

5.

Where should you place reflectors when
stopped on a divided highway?

6.

What three things add up to total stopping
distance?

7.

If you go twice as fast, will your stopping
distance increase by two or four times?

8.

Empty trucks have the best braking. True orFalse?

9.

What is hydroplaning?

10. What is "black ice”?
These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.4, 2.5, and
2.6.

Then count off the seconds like this: "one thousandand-one, one thousand-and-two" and so on, until
you reach the same spot. Compare your count withthe rule of one second for every ten feet of length.
If you are driving a 40-foot truck and only counted
up to 2 seconds, you're too close. Drop back a little
and count again until you have 4 seconds offollowing distance (or 5 seconds, if you're going over
40 mph). After a little practice, you will know how far
back you should be. Remember to add 1 second forspeeds above 40 mph. Also remember that when
the road is slippery, you need much more space tostop.

2.7 – Managing Space
To be a safe driver, you need space all around yourvehicle. When things go wrong, space gives you
time to think and to take action.
To have space available when something goes
wrong, you need to manage space. While this is true
for all drivers, it is very important for large vehicles.
They take up more space and they require more
space for stopping and turning.
2.7.1 – Space Ahead
Of all the space around your vehicle, it is the areaahead of the vehicle--the space you're driving into -that is most important.
The Need for Space Ahead. You need space
ahead in case you must suddenly stop. According
to accident reports, the vehicle that trucks andbuses most often run into is the one in front of them.
The most frequent cause is following too closely.
Remember, if the vehicle ahead of you is smaller
than yours, it can probably stop faster than you can.
You may crash if you are following too closely.
How Much Space? How much space should you
keep in front of you? One good rule says you needat least one second for each 10 feet of vehicle
length at speeds below 40 mph. At greater speeds,
you must add 1 second for safety. For example, if
you are driving a 40-foot vehicle, you should leave
4 seconds between you and the vehicle ahead. In a
60-foot rig, you'll need 6 seconds. Over 40 mph,you'd need 5 seconds for a 40-foot vehicle and 7
seconds for a 60-foot vehicle. See Figure 2.12.
To know how much space you have, wait until thevehicle ahead passes a shadow on the road, apavement marking, or some other clear landmark.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Figure 2.12
2.7.2 – Space Behind
You can't stop others from following you too closely.
But there are things you can do to make it safer.
Stay to the Right. Heavy vehicles are often
tailgated when they can't keep up with the speed oftraffic. This often happens when you're going uphill.
If a heavy load is slowing you down, stay in the rightlane if you can. Going uphill, you should not pass
another slow vehicle unless you can get aroundquickly and safely.

Page 2-16

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Dealing with Tailgaters Safely. In a large vehicle,
it's often hard to see whether a vehicle is closebehind you. You may be tailgated:
When you are traveling slowly. Drivers trappedbehind slow vehicles often follow closely.
In bad weather. Many car drivers follow large
vehicles closely during bad weather, especiallywhen it is hard to see the road ahead.
If you find yourself being tailgated, here are somethings you can do to reduce the chances of a crash:
Avoid quick changes. If you have to slow down or
turn, signal early, and reduce speed very gradually.
Increase your following distance. Opening up
room in front of you will help you to avoid having to
make sudden speed or direction changes. It also
makes it easier for the tailgater to get around you.
Don't speed up. It's safer to be tailgated at a low
speed than a high speed.
Avoid tricks. Don't turn on your taillights or flash
your brake lights. Follow the suggestions above.
2.7.3 – Space to the Sides
Commercial vehicles are often wide and take up
most of a lane. Safe drivers will manage what little
space they have. You can do this by keeping yourvehicle centered in your lane, and avoid driving
alongside others.
Staying Centered in a Lane. You need to keep
your vehicle centered in the lane to keep safe
clearance on either side. If your vehicle is wide, youhave little room to spare.
Traveling Next to Others. There are two dangers
in traveling alongside other vehicles:
Another driver may change lanes suddenly and turninto you.
You may be trapped when you need to change
lanes.
Find an open spot where you aren't near othertraffic. When traffic is heavy, it may be hard to findan open spot. If you must travel near other vehicles,
try to keep as much space as possible between you
and them. Also, drop back or pull forward so thatyou are sure the other driver can see you.
Strong Winds. Strong winds make it difficult to stayin your lane. The problem is usually worse for lighter
vehicles. This problem can be especially bad
coming out of tunnels. Don't drive alongside others
if you can avoid it.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

2.7.4 – Space Overhead
Hitting overhead objects is a danger. Make sure you
always have overhead clearance.
Don't assume that the heights posted at bridges andoverpasses are correct. Re-paving or packed snow
may have reduced the clearances since the heights
were posted.
The weight of a cargo van changes its height. An
empty van is higher than a loaded one. That you got
under a bridge when you were loaded does notmean that you can do it when you are empty.
If you doubt you have safe space to pass under an
object, go slowly. If you aren't sure you can make it,take another route. Warnings are often posted on
low bridges or underpasses, but sometimes they
are not.
Some roads can cause a vehicle to tilt. There canbe a problem clearing objects along the edge of theroad, such as signs, trees, or bridge supports.
Where this is a problem, drive a little closer to thecenter of the road.
Before you back into an area, get out and check foroverhanging objects such as trees, branches, orelectric wires. It's easy to miss seeing them while
you are backing. (Also check for other hazards atthe same time.)
2.7.5 – Space Below
Many drivers forget about the space under theirvehicles. That space can be very small when avehicle is heavily loaded. This is often a problem ondirt roads and in unpaved yards. Don't take achance on getting hung up. Drainage channels
across roads can cause the ends of some vehicles
to drag. Cross such depressions carefully.
Railroad tracks can also cause problems,particularly when pulling trailers with a low
underneath clearance. Don’t take a chance on
getting hung up halfway across.
2.7.6 – Space for Turns
The space around a truck or bus is important inturns. Because of wide turning and off-tracking,large vehicles can hit other vehicles or objects
during turns.
Right Turns. Here are some rules to help preventright-turn crashes:
Turn slowly to give yourself and others more time to
avoid problems.

Page 2-17

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If you are driving a truck or bus that cannot makethe right turn without swinging into another lane,
turn wide as you complete the turn. Keep the rear of
your vehicle close to the curb. This will stop otherdrivers from passing you on the right.
Don't turn wide to the left as you start the turn. A
following driver may think you are turning left and try
to pass you on the right. You may crash into theother vehicle as you complete your turn.
If you must cross into the oncoming lane to make aturn, watch out for vehicles coming toward you. Givethem room to go by or to stop. However, don't backup for them, because you might hit someone behindyou. See Figure 2.13.

2.7.7 – Space Needed to Cross or Enter Traffic
Be aware of the size and weight of your vehicle
when you cross or enter traffic. Here are some
important things to keep in mind.
Because of slow acceleration and the space large
vehicles require, you may need a much larger gap
to enter traffic than you would in a car.
Acceleration varies with the load. Allow more room
if your vehicle is heavily loaded.
Before you start across a road, make sure you can
get all the way across before traffic reaches you.

2.8 – Seeing Hazards
2.8.1 – Importance of Seeing Hazards
What Is a Hazard? A hazard is any road conditionor other road user (driver, bicyclist, pedestrian) thatis a possible danger. For example, a car in front of
you is headed toward the freeway exit, but his brakelights come on and he begins braking hard. This
could mean that the driver is uncertain about taking
the off ramp. He might suddenly return to thehighway. This car is a hazard. If the driver of the car
cuts in front of you, it is no longer just a hazard; it isan emergency.

Figure 2.13
Left Turns. On a left turn, make sure you havereached the center of the intersection before you
start the left turn. If you turn too soon, the left sideof your vehicle may hit another vehicle because ofoff-tracking.
If there are two turning lanes, always take the rightturn lane. Don't start in the inside lane because you
may have to swing right to make the turn. Drivers on
your left can be more readily seen. See Figure 2.14.

Seeing Hazards Lets You Be Prepared. You will
have more time to act if you see hazards before they
become emergencies. In the example above, you
might make a lane change or slow down to preventa crash if the car suddenly cuts in front of you.
Seeing this hazard gives you time to check yourmirrors and signal a lane change. Being prepared
reduces the danger. A driver who did not see thehazard until the slow car pulled back on the highway
in front of him would have to do something very
suddenly. Sudden braking or a quick lane change ismuch more likely to lead to a crash.
Learning to See Hazards. There are often clues
that will help you see hazards. The more you drive,the better you can learn to see hazards. This section
will talk about hazards that you should be aware of.
2.8.2 – Hazardous Roads[Move-Over Laws][The incidents of law enforcement officers,
emergency medical services, fire department
personnel and people working on the road arebeing struck while performing duties at theroadside are increasing at a frightening pace. To
lessen the problem, move-over laws have beenenacted, which require drivers to slow and change
lanes when approaching a roadside incident or
Figure 2.14
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-18

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systememergency vehicle. Signs are posted on roadways
in states that have such laws].
[When approaching an authorized emergency
vehicle stopped on the roadside or a work zone,
you should proceed with caution by slowing andyielding the right-of-way by making a lane change
into a lane not next to that of the authorized
emergency vehicle or work zone if safety andtraffic conditions permit. If a lane change isunsafe, slow down and proceed with caution while
maintaining a safe speed for traffic conditions].
Slow down and be very careful if you see any of thefollowing road hazards.
Work Zones. When people are working on the road,
it is a hazard. There may be narrower lanes, sharp
turns, or uneven surfaces. Other drivers are often
distracted and drive unsafely. Workers andconstruction vehicles may get in the way. Drive
slowly and carefully near work zones. Use your fourway flashers or brake lights to warn drivers behindyou.
Drop Off. Sometimes the pavement drops off
sharply near the edge of the road. Driving too near
the edge can tilt your vehicle toward the side of theroad. This can cause the top of your vehicle to hit
roadside objects (signs, tree limbs). Also, it can be
hard to steer as you cross the drop off, going off theroad, or coming back on.
Foreign Objects. Things that have fallen on theroad can be hazards. They can be a danger to yourtires and wheel rims. They can damage electricaland brake lines. They can be caught between dual
tires and cause severe damage. Some obstacles
that appear to be harmless can be very dangerous.
For example, cardboard boxes may be empty, butthey may also contain some solid or heavy material
capable of causing damage. The same is true of
paper and cloth sacks. It is important to remain alert
for objects of all sorts, so you can see them earlyenough to avoid them without making sudden,
unsafe moves.
Off Ramps/On Ramps. Freeway and turnpike exits
can be particularly dangerous for commercial
vehicles. Off ramps and on ramps often have speed
limit signs posted. Remember, these speeds may
be safe for automobiles, but may not be safe forlarger vehicles or heavily loaded vehicles. Exits thatgo downhill and turn at the same time can beespecially dangerous. The downgrade makes it
difficult to reduce speed. Braking and turning at thesame time can be a dangerous practice. Make sure
you are going slowly enough before you get on the
curved part of an off ramp or on ramp.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

2.8.3 – Drivers Who Are Hazards
In order to protect yourself and others, you must
know when other drivers may do somethinghazardous. Some clues to this type of hazard are
discussed below.
Blocked Vision. People who can't see others are avery dangerous hazard. Be alert for drivers whose
vision is blocked. Vans, loaded station wagons, andcars with the rear window blocked are examples.
Rental trucks should be watched carefully. Theirdrivers are often not used to the limited vision they
have to the sides and rear of the truck. In winter,vehicles with frosted, ice-covered, or snow-covered
windows are hazards.
Vehicles may be partly hidden by blind intersections
or alleys. If you only can see the rear or front end of
a vehicle but not the driver, then he or she can't see
you. Be alert because he/she may back out or enter
into your lane. Always be prepared to stop.
Delivery Trucks Can Present a Hazard. Packages
or vehicle doors often block the driver’s vision.
Drivers of step vans, postal vehicles, and local
delivery vehicles often are in a hurry and may
suddenly step out of their vehicle or drive theirvehicle into the traffic lane.
Parked Vehicles Can Be Hazards, especiallywhen people start to get out of them. Or, they may
suddenly start up and drive into your way. Watch formovement inside the vehicle or movement of thevehicle itself that shows people are inside. Watch
for brake lights or backup lights, exhaust, and otherclues that a driver is about to move.
Be careful of a stopped bus. Passengers may crossin front of or behind the bus, and they often can't seeyou.
Pedestrians and Bicyclists Can Also Be
Hazards. Walkers, joggers, and bicyclists may beon the road with their back to the traffic, so they can't
see you. Sometimes they wear portable stereos
with headsets, so they can't hear you either. Thiscan be dangerous. On rainy days, pedestrians may
not see you because of hats or umbrellas. They may
be hurrying to get out of the rain and may not pay
attention to the traffic.
Distractions. People who are distracted arehazards. Watch for where they are looking. If they
are looking elsewhere, they can't see you. But bealert even when they are looking at you. They may
believe that they have the right of way.

Page 2-19

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Children. Children tend to act quickly without
checking traffic. Children playing with one anothermay not look for traffic and are a serious hazard.
Talkers. Drivers or pedestrians talking to one
another may not be paying close attention to thetraffic.
Workers. People working on or near the roadway
are a hazard clue. The work creates a distraction forother drivers and the workers themselves may not
see you.
Ice Cream Trucks. Someone selling ice cream is ahazard clue. Children may be nearby and may not
see you.

Drivers Signaling a Turn May Be a Hazard.
Drivers signaling a turn may slow more than
expected or stop. If they are making a tight turn into
an alley or driveway, they may go very slowly. Ifpedestrians or other vehicles block them, they may
have to stop on the roadway. Vehicles turning left
may have to stop for oncoming vehicles.
Drivers in a Hurry. Drivers may feel yourcommercial vehicle is preventing them from getting
where they want to go on time. Such drivers may
pass you without a safe gap in the oncoming traffic,
cutting too close in front of you. Drivers entering theroad may pull in front of you in order to avoid being
stuck behind you, causing you to brake. Be awareof this and watch for drivers who are in a hurry.

Disabled Vehicles. Drivers changing a tire or fixing
an engine often do not pay attention to the danger
that roadway traffic is to them. They are often
careless. Jacked up wheels or raised hoods arehazard clues.

Impaired Drivers. Drivers who are sleepy, have
had too much to drink, are on drugs, or who are ill
are hazards. Some clues to these drivers are:Accidents. Accidents are particularly hazardous.
People involved in the accident may not look fortraffic. Passing drivers tend to look at the accident.
People often run across the road without looking.
Vehicles may slow or stop suddenly.

Leaving the road (dropping right wheels onto theshoulder, or bumping across a curb in a turn).

Weaving across the road or drifting from one side toanother.

Stopping at the wrong time (stopping at a green
light, or waiting for too long at a stop).
Open window in cold weather.

Shoppers. People in and around shopping areas
are often not watching traffic because they arelooking for stores or looking into store windows.
Confused Drivers. Confused drivers often change
direction suddenly or stop without warning.
Confusion is common near freeway or turnpike
interchanges and major intersections. Tourists
unfamiliar with the area can be very hazardous.
Clues to tourists include car-top luggage and out-ofstate license plates. Unexpected actions (stoppingin the middle of a block, changing lanes for noapparent reason, backup lights suddenly going on)
are clues to confusion. Hesitation is another clue,
including driving very slowly, using brakes often, or
stopping in the middle of an intersection. You may
also see drivers who are looking at street signs,
maps, and house numbers. These drivers may not
be paying attention to you.
Slow Drivers. Motorists who fail to maintain normal
speed are hazards. Seeing slow moving vehicles
early can prevent a crash. Some vehicles, by theirnature, are slow and seeing them is a hazard clue
(mopeds, farm machinery, construction machinery,tractors, etc.). Some of these will have the "slowmoving vehicle" symbol to warn you. This is a red
triangle with an orange center. Watch for it.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Speeding up or slowing down suddenly, driving too
fast or too slow.
Be alert for drunk drivers and sleepy drivers late atnight.
Driver Body Movement as a Clue. Drivers look in
the direction they are going to turn. You may
sometimes get a clue from a driver's head and body
movements that a driver may be going to make aturn, even though the turn signals aren't on. Drivers
making over-the-shoulder checks may be going tochange lanes. These clues are most easily seen in
motorcyclists and bicyclists. Watch other road users
and try to tell whether they might do somethinghazardous.
Conflicts. You are in conflict when you have tochange speed and/or direction to avoid hitting
someone. Conflicts occur at intersections where
vehicles meet, at merges (such as turnpike on
ramps) and where there are needed lane changes(such as the end of a lane, forcing a move to anotherlane of traffic). Other situations include slow moving
or stalled traffic in a traffic lane, and accident
scenes. Watch for other drivers who are in conflictbecause they are a hazard to you. When they react
to this conflict, they may do something that will putthem in conflict with you.

Page 2-20

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.8.4 – Always Have a Plan
You should always be looking for hazards. Continue
to learn to see hazards on the road. However, don't
forget why you are looking for the hazards--they
may turn into emergencies. You look for the hazards
in order to have time to plan a way out of any
emergency. When you see a hazard, think about the
emergencies that could develop and figure out what
you would do. Always be prepared to take action
based on your plans. In this way, you will be a
prepared, defensive driver who will improve yourown safety as well as the safety of all road users.

Subsections 2.7 and 2.8
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.

3.

4.

5.
6.

How do you find out how many seconds offollowing distance space you have?
If you are driving a 30-foot vehicle at 55
mph, how many seconds of following
distance should you allow?
You should decrease your following
distance if somebody is following you too
closely. True or False?
If you swing wide to the left before turning
right, another driver may try to pass you on
the right. True or False?
What is a hazard?
Why make emergency plans when you seea hazard?

These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.7 and 2.8

2.9 – Distracted Driving
A driver distraction is anything that takes yourattention away from driving. Whenever you are
driving a vehicle and your full attention is not on thedriving task, you are putting yourself, yourpassengers, other vehicles, and pedestrians indanger. Distracted driving can cause collisions,
resulting in injury, death or property damage.
Activities inside of the vehicle that can distract yourattention include: talking to passengers; adjusting
the radio, CD player or climate controls; eating,drinking or smoking; reading maps or otherliterature; picking up something that fell; talking ona cell phone or CB radio; reading or sending text
messages; using any type of telematic or electronic
devices (such as navigation systems, pagers,
personal digital assistant, computers, etc.);
daydreaming or being occupied with other mental
distractions; and many others.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Possible distractions that could occur outside amoving vehicle: outside traffic, vehicles orpedestrians; outside events such as police pullingsomeone over or a crash scene; sunlight/sunset;
objects in roadway; road construction; reading
billboards or other road advertisements; and manyothers.
2.9.1 – The Distracted Driving Crash Problem
The Large Truck Crash Causation Study (LTCCS)
reported that 8 percent of large-truck crashes
occurred when Commercial Motor Vehicle (CMV)
drivers were externally distracted and 2 percent oflarge truck crashes occurred when the driver wasinternally distracted.
Approximately 5,500 people are killed each year on
U.S. roadways and an estimated 448,000 are
injured in motor vehicle crashes involving distracted
driving (NHTSA Traffic Safety Facts: Distracted
Driving).
Research indicates that the burden of talking on acell phone - even if it's hands-free - saps the brainof 39% of the energy it would ordinarily devote tosafe driving. Drivers who use a hand-held device
are more likely to get into a crash serious enough tocause injury. (NHTSA distracted driving website,www.distraction.gov).
2.9.2 – Effects of Distracted Driving
Effects of distracted driving include slowed
perception, which may cause you to be delayed inperceiving or completely fail to perceive an
important traffic event; delayed decision making andimproper action, which can cause you to be delayedin taking the proper action or make incorrect inputs
to the steering, accelerator or brakes.
2.9.3 – Types of Distractions
There are many causes of distraction, all with thepotential to increase risk.
Physical distraction – one that causes you to takeyour hands off the wheel or eyes off the road, suchas reaching for an object.
Mental distraction – activities that take your mind
away from the road, such as engaging inconversation with a passenger or thinking aboutsomething that happened during the day.
Both physical and mental distraction – evengreater chance a crash could happen, such as
talking on a cell phone; or sending or reading text
messages.

Page 2-21

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.9.4 – Cell/Mobile Phones
49 CFR Part 383, 384, 390, 391 and 392 of theFederal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations(FMCSRs)
andthe
Hazardous
Materials
Regulations (HMR) restricts the use of hand-heldmobile telephones by drivers of commercial motor
vehicles (CMVs); and implements new driverdisqualification sanctions for drivers of CMVs who
fail to comply with this Federal restriction; or who
have multiple convictions for violating a State or
local law or ordinance on motor vehicle traffic
control that restricts the use of hand-held mobile
telephones. Additionally, motor carriers areprohibited from requiring or allowing drivers of
CMVs to use hand-held mobile telephones.
The use of hand-held mobile telephones means,‘‘using at least one hand to hold a mobile telephone
to conduct a voice communication; “dialing a mobile
telephone by pressing more than a single button”;
or “moving from a seated driving position while
restrained by a seat belt to reach for a mobile
telephone”. If you choose to use a mobile phone
while operating a CMV, you may only use a hands
free mobile phone that is located close to you andthat can be operated in compliance with the rule toconduct a voice communication.
Your CDL will be disqualified after two or moreconvictions of any state law on hand-held mobile
telephone use while operating a CMV.
Disqualification is 60 days for the second offense
within 3 years and 120 days for three or more
offenses within 3 years. In addition, the first andeach subsequent violation of such a prohibition are
subject to civil penalties imposed on such drivers, inan amount up to $2,750. Motor carriers must notallow nor require drivers to use a hand-held mobile
telephone while driving. Employers may also be
subject to civil penalties in an amount up to $11,000.
There is an emergency exception that allows you to
use your hand-held mobile telephones if necessary
to communicate with law enforcement officials orother emergency services.
Research shows that the odds of being involved ina safety-critical event (e.g., crash, near-crash,unintentional lane deviation) is 6 times greater for
CMV drivers who engage in dialing a mobile
telephone while driving than for those who do not.
Dialing drivers took their eyes off the forward
roadway for an average of 3.8 seconds. At 55 mph(or 80.7 feet per second), this equates to a driver
traveling 306 feet, the approximate length of afootball field, without looking at the roadway.
Your primary responsibility is to operate a motor
vehicle safely. To do this, you must focus your full
attention on the driving task.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Note that hands-free devices are no less likely than
hand-held cell phones to cause you to become
distracted. Attention is diverted from the driving task
while using either device.
2.9.5 –Texting
49 CFR Part 383, 384, 390, 391, 392, the Federal
Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR)
prohibits texting by commercial motor vehicle(CMV) drivers while operating in interstate
commerce;
andimplements
newdriverdisqualification sanctions for drivers of CMVs who
fail to comply with this Federal prohibition; or who
have multiple convictions for violating a State or
local law or ordinance on motor vehicle traffic
control that prohibits texting while driving.
Additionally, motor carriers are prohibited fromrequiring or allowing their drivers to engage intexting while driving.
Texting means manually entering text into, or
reading text from, an electronic device. This
includes, but is not limited to, short message
service, e-mailing, instant messaging, a commandor request to access a World Wide Web page, or
engaging in any other form of electronic text
retrieval or entry, for present or futurecommunication. Do Not Text and Drive!
Electronic device includes, but is not limited to, acellular telephone; personal digital assistant; pager;
computer; or any other device used to enter, write,
send, receive, or read text.
Your CDL will be disqualified after two or moreconvictions of any state law on texting while
operating a CMV. Disqualification is 60 days for thesecond offense within 3 years and 120 days forthree or more offenses within 3 years. In addition,
the first and each subsequent violation of such aprohibition are subject to civil penalties imposed onsuch drivers, in an amount up to $2,750. No motor
carrier shall allow or require its drivers to engage intexting while driving. There is an emergency
exception that allows you text if necessary tocommunicate with law enforcement officials or otheremergency services.
Evidence suggests that text messaging is evenriskier than talking on a cell phone because it
requires you to look at a small screen andmanipulate the keypad with one’s hands. Texting is
the most alarming distraction because it involves
bothphysicalandmentaldistraction
simultaneously.
Research shows that the odds of being involved ina safety-critical event (e.g., crash, near-crash,unintentional lane deviation) is 23.2 times greater
Page 2-22

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

for CMV drivers who engage in texting while driving
than for those who do not. Sending or receiving text
takes your eyes from the road for an average of 4.6
seconds. At 55 mph, you would travel 371 feet, or
the length of an entire football field – without looking
at the roadway.

Don’t engage in complex or emotionally intense
conversations with other occupants.

2.9.6 – Don’t Drive Distracted

2.9.7 – Watch Out for Other Distracted Drivers

Your goal should be to eliminate all in-vehicle
distractions before driving begins. Accomplishing
this goal can be done by:Assessing all potential in-vehicle distractions before
driving
Developing a preventative plan to reduce/eliminate
possible distractions

You need to be able to recognize other drivers whoare engaged in any form of driving distraction. Not
recognizing other distracted drivers can prevent you
from perceiving or reacting correctly in time toprevent a crash. Watch for:
Vehicles that may drift over the lane divider lines orwithin their own lane.

Expecting distractions to occur

Vehicles traveling at inconsistent speeds.

Discussing possible scenarios before getting behind
the wheel

Drivers who are preoccupied with maps, food,cigarettes, cell phones, or other objects.

Based on the assessment of potential distractions,
you can formulate a preventative plan toreduce/eliminate possible distractions.
If drivers react a half-second slower because of
distractions, crashes double. Some tips to follow so
you won’t become distracted:
Turn off all communication devices.
If you must use a mobile phone, make sure it iswithin close proximity, that it is operable while you
are restrained, use an earpiece or the speaker
phone function, use voice-activated dialing; or use
the hands-free feature. Drivers are not incompliance if they unsafely reach for a mobile
phone, even if they intend to use the hands-freefunction.
Do not type or read a text message on a mobile
device while driving.
Familiarize yourself with your vehicle’s features andequipment, before you get behind the wheel.
Adjust all vehicle controls and mirrors to yourpreferences prior to driving.
Pre-program radio stations and pre-load yourfavorite CDs.

Secure commitment from other occupants tobehave responsibly and to support the driver in
reducing distractions.

Drivers who appear to be involved in conversations
with their passengers.
Give a distracted driver plenty of room and maintainyour safe following distance.
Be very careful when passing a driver who seems
to be distracted. The other driver may not be awareof your presence, and they may drift in front of you.

2.10 – Aggressive Drivers/Road Rage
2.10.1 – What Is It?
Aggressive driving and road rage is not a new
problem. However, in today’s world, where heavy
and slow-moving traffic and tight schedules are thenorm, more and more drivers are taking out theiranger and frustration in their vehicles.
Crowded roads leave little room for error, leading tosuspicion and hostility among drivers andencouraging them to take personally the mistakesof other drivers.
Aggressive driving is the act of operating a motor
vehicle in a selfish, bold, or pushy manner, without
regard for the rights or safety of others.

Clear the vehicle of any unnecessary objects andsecure cargo.

Road rage is operating a motor vehicle with theintent of doing harm to others or physicallyassaulting a driver or their vehicle.

Review maps, program the GPS and plan your route
before you begin driving.

2.10.2 – Don’t Be an Aggressive Driver

Don’t attempt to read or write while you drive.
Avoid smoking, eating and drinking while you drive.
Leave early to allow yourself time to stop to eat.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

How you feel before you even start your vehicle has
a lot to do with how stress will affect you whiledriving.

Page 2-23

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Reduce your stress before and while you drive.
Listen to “easy listening” music.
Give the drive your full attention. Don’t allow
yourself to become distracted by talking on your cell
phone, eating, etc.
Be realistic about your travel time. Expect delays
because of traffic, construction, or bad weather andmake allowances.
If you’re going to be later than you expected – deal
with it. Take a deep breath and accept the delay.
Give other drivers the benefit of the doubt. Try to
imagine why he or she is driving that way. Whatever
their reason, it has nothing to do with you.
Slow down and keep your following distancereasonable.
Don’t drive slowly in the left lane of traffic.
Avoid gestures. Keep your hands on the wheel.
Avoid making any gestures that might anger
another driver, even seemingly harmless
expressions of irritation like shaking your head.
Be a cautious and courteous driver. If another driver
seems eager to get in front of you, say, “Be myguest.” This response will soon become a habit andyou won’t be as offended by other drivers’ actions.
2.10.3 – What You Should Do When Confronted
by an Aggressive DriverFirst and foremost, make every attempt to get out of
their way.

2. How do you use in-vehicle communications
equipment cautiously?
3. How do you recognize a distracted driver?
4. What is the difference between aggressive
driving and road rage?
5. What should you do when confronted with anaggressive driver?
6. What are some things you can do to reduce
your stress before and while you drive?
These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.9 and 2.10.

2.11 – Driving at Night
2.11.1 – It's More Dangerous
You are at greater risk when you drive at night.
Drivers can't see hazards as quickly as in daylight,
so they have less time to respond. Drivers caught
by surprise are less able to avoid a crash.
The problems of night driving involve the driver, theroadway, and the vehicle.
2.11.2 – Driver Factors
Vision. Good vision is critical for safe driving. Your
control of the brake, accelerator, and steering wheel
is based on what you see. If you cannot see clearly,
you will have trouble identifying traffic and roadway
conditions, spotting potential trouble or responding
to problems in a timely manner.

Ignore gestures and refuse to react to them.

Because seeing well is so critical to safe driving, you
should have your eyes checked regularly by an eye
specialist. You may never know you have poor
vision unless your eyes are tested. If you need towear glasses or contact lenses for driving,
remember to:Report aggressive drivers to the appropriate
authorities by providing a vehicle description,
license number, location and, if possible, directionof travel.

Always wear them when driving, even if driving shortdistances. If your driver license says corrective
lenses are required, it is illegal to move a vehicle
without using corrective lenses.

If you have a cell phone, and can do it safely, callthe police.

Keep an extra set of corrective lenses in yourvehicle. If your normal corrective lenses are broken
or lost, you can use the spare lenses to drive safely.

Put your pride in the back seat. Do not challenge
them by speeding up or attempting to hold-your-own
in your travel lane.
Avoid eye contact.

If an aggressive driver is involved in a crash farther
down the road, stop a safe distance from the crashscene, wait for the police to arrive, and report thedriving behavior that you witnessed.

Subsections 2.9 and 2.10
Test Your Knowledge
1. What are some tips to follow so you won’t
become a distracted driver?
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Avoid using dark or tinted corrective lenses at night,
even if you think they help with glare. Tinted lenses
cut down the light that you need to see clearly undernight driving conditions.
Glare. Drivers can be blinded for a short time bybright light. . It can take several seconds to recoverfrom glare. Even two seconds of glare blindness canbe dangerous. A vehicle going 55 mph will travel
more than half the distance of a football field duringthat time.
Page 2-24

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Fatigue and Lack of Alertness. Fatigue is physicalor mental tiredness that can be caused by physicalor mental strain, repetitive tasks, illness or lack ofsleep. Just like alcohol and drugs, it impairs yourvision and judgment.
Fatigue causes errors related to speed anddistance, increases your risk of being in a crash,causes you to not see and react to hazards as
quickly; and affects your ability to make criticaldecisions. When you are fatigued, you could fallasleep behind the wheel and crash, injuring or killingyourself or others.
Fatigued or drowsy driving is one of the leading
causes of traffic collisions. NHTSA estimates that
100,000 police-reported crashes a year are theresult of drowsy driving. According to the National
Sleep Foundation’s Sleep in America poll, 60% of
Americans have driven while feeling sleepy andmore than one third (36 percent or 103 million
people) admit to having actually fallen asleep at thewheel. Drivers may experience short bursts of sleep
lasting only a few seconds or fall asleep for longer
periods of time. Either way, the chance of a collision
increases dramatically.

fallen asleep at the wheel in the past year. However,many people cannot tell if or when they are about tofall asleep. Here are some signs that should tell you
to stop and rest:
Difficulty focusing, frequent blinking or heavy
eyelids
Yawning repeatedly or rubbing eyes
Day-dreaming;orwandering/disconnectedthoughts
Trouble remembering the last few miles driven;
missing exits or traffic signs
Trouble keeping head up
Drifting from your lane, following too closely or
hitting a shoulder rumble strip
Feeling restless and irritable
When you are tired trying to “push on” is far moredangerous than most drivers think. It is a major
cause of fatal accidents. If you notice any signs offatigue, stop driving and go to sleep for the night ortake a 15 – 20 minute nap.
Are You At Risk?
Before you drive, consider whether you are:

At-Risk Groups
The risk of having a crash due to drowsy driving is
not uniformly distributed across the population.
Crashes tend to occur at times when sleepiness ismost pronounced, for example, during the night andin the mid-afternoon. Most people are less alert atnight, especially after midnight. This is particularly
true if you have been driving for a long time. Thus
individuals who drive at night are much more likely
to have fall-asleep crashes.
Research has identified young males, shift workers,
commercial drivers, especially long-haul drivers andpeople with untreated sleep disorders or with shortterm or chronic sleep deprivation as being at
increased risk for having a fall-asleep crash. At least
15% of all heavy truck crashes involve fatigue.
A congressionally mandated study of 80 long-haultruck drivers in the United States and Canada foundthat drivers averaged less than 5 hours of sleep perday. (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration,1996) It is no surprise then that the National
Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) reported thatdrowsy driving was probably the cause of more thanhalf of crashes leading to a truck driver’s death.
(NTSB, 1990) For each truck driver fatality, anotherthree to four people are killed. (NHTSA, 1994)
Warning Signs of Fatigue
According to the National Sleep Foundation’s Sleep
in America poll, 60% of Americans have driven whilefeeling sleepy and 36% admit to actually having

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Sleep-deprived or fatigued (6 hours of sleep or lesstriples your risk)
Suffering from sleep loss (insomnia), poor quality
sleep, or a sleep debt
Driving long distances without proper rest breaks
Driving through the night, mid-afternoon or when
you would normally be asleep. Many heavy motor
vehicle accidents occur between midnight and 6
a.m.
Taking sedating medications (antidepressants, cold
tablets, antihistamines)
Working more than 60 hours a week (increases yourrisk by 40%)
Working more than one job, and your main job
involves shift work
Driving alone or on a long, rural, dark or boring road
Flying, changing time zone
Preventing drowsiness before a trip:
Get adequate sleep – adults need 8 to 9 hours tomaintain alertness
Prepare route carefully to identify total distance,
stopping points and other logistic considerations
Schedule trips for the hours you are normallyawake, not the middle of the night
Drive with a passenger

Page 2-25

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Incorporate exercise into your daily life to give you
more energy.

Drunk Drivers. Drunk drivers and drivers under the
influence of drugs are a hazard to themselves andto you. Be especially alert around the closing times
for bars and taverns. Watch for drivers who havetrouble staying in their lane or maintaining speed,
who stop without reason, or show other signs ofbeing under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

Maintaining alertness while driving:

2.11.4 – Vehicle Factors

Protect yourself from glare and eyestrain withsunglasses

Headlights. At night your headlights will usually be
the main source of light for you to see by and forothers to see you. You can't see nearly as much withyour headlights as you see in the daytime. With low
beams you can see ahead about 250 feet and withhigh beams about 350-500 feet. You must adjust
your speed to keep your stopping distance withinyour sight distance. This means going slowly
enough to be able to stop within the range of yourheadlights. Otherwise, by the time you see ahazard, you will not have time to stop.

Avoid medications that cause drowsiness
Consult your physician if you suffer from daytime
sleepiness, have difficulty sleeping at night or takefrequent naps

Keep cool by opening the window or using the air
conditioner
Avoid heavy foods
Be aware of down time during the day
Have another person ride with you, and take turns
driving
Take periodic breaks – about every 100 miles or 2hours during long trips
Stop driving and get some rest or take a nap
Caffeine consumption can increase awareness fora few hours, but do not drink too much. It will
eventually wear off. Do not rely on caffeine toprevent fatigue
Avoid drugs. While they may keep you awake for awhile, they won’t make you alert.
If you are drowsy, the only safe cure is to get off theroad and get some sleep. If you don't, you risk yourlife and the lives of others.

Night driving can be more dangerous if you haveproblems with your headlights. Dirty headlights may
give only half the light they should. This cuts down
your ability to see, and makes it harder for others to
see you. Make sure your lights are clean andworking. Headlights can be out of adjustment. If they
don't point in the right direction, they won't give youa good view and they can blind other drivers. Havea qualified person make sure they are adjusted
properly.
Other Lights. In order for you to be seen easily, thefollowing must be clean and working properly:

2.11.3 – Roadway Factors

Reflectors.

Poor Lighting. In the daytime there is usually
enough light to see well. This is not true at night.
Some areas may have bright street lights, but many
areas will have poor lighting. On most roads you willprobably have to depend entirely on yourheadlights.

Marker lights.

Less light means you will not be able to see hazards
as well as in daytime. Road users who do not havelights are hard to see. There are many accidents atnight involving pedestrians, joggers, bicyclists, andanimals.

Turn Signals and Brake Lights. At night your turnsignals and brake lights are even more important for
telling other drivers what you intend to do. Make
sure you have clean, working turn signals and stop
lights.

Even when there are lights, the road scene can be
confusing. Traffic signals and hazards can be hard
to see against a background of signs, shop
windows, and other lights.
Drive slower when lighting is poor or confusing.
Drive slowly enough to be sure you can stop in the
distance you can see ahead.

Windshield and Mirrors. It is more important atnight than in the daytime to have a clean windshieldand clean mirrors. Bright lights at night can cause
dirt on your windshield or mirrors to create a glareof its own, blocking your view. Most people haveexperienced driving toward the sun just as it has
risen or is about to set, and found that they canbarely see through a windshield that seemed to look
OK in the middle of the day. Clean your windshieldon the inside and outside for safe driving at night.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Clearance lights.
Taillights.
Identification lights.

Page 2-26

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.11.5 – Night Driving Procedures
Vehicle Procedures. Make sure you are rested andalert. If you are drowsy, sleep before you drive!
Even a nap can save your life or the lives of others.
If you wear eyeglasses, make sure they are clean
and unscratched. Don't wear sunglasses at night.
Do a complete Vehicle inspection of your vehicle.
Pay attention to checking all lights and reflectors,
and cleaning those you can reach.
Avoid Blinding Others. Glare from your headlights
can cause problems for drivers coming toward you.
They can also bother drivers going in the same
direction you are, when your lights shine in theirrearview mirrors. Dim your lights before they cause
glare for other drivers. Dim your lights within 500
feet of an oncoming vehicle and when following
another vehicle within 500 feet.
Avoid Glare from Oncoming Vehicles. Do notlook directly at lights of oncoming vehicles. Lookslightly to the right at a right lane or edge marking,if available. If other drivers don't put their low beams
on, don't try to "get back at them" by putting yourown high beams on. This increases glare foroncoming drivers and increases the chance of acrash.

or truck stop until visibility is better. If you must drive,
be sure to consider the following:
Obey all fog-related warning signs.
Slow down before you enter fog.
Use low-beam headlights and fog lights for bestvisibility even in daytime, and be alert for otherdrivers who may have forgotten to turn on theirlights.
Turn on your 4-way flashers. This will give vehicles
approaching you from behind a quicker opportunity
to notice your vehicle.
Watch for vehicles on the side of the roadway.
Seeing taillights or headlights in front of you may not
be a true indication of where the road is ahead ofyou. The vehicle may not be on the road at all.
Use roadside highway reflectors as guides todetermine how the road may curve ahead of you.
Listen for traffic you cannot see.
Avoid passing other vehicles.
Don’t stop along the side of the road, unlessabsolutely necessary.

2.13 – Driving in WinterUse High Beams When You Can. Some drivers
make the mistake of always using low beams. This
seriously cuts down on their ability to see ahead.
Use high beams when it is safe and legal to do so.
Use them when you are not within 500 feet of an
approaching vehicle. Also, don't let the inside ofyour cab get too bright. This makes it harder to see
outside. Keep the interior light off, and adjust yourinstrument lights as low as you can to still be able toread the gauges.

2.13.1 – Vehicle Checks
Make sure your vehicle is ready before driving in
winter weather. You should make a regular Vehicle
inspection, paying extra attention to the following
items.
Coolant Level and Antifreeze Amount. Make surethe cooling system is full and there is enoughantifreeze in the system to protect against freezing.
This can be checked with a special coolant tester.

If You Get Sleepy, Stop at the Nearest Safe
Place. People often don't realize how close they areto falling asleep even when their eyelids are fallingshut. If you can safely do so, look at yourself in a
mirror. If you look sleepy, or you just feel sleepy,stop driving! You are in a very dangerous condition.
The only safe cure is to sleep.

Defrosting and Heating Equipment. Make surethe defrosters work. They are needed for safe
driving. Make sure the heater is working, and thatyou know how to operate it. If you use other heaters
and expect to need them (e.g., mirror heaters,
battery box heaters, fuel tank heaters), check theiroperation.

2.12 – Driving in Fog

Wipers and Washers. Make sure the windshieldwiper blades are in good condition. Make sure thewiper blades press against the window hard enoughto wipe the windshield clean, otherwise they may
not sweep off snow properly. Make sure thewindshield washer works and there is washing fluidin the washer reservoir.

Fog can occur at any time. Fog on highways can be
extremely dangerous. Fog is often unexpected, andvisibility can deteriorate rapidly. You should watch
for foggy conditions and be ready to reduce yourspeed. Do not assume that the fog will thin out after
you enter it.
The best advice for driving in fog is don’t. It ispreferable that you pull off the road into a rest area
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Use windshield washer antifreeze to prevent
freezing of the washer liquid. If you can't see well

Page 2-27

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemenough while driving (for example, if your wipersfail), stop safely and fix the problem.

Start Gently and Slowly. When first starting, get
the feel of the road. Don't hurry.

Tires. Make sure you have enough tread on yourtires. The drive tires must provide traction to push
the rig over wet pavement and through snow. The
steering tires must have traction to steer the vehicle.
Enough tread is especially important in winterconditions. You must have at least 4/32 inch tread
depth in every major groove on front tires and at
least 2/32 inch on other tires. More would be better.
Use a gauge to determine if you have enough tread
for safe driving.

Check for Ice. Check for ice on the road, especiallybridges and overpasses. A lack of spray from othervehicles indicates ice has formed on the road. Also,check your mirrors and wiper blades for ice. If they
have ice, the road most likely will be icy as well.

Tire Chains. You may find yourself in conditions
where you can't drive without chains, even to get toa place of safety. Carry the right number of chainsand extra cross-links. Make sure they will fit yourdrive tires. Check the chains for broken hooks, wornor broken cross-links, and bent or broken side
chains. Learn how to put the chains on before youneed to do it in snow and ice.
Lights and Reflectors. Make sure the lights andreflectors are clean. Lights and reflectors areespecially important during bad weather. Checkfrom time to time during bad weather to make surethey are clean and working properly.
Windows and Mirrors. Remove any ice, snow,
etc., from the windshield, windows, and mirrors
before starting. Use a windshield scraper, snow
brush, and windshield defroster as necessary.
Hand Holds, Steps, and Deck Plates. Remove allice and snow from hand holds, steps, and deckplates. This will reduce the danger of slipping.
Radiator Shutters and Winterfront. Remove icefrom the radiator shutters. Make sure the winterfront
is not closed too tightly. If the shutters freeze shutor the winterfront is closed too much, the engine
may overheat and stop.
Exhaust System. Exhaust system leaks areespecially dangerous when cab ventilation may bepoor (windows rolled up, etc.). Loose connections
could permit poisonous carbon monoxide to leakinto your vehicle. Carbon monoxide gas will cause
you to be sleepy. In large enough amounts it can killyou. Check the exhaust system for loose parts andfor sounds and signs of leaks.
2.13.2 – Driving
Slippery Surfaces. Drive slowly and smoothly onslippery roads. If it is very slippery, you shouldn't
drive at all. Stop at the first safe place.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Adjust Turning and Braking to Conditions. Make
turns as gently as possible. Don't brake any harderthan necessary, and don't use the engine brake or
speed retarder. (They can cause the driving wheels
to skid on slippery surfaces.)
Adjust Speed to Conditions. Don't pass slower
vehicles unless necessary. Go slowly and watch far
enough ahead to keep a steady speed. Avoid
having to slow down and speed up. Take curves at
slower speeds and don't brake while in curves. Be
aware that as the temperature rises to the point
where ice begins to melt, the road becomes evenmore slippery. Slow down more.
Adjust Space to Conditions. Don't drive alongsideother vehicles. Keep a longer following distance.
When you see a traffic jam ahead, slow down orstop to wait for it to clear. Try hard to anticipate
stops early and slow down gradually. Watch forsnowplows, as well as salt and sand trucks, andgive them plenty of room.
Wet Brakes. When driving in heavy rain or deep
standing water, your brakes will get wet. Water inthe brakes can cause the brakes to be weak, toapply unevenly, or to grab. This can cause lack ofbraking power, wheel lockups, pulling to one side or
the other, and jackknife if you pull a trailer.
Avoid driving through deep puddles or flowing water
if possible. If not, you should:
Slow down and place transmission in a low gear.
Gently put on the brakes. This presses linings
against brake drums or discs and keeps mud, silt,
sand, and water from getting in.
Increase engine rpm and cross the water while
keeping light pressure on the brakes.
When out of the water, maintain light pressure on
the brakes for a short distance to heat them up anddry them out.
Make a test stop when safe to do so. Check behind
to make sure no one is following, then apply thebrakes to be sure they work well. If not, dry them out
further as described above. (CAUTION: Do not
apply too much brake pressure and accelerator at
the same time, or you can overheat brake drums
and linings.)
Page 2-28

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.14 – Driving in Very Hot Weather

When all pressure has been released, press downon the cap and turn it further to remove it.

2.14.1 – Vehicle Checks
Do a normal Vehicle inspection, but pay special
attention to the following items.

Visually check level of coolant and add morecoolant if necessary.

Tires. Check the tire mounting and air pressure.
Inspect the tires every two hours or every 100 miles
when driving in very hot weather. Air pressure
increases with temperature. Do not let air out or thepressure will be too low when the tires cool off. If atire is too hot to touch, remain stopped until the tire
cools off. Otherwise the tire may blow out or catch
fire.

Engine Belts. Learn how to check v-belt tightness
on your vehicle by pressing on the belts. Loose belts
will not turn the water pump and/or fan properly.
This will result in overheating. Also, check belts forcracking or other signs of wear.

Engine Oil. The engine oil helps keep the engine
cool, as well as lubricating it. Make sure there isenough engine oil. If you have an oil temperaturegauge, make sure the temperature is within theproper range while you are driving.
Engine Coolant. Before starting out, make sure theengine cooling system has enough water andantifreeze according to the engine manufacturer's
directions. (Antifreeze helps the engine under hot
conditions as well as cold conditions.) When driving,
check the water temperature or coolant temperaturegauge from time to time. Make sure that it remains
in the normal range. If the gauge goes above thehighest safe temperature, there may be something
wrong that could lead to engine failure and possibly
fire. Stop driving as soon as safely possible and try
to find out what is wrong.
Some vehicles have sight glasses, see-throughcoolant overflow containers, or coolant recovery
containers. These permit you to check the coolant
level while the engine is hot. If the container is notpart of the pressurized system, the cap can besafely removed and coolant added even when theengine is at operating temperature.
Never remove the radiator cap or any part of thepressurized system until the system has cooled.
Steam and boiling water can spray under pressure
and cause severe burns. If you can touch theradiator cap with your bare hand, it is probably coolenough to open.
If coolant has to be added to a system without arecovery tank or overflow tank, follow these steps:
Shut engine off.

Replace cap and turn all the way to the closed
position.

Hoses. Make sure coolant hoses are in goodcondition. A broken hose while driving can lead toengine failure and even fire.
2.14.2 – Driving
Watch for Bleeding Tar. Tar in the road pavement
frequently rises to the surface in very hot weather.
Spots where tar "bleeds" to the surface are veryslippery.
Go Slowly Enough to Prevent Overheating. High
speeds create more heat for tires and the engine. In
desert conditions the heat may build up to the point
where it is dangerous. The heat will increasechances of tire failure or even fire, and engine
failure.

Subsections 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, and 2.14
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

You should use low beams whenever you can.
True or False?
What should you do before you drive if you are
drowsy?
What effects can wet brakes cause? How can
you avoid these problems?
You should let air out of hot tires so thepressure goes back to normal. True or False?
You can safely remove the radiator cap as longas the engine isn't overheated. True or False?

These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer all of them, re-read subsections 2.11, 2.12,
2.13, and 2.14.

Wait until engine has cooled.
Protect hands (use gloves or a thick cloth).
Turn radiator cap slowly to the first stop, which
releases the pressure seal.
Step back while pressure is released from coolingsystem.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-29

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.15 – Railroad-highway Crossings
Railroad-highway grade crossings are a special
kind of intersection where the roadway crosses train
tracks. These crossings are always dangerous.
Every such crossing must be approached with the
expectation that a train is coming. It is extremely
difficult to judge the distance of the train from thecrossing as well as the speed of an approaching
train.

Pavement Markings. Pavement markings mean
the same as the advance warning sign. They consistof an “X” with the letters “”RR” and a no-passing
marking on two-lane roads. See Figure 2.16.

2.15.1 – Types of Crossings
Passive Crossings. This type of crossing does nothave any type of traffic control device. The decision
to stop or proceed rests entirely in your hands.
Passive crossings require you to recognize thecrossing, search for any train using the tracks anddecide if there is sufficient clear space to crosssafely.
Active Crossings. This type of crossing has a
traffic control device installed at the crossing toregulate traffic at the crossing. These active devices
include flashing red lights, with or without bells andflashing red lights with bells and gates.
2.15.2 – Warning Signs and Devices
Advance Warning Signs. The round, black-onyellow warning sign is placed ahead of a public
railroad-highway crossing. The advance warning
sign tells you to slow down, look and listen for the
train, and be prepared to stop at the tracks if a train
is coming. All passenger and hazmat carrying
vehicles are required to stop. See Figure 2.15.

Figure 2.16
There is also a no passing zone sign on two-laneroads. There may be a white stop line painted on
the pavement before the railroad tracks. The front of
the school bus must remain behind this line while
stopped at the crossing.
Cross-buck Signs. This sign marks the grade
crossing. It requires you to yield the right-of-way tothe train. If there is no white stop line painted on the
pavement, vehicles that are required to stop muststop no closer than 15 feet or more than 50 feet fromthe nearest rail of the nearest track. When the roadcrosses over more than one track, a sign below thecross-buck indicates the number of tracks. See
Figure 2.17.

Figure 2.15

Figure2.17

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-30

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Flashing Red Light Signals. At many highway-rail
grade crossings, the cross-buck sign has flashing
red lights and bells. When the lights begin to flash,stop! A train is approaching. You are required toyield the right-of-way to the train. If there is morethan one track, make sure all tracks are clear before
crossing. See Figure 2.18.
Gates. Many railroad-highway crossings havegates with flashing red lights and bells. Stop when
the lights begin to flash and before the gate lowers
across the road lane. Remain stopped until thegates go up and the lights have stopped flashing.
Proceed when it is safe. See Figure 2.18.

especially alert at crossings that do not have gatesor flashing red light signals.
Double Tracks Require a Double Check.
Remember that a train on one track may hide a train
on the other track. Look both ways before crossing.
After one train has cleared a crossing, be sure noother trains are near before starting across the
tracks.
Yard Areas and Grade Crossings in Cities andTowns. Yard areas and grade crossings in cities
and towns are just as dangerous as rural grade
crossings. Approach them with as much caution.
2.15.4 – Stopping Safely at Railroad- highway
Crossings
A full stop is required at grade crossings whenever:
The nature of the cargo makes a stop mandatory
under state or federal regulations.
Such a stop is otherwise required by law.
When stopping be sure to:
Check for traffic behind you while stopping
gradually. Use a pullout lane, if available.
Turn on your four-way emergency flashers.
2.15.5 – Crossing the Tracks

Figure 2.18
2.15.3 – Driving Procedures
Never Race a Train to a Crossing. Never attempt
to race a train to a crossing. It is extremely difficult
to judge the speed of an approaching train.
Reduce Speed. Speed must be reduced inaccordance with your ability to see approaching
trains in any direction, and speed must be held to apoint which will permit you to stop short of the tracks
in case a stop is necessary.
Don't Expect to Hear a Train. Trains may not or
are prohibited from sounding horns whenapproaching some crossings. Public crossings
where trains do not sound horns should be identified
by signs. Noise inside your vehicle may, also
prevent you from hearing the train horn until the train
is dangerously close to the crossing.
Don't Rely on Signals. You should not rely solely
upon the presence of warning signals, gates, orflagmen to warn of the approach of trains. Be

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Railroad crossings with steep approaches cancause your unit to hang up on the tracks.
Never permit traffic conditions to trap you in aposition where you have to stop on the tracks. Be
sure you can get all the way across the tracks before
you start across. It takes a typical tractor-trailer unit
at least 14 seconds to clear a single track and morethan 15 seconds to clear a double track.
Do not shift gears while crossing railroad tracks.
2.15.6 – Special Situations
Be Aware! These trailers can get stuck on raised
crossings:
Low slung units (lowboy, car carrier, moving van,possum-belly livestock trailer).
Single-axle tractor pulling a long trailer with its
landing gear set to accommodate a tandem-axle
tractor.
If for any reason you get stuck on the tracks, get outof the vehicle and away from the tracks. Check
signposts or signal housing at the crossing for
emergency notification information. Call 911 orother emergency number. Give the location of the
Page 2-31

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemcrossing using all identifiable landmarks, especially
the DOT number, if posted.

2.16 – Mountain Driving
In mountain driving, gravity plays a major role. On
any upgrade, gravity slows you down. The steeper
the grade, the longer the grade, and/or the heavier
the load--the more you will have to use lower gears
to climb hills or mountains. In coming down long,steep downgrades, gravity causes the speed of yourvehicle to increase. You must select an appropriate
safe speed, then use a low gear, and proper braking
techniques. You should plan ahead and obtain
information about any long, steep grades along yourplanned route of travel. If possible, talk to otherdrivers who are familiar with the grades to find out
what speeds are safe.
You must go slowly enough so your brakes can holdyou back without getting too hot. If the brakes
become too hot, they may start to "fade." Thismeans you have to apply them harder and harder to
get the same stopping power. If you continue to use
the brakes hard, they can keep fading until you
cannot slow down or stop at all.
2.16.1 – Select a "Safe" Speed
Your most important consideration is to select aspeed that is not too fast for the:Total weight of the vehicle and cargo.
Length of the grade.
Steepness of the grade.
Road conditions.
Weather.
If a speed limit is posted, or there is a sign indicating"Maximum Safe Speed," never exceed the speed
shown. Also, look for and heed warning signs
indicating the length and steepness of the grade.
You must use the braking effect of the engine as theprincipal way of controlling your speed. The braking
effect of the engine is greatest when it is near thegoverned rpms and the transmission is in the lower
gears. Save your brakes so you will be able to slow
or stop as required by road and traffic conditions.
2.16.2 – Select the Right Gear before Starting
Down the Grade
Shift the transmission to a low gear before starting
down the grade. Do not try to downshift after yourspeed has already built up. You will not be able toshift into a lower gear. You may not even be able toget back into any gear and all engine braking effectSection 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

will be lost. Forcing an automatic transmission intoa lower gear at high speed could damage thetransmission and also lead to loss of all engine
braking effect.
With older trucks, a rule for choosing gears is to use
the same gear going down a hill that you would needto climb the hill. However, new trucks have low
friction parts and streamlined shapes for fueleconomy. They may also have more powerfulengines. This means they can go up hills in higher
gears and have less friction and air drag to holdthem back going down hills. For that reason, driversof modern trucks may have to use lower gears going
down a hill than would be required to go up the hill.
You should know what is right for your vehicle.
2.16.3 – Brake Fading or Failure
Brakes are designed so brake shoes or pads rub
against the brake drum or disks to slow the vehicle.
Braking creates heat, but brakes are designed totake a lot of heat. However, brakes can fade or failfrom excessive heat caused by using them too
much and not relying on the engine braking effect.
Brake fade is also affected by adjustment. To safely
control a vehicle, every brake must do its share of
the work. Brakes out of adjustment will stop doing
their share before those that are in adjustment. The
other brakes can then overheat and fade, and there
will not be enough braking available to control thevehicle. Brakes can get out of adjustment quickly,
especially when they are used a lot; also, brakelinings wear faster when they are hot. Therefore,
brake adjustment must be checked frequently.
2.16.4 – Proper Braking Technique
Remember. The use of brakes on a long and/or
steep downgrade is only a supplement to thebraking effect of the engine. Once the vehicle is in
the proper low gear, the following are the proper
braking techniques:
Apply the brakes just hard enough to feel a definite
slowdown.
When your speed has been reduced toapproximately five mph below your "safe" speed,
release the brakes. (This brake application should
last for about three seconds.)
When your speed has increased to your "safe"
speed, repeat steps 1 and 2.
For example, if your "safe" speed is 40 mph, you
would not apply the brakes until your speed reaches
40 mph. You now apply the brakes hard enough to
gradually reduce your speed to 35 mph and thenrelease the brakes. Repeat this as often asnecessary until you have reached the end of thedowngrade.

Page 2-32

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Escape ramps have been built on many steep
mountain downgrades. Escape ramps are made tostop runaway vehicles safely without injuring
drivers and passengers. Escape ramps use a long
bed of loose, soft material to slow a runaway
vehicle, sometimes in combination with an
upgrade.
Know escape ramp locations on your route. Signs
show drivers where ramp are located. Escaperamps save lives, equipment and cargo.
Any driver who loses brakes going downhill should
use an escape ramp if it’s available. There is nofine or penalty for using an escape ramp!

Subsections 2.15 and 2.16
Test Your Knowledge
1. What factors determine your selection of a"safe" speed when going down a long, steep
downgrade?
2. Why should you be in the proper gear before
starting down a hill?
3. Describe the proper braking technique whengoing down a long, steep downgrade.
4. What type of vehicles can get stuck on arailroad-highway crossing?
5. How long does it take for a typical tractor-trailer
unit to clear a double track?
These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.15 and 2.16.

2.17 – Driving Emergencies
Traffic emergencies occur when two vehicles areabout to collide. Vehicle emergencies occur whentires, brakes, or other critical parts fail. Following thesafety practices in this manual can help prevent
emergencies. But if an emergency does happen,
your chances of avoiding a crash depend upon how
well you take action. Actions you can take are
discussed below.
2.17.1 – Steering to Avoid a Crash
Stopping is not always the safest thing to do in an
emergency. When you don't have enough room tostop, you may have to steer away from what's
ahead. Remember, you can almost always turn tomiss an obstacle more quickly than you can stop.
(However, top-heavy vehicles and tractors withmultiple trailers may flip over.)Keep Both Hands on the Steering Wheel. In orderto turn quickly, you must have a firm grip on thesteering wheel with both hands. The best way tohave both hands on the wheel, if there is an
emergency, is to keep them there all the time.
Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

How to Turn Quickly and Safely. A quick turn canbe made safely, if it's done the right way. Here aresome points that safe drivers use:
Do not apply the brake while you are turning. It'svery easy to lock your wheels while turning. If that
happens, you may skid out of control.
Do not turn any more than needed to clear whateveris in your way. The more sharply you turn, thegreater the chances of a skid or rollover.
Be prepared to "counter-steer," that is, to turn thewheel back in the other direction, once you've
passed whatever was in your path. Unless you areprepared to counter-steer, you won't be able to do it
quickly enough. You should think of emergency
steering and counter-steering as two parts of one
driving action.
Where to Steer. If an oncoming driver has drifted
into your lane, a move to your right is best. If thatdriver realizes what has happened, the natural
response will be to return to his or her own lane.
If something is blocking your path, the best direction
to steer will depend on the situation.
If you have been using your mirrors, you'll know
which lane is empty and can be safely used.
If the shoulder is clear, going right may be best. No
one is likely to be driving on the shoulder but
someone may be passing you on the left. You willknow if you have been using your mirrors.
If you are blocked on both sides, a move to the rightmay be best. At least you won't force anyone into an
opposing traffic lane and a possible head-on
collision.
Leaving the Road. In some emergencies, you may
have to drive off the road. It may be less risky thanfacing a collision with another vehicle.
Most shoulders are strong enough to support theweight of a large vehicle and, therefore, offer anavailable escape route. Here are some guidelines,
if you do leave the road.
Avoid Braking. If possible, avoid using the brakes
until your speed has dropped to about 20 mph. Then
brake very gently to avoid skidding on a loose
surface.
Keep One Set of Wheels on the Pavement, if
Possible. This helps to maintain control.
Stay on the Shoulder. If the shoulder is clear, stayon it until your vehicle has come to a stop. Signal
and check your mirrors before pulling back onto theroad.
Page 2-33

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Returning to the Road. If you are forced to returnto the road before you can stop, use the following
procedure:
Hold the wheel tightly and turn sharply enough to
get right back on the road safely. Don't try to edge
gradually back on the road. If you do, your tires
might grab unexpectedly and you could lose control.
When both front tires are on the paved surface,counter-steer immediately. The two turns should bemade as a single "steer-counter-steer" move.
2.17.2 – How to Stop Quickly and Safely
If somebody suddenly pulls out in front of you, yournatural response is to hit the brakes. This is a good
response if there's enough distance to stop, and you
use the brakes correctly.
You should brake in a way that will keep yourvehicle in a straight line and allow you to turn if it
becomes necessary. You can use the "controlled
braking" method or the "stab braking" method.
Controlled Braking. With this method, you apply
the brakes as hard as you can without locking thewheels. Keep steering wheel movements very small
while doing this. If you need to make a larger
steering adjustment or if the wheels lock, release
the brakes. Re-apply the brakes as soon as you
can.
Stab Braking. With this method, you apply yourbrakes all the way and release brakes when wheels
lock up. As soon as the wheels start rolling, apply
the brakes fully again. (It can take up to one second
for the wheels to start rolling after you release thebrakes. If you re-apply the brakes before the wheels
start rolling, the vehicle won't straighten out.)
Don't Jam on the Brakes. Emergency braking
does not mean pushing down on the brake pedal as
hard as you can. That will only keep the wheels
locked up and cause a skid. If the wheels are
skidding, you cannot control the vehicle.
2.17.3 – Brake Failure
Brakes kept in good condition rarely fail. Most
hydraulic brake failures occur for one of two
reasons: (Air brakes are discussed in Section 5.)
Loss of hydraulic pressure.
Brake fade on long hills.
Loss of Hydraulic Pressure. When the system
won't build up pressure, the brake pedal will feelspongy or go to the floor. Here are some things you
can do.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Downshift. Putting the vehicle into a lower gear will
help to slow the vehicle.
Pump the Brakes. Sometimes pumping the brake
pedal will generate enough hydraulic pressure tostop the vehicle.
Use the Parking Brake. The parking or emergency
brake is separate from the hydraulic brake system.
Therefore, it can be used to slow the vehicle.
However, be sure to press the release button or pull
the release lever at the same time you use theemergency brake so you can adjust the brakepressure and keep the wheels from locking up.
Find an Escape Route. While slowing the vehicle,
look for an escape route--an open field, side-street,or escape ramp. Turning uphill is a good way to slow
and stop the vehicle. Make sure the vehicle does
not start rolling backward after you stop. Put it in low
gear, apply the parking brake, and, if necessary, rollback into some obstacle that will stop the vehicle.
Brake Failure on Downgrades. Going slow
enough and braking properly will almost always
prevent brake failure on long downgrades. Once thebrakes have failed, however, you are going to haveto look outside your vehicle for something to stop it.
Your best hope is an escape ramp. If there is one,
there'll be signs telling you about it. Use it. Ramps
are usually located a few miles from the top of thedowngrade. Every year, hundreds of drivers avoid
injury to themselves or damage to their vehicles byusing escape ramps. Some escape ramps use softgravel that resists the motion of the vehicle andbrings it to a stop. Others turn uphill, using the hill tostop the vehicle and soft gravel to hold it in place.
Any driver who loses brakes going downhill should
use an escape ramp if it's available. If you don't use
it, your chances of having a serious crash may bemuch greater.
If no escape ramp is available, take the least
hazardous escape route you can--such as an open
field or a side road that flattens out or turns uphill.
Make the move as soon as you know your brakes
don't work. The longer you wait, the faster thevehicle will go, and the harder it will be to stop.
2.17.4 – Tire Failure
Recognize Tire Failure. Quickly knowing you havea tire failure will let you have more time to react.
Having just a few extra seconds to remember what
it is you're supposed to do can help you. The major
signs of tire failure are:Page 2-34

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Sound. The loud "bang" of a blowout is an easily
recognized sign. Because it can take a few seconds
for your vehicle to react, you might think it was someother vehicle. But any time you hear a tire blow,
you'd be safest to assume it is yours.
Vibration. If the vehicle thumps or vibrates heavily,
it may be a sign that one of the tires has gone flat.
With a rear tire, that may be the only sign you get.
Feel. If the steering feels "heavy," it is probably asign that one of the front tires has failed.
Sometimes, failure of a rear tire will cause thevehicle to slide back and forth or "fishtail." However,dual rear tires usually prevent this.
Respond to Tire Failure. When a tire fails, yourvehicle is in danger. You must immediately:
Hold the Steering Wheel Firmly. If a front tire fails,
it can twist the steering wheel out of your hand. The
only way to prevent this is to keep a firm grip on thesteering wheel with both hands at all times.
Stay off the Brake. It's natural to want to brake inan emergency. However, braking when a tire has
failed could cause loss of control. Unless you're
about to run into something, stay off the brake untilthe vehicle has slowed down. Then brake very
gently, pull off the road, and stop.
Check the Tires. After you've come to a stop, getout and check all the tires. Do this even if the vehicle
seems to be handling all right. If one of your dual
tires goes, the only way you may know it is bygetting out and looking at it.

2.18 – Antilock Braking Systems (ABS)ABS is a computerized system that keeps yourwheels from locking up during hard brakeapplications.
ABS is an addition to your normal brakes. It does
not decrease or increase your normal braking
capability. ABS only activates when wheels areabout to lock up.
ABS does not necessarily shorten your stopping
distance, but it does help you keep the vehicle undercontrol during hard braking.
2.18.1 – How Antilock Braking Systems Work
Sensors detect potential wheel lock up. An
electronic control unit (ECU) will then decrease
brake pressure to avoid wheel lockup.
Brake pressure is adjusted to provide the maximum
braking without danger of lockup.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

ABS works far faster than the driver can respond topotential wheel lockup. At all other times the brakesystem will operate normally.
2.18.2 – Vehicles Required to Have Antilock
Braking Systems
The Department of Transportation requires thatABS be on:
Truck tractors with air brakes built on or after March
1, 1997.
Other air brake vehicles, (trucks, buses, trailers, andconverter dollies) built on or after March 1, 1998.
Hydraulically braked trucks and buses with a grossvehicle weight rating of 10,000 lbs or more built on
or after March 1, 1999.
Many commercial vehicles built before these dates
have been voluntarily equipped with ABS.
2.18.3 – How to Know If Your Vehicle Is
Equipped with ABS
Tractors, trucks, and buses will have yellow ABS
malfunction lamps on the instrument panel.
Trailers will have yellow ABS malfunction lamps on
the left side, either on the front or rear corner.
Dollies manufactured on or after March 1, 1998, arerequired to have a lamp on the left side.
As a system check on newer vehicles, themalfunction lamp comes on at start-up for a bulb
check, and then goes out quickly. On older systems,
the lamp could stay on until you are driving over fivemph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control.
In the case of towed units manufactured before it
was required by the Department of Transportation,
it may be difficult to tell if the unit is equipped with
ABS. Look under the vehicle for the ECU and wheel
speed sensor wires coming from the back of thebrakes.
2.18.4 – How ABS Helps You
When you brake hard on slippery surfaces in a
vehicle without ABS, your wheels may lock up.
When your steering wheels lock up, you lose
steering control. When your other wheels lock up,
you may skid, jackknife, or even spin the vehicle.

Page 2-35

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up and maintaincontrol. You may or may not be able to stop fasterwith ABS, but you should be able to steer around an
obstacle while braking, and avoid skids caused byover braking.
2.18.5 – ABS on the Tractor Only or Only on the
Trailer
Having ABS on only the tractor, only the trailer, oreven on only one axle, still gives you more control
over the vehicle during braking. Brake normally.
When only the tractor has ABS, you should be able
to maintain steering control, and there is lesschance of jackknifing. But keep your eye on the
trailer and let up on the brakes (if you can safely doso) if it begins to swing out.
When only the trailer has ABS, the trailer is lesslikely to swing out, but if you lose steering control orstart a tractor jackknife, let up on the brakes (if you
can safely do so) until you regain control.

Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still haveregular brakes. Drive normally, but get the systemserviced soon.
2.18.8 – Safety Reminders
ABS won’t allow you to drive faster, follow moreclosely, or drive less carefully.
ABS won’t prevent power or turning skids–ABS
should prevent brake-induced skids or jackknifes,
but not those caused by spinning the drive wheels
or going too fast in a turn.
ABS won’t necessarily shorten stopping
distance. ABS will help maintain vehicle control,
but not always shorten stopping distance.
ABS won’t increase or decrease ultimate
stopping power–ABS is an “add-on” to yournormal brakes, not a replacement for them.

2.18.6 – Braking with ABS

ABS won’t change the way you normally brake.
Under normal brake conditions, your vehicle willstop as it always stopped. ABS only comes intoplay when a wheel would normally have locked up
because of over braking.

When you drive a vehicle with ABS, you shouldbrake as you always have. In other words:

ABS won’t compensate for bad brakes or poor
brake maintenance.

Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.

Remember: The best vehicle safety feature is stilla safe driver.

Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the bus, tractor, the trailer, or both.

Remember: Drive so you never need to use yourABS.

As you slow down, monitor your tractor and trailer
and back off the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stayin control.

Remember: If you need it, ABS could help toprevent a serious crash.

There is only one exception to this procedure. If you
drive a straight truck or combination with working
ABS on all axles, in an emergency stop, you canfully apply the brakes.

2.19 – Skid Control and Recovery

2.18.7 – Braking If ABS Is Not Working

Over-braking. Braking too hard and locking up thewheels. Skids also can occur when using the speed
retarder when the road is slippery.

Without ABS you still have normal brake functions.
Drive and brake as you always have.
Vehicles with ABS have yellow malfunction lamps totell you if something isn’t working.
As a system check on newer vehicles, themalfunction lamp comes on at start-up for a bulb
check and then goes out quickly. On older systems,
the lamp could stay on until you are driving over fivemph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control on one or more wheels.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

A skid happens whenever the tires lose their grip on
the road. This is caused in one of four ways:

Over-steering. Turning the wheels more sharply
than the vehicle can turn.
Over-acceleration. Supplying too much power tothe drive wheels, causing them to spin.
Driving Too Fast. Most serious skids result fromdriving too fast for road conditions. Drivers who
adjust their driving to conditions don't overaccelerate and don't have to over-brake or oversteer from too much speed.

Page 2-36

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.19.1 – Drive-wheel Skids
By far the most common skid is one in which therear wheels lose traction through excessive braking
or acceleration. Skids caused by acceleration
usually happen on ice or snow. Taking your foot off
the accelerator can easily stop them. (If it is veryslippery, push the clutch in. Otherwise, the engine
can keep the wheels from rolling freely andregaining traction.)
Rear wheel braking skids occur when the rear drive
wheels lock. Because locked wheels have lesstraction than rolling wheels, the rear wheels usuallyslide sideways in an attempt to "catch up" with thefront wheels. In a bus or straight truck, the vehicle
will slide sideways in a "spin out." With vehicles
towing trailers, a drive-wheel skid can let the trailer
push the towing vehicle sideways, causing asudden jackknife. See Figure 2.19.
2.19.2 – Correcting a Drive-wheel Braking Skid
Do the following to correct a drive-wheel braking
skid.
Stop Braking. This will let the rear wheels rollagain, and keep the rear wheels from sliding.

Figure 2.19

Counter-steer. As a vehicle turns back on course,
it has a tendency to keep on turning. Unless you turnthe steering wheel quickly the other way, you may
find yourself skidding in the opposite direction.
Learning to stay off the brake, turn the steering
wheel quickly, push in the clutch, and counter-steer
in a skid takes a lot of practice. The best place to
get this practice is on a large driving range or "skidpad."
2.19.3 – Front-wheel Skids
Driving too fast for conditions causes most frontwheel skids. Other causes include lack of tread on
the front tires and cargo loaded so not enoughweight is on the front axle. In a front-wheel skid, thefront end tends to go in a straight line regardless of
how much you turn the steering wheel. On a veryslippery surface, you may not be able to steer
around a curve or turn.
When a front-wheel skid occurs, the only way tostop the skid is to let the vehicle slow down. Stopturning and/or braking so hard. Slow down as
quickly as possible without skidding.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Subsections 2.17, 2.18, and 2.19
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Stopping is not always the safest thing to doin an emergency. True or False?
What are some advantages of going rightinstead of left around an obstacle?
What is an "escape ramp?"
If a tire blows out, you should put the brakes
on hard to stop quickly. True or False?
How do you know if your vehicle has antilock
brakes?
What is the proper braking technique whendriving a vehicle with antilock brakes?
How do antilock brakes help you?

These questions may be on the test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.17, 2.18,
and 2.19.

Page 2-37

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

2.20 – Accident Procedures
When you're in an accident and not seriously hurt,
you need to act to prevent further damage or injury.
The basic steps to be taken at any accident are to:• Protect the area.
• Notify authorities.
• Care for the injured.
2.20.1 – Protect the Area
The first thing to do at an accident scene is to keep
another accident from happening in the same spot.
To protect the accident area:

After Accidents. Spilled fuel, improper use offlares.
Tires. Under-inflated tires and duals that touch.
Electrical System. Short circuits due to damaged
insulation, loose connections.
Fuel. Driver smoking, improper fueling, loose fuelconnections.
Cargo. Flammable cargo, improperly sealed or
loaded cargo, poor ventilation.
2.21.2 – Fire Prevention
Pay attention to the following:If your vehicle is involved in the accident, try to get
it to the side of the road. This will help prevent
another accident and allow traffic to move.

Vehicle Inspection. Make a complete inspection of
the electrical, fuel, and exhaust systems, tires, andcargo. Be sure to check that the fire extinguisher ischarged.

If you're stopping to help, park away from theaccident. The area immediately around theaccident will be needed for emergency vehicles.

En Route Inspection. Check the tires, wheels, andtruck body for signs of heat whenever you stop
during a trip.

Put on your flashers.

Follow Safe Procedures. Follow correct safety
procedures for fueling the vehicle, using brakes,
handling flares, and other activities that can causea fire.

Set out reflective triangles to warn other traffic.
Make sure other drivers can see them in time to
avoid the accident.
2.20.2 – Notify Authorities
If you have a cell phone or CB, call for assistance
before you get out of your vehicle. If not, wait until
after the accident scene has been properly
protected, then phone or send someone to phone
the police. Try to determine where you are so you
can give the exact location.
2.20.3 – Care for the Injured
If a qualified person is at the accident and helping
the injured, stay out of the way unless asked toassist. Otherwise, do the best you can to help any
injured parties. Here are some simple steps to follow
in giving assistance:
Don't move a severely injured person unless thedanger of fire or passing traffic makes it necessary.

Monitoring. Check the instruments and gauges
often for signs of overheating and use the mirrors tolook for signs of smoke from tires or the vehicle.
Caution. Use normal caution in handling anything
flammable.
2.21.3 – Fire Fighting
Knowing how to fight fires is important. Drivers who
didn’t know what to do have made fires worse. Know
how the fire extinguisher works. Study the
instructions printed on the extinguisher before youneed it. Here are some procedures to follow in caseof fire.
Pull Off the Road. The first step is to get the vehicle
off the road and stop. In doing so:

Stop heavy bleeding by applying direct pressure to
the wound.

Park in an open area, away from buildings, trees,
brush, other vehicles, or anything that might catch
fire.

Keep the injured person warm.

Don't pull into a service station!

2.21 – Fires

Notify emergency services of your problem and yourlocation.

Truck fires can cause damage and injury. Learn
the causes of fires and how to prevent them. Know
what to do to extinguish fires.
2.21.1 – Causes of FireThe following are some causes of vehicle fires:

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Keep the Fire from Spreading. Before trying to put
out the fire, make sure that it doesn't spread any
further.
With an engine fire, turn off the engine as soon as
you can. Don't open the hood if you can avoid it.

Page 2-38

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Shoot foam through louvers, radiator, or from thevehicle’s underside.
For a cargo fire in a van or box trailer, keep thedoors shut, especially if your cargo contains
hazardous materials. Opening the van doors will
supply the fire with oxygen and can cause it to burnvery fast.
Extinguish the Fire. Here are some rules to follow
in putting out a fire:

Class/Type of Fires
Class

Type
Wood, Paper, Ordinary Combustibles

A

Extinguish by Cooling and
Quenching Using Water or Dry
Chemicals
Gasoline, Oil, Grease, Other Greasy
Liquids

B

When using the extinguisher, stay as far away fromthe fire as possible.
Aim at the source or base of the fire, not up in the
flames.

Extinguish by Smothering, Coolingor Heat Shielding using carbon
Dioxide or Dry Chemicals
Electrical Equipment FiresC

Use the Right Fire Extinguisher

Extinguish with Non-conducting
Agents such as Carbon Dioxide or
Dry Chemicals. DO NOT USE
WATER.

Figures 2.20 and 2.21 detail the type of fire
extinguisher to use by class of fire.
The B:C type fire extinguisher is designed to workon electrical fires and burning liquids.

Fires in Combustible Metals

D

Extinguish by Using Specialized
Extinguishing Powders

The A:B:C type is designed to work on burning
wood, paper, and cloth as well.
Water can be used on wood, paper, or cloth, but
don't use water on an electrical fire (can cause
shock) or a gasoline fire (it will spread the flames).
A burning tire must be cooled. Lots of water may berequired.
If you're not sure what to use, especially on ahazardous materials fire, wait for firefighters.
Position yourself upwind. Let the wind carry theextinguisher to the fire.
Continue until whatever was burning has beencooled. Absence of smoke or flame does not mean
the fire cannot restart.

Figure 2.20
Class of Fire/Type of Extinguisher
Class of Fire

Fire Extinguisher TypeB or C

Regular Dry Chemical

A, B, C, or D

Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical

D

Purple K Dry Chemical

B or CKCL Dry Chemical

D

Dry Powder Special
CompoundB or C

Carbon Dioxide (Dry)

B or CHalogenated Agent (Gas)

A

Water

A

Water With Anti-Freeze

A or B

Water, Loaded Steam Style

B, On Some A

Foam

Figure 2.21

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-39

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Subsections 2.20 and 2.21
Test Your Knowledge
1.

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

.00

1

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

.02

.02

.02

2

.08

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

3

.11

.09

.08

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

4

.15

.12

.11

.09

.08

.08

.07

.06

5

.19

.16

.13

.12

.11

.09

.09

.08

6

.23

.19

.16

.14

.13

.11

.10

.09

7

.26

.22

.19

.16

.15

.13

.12

.11

8

.30

.25

.21

.19

.17

.15

.14

.13

9

.34

.28

.24

.21

.19

.17

.15

.14

1
0

.38

.31

.27

.23

.21

.19

.17

.16

Driving Skills Significantly
Affected
Criminal Penalties

240

0

Only Safe Impairment
Driving Limit
Begins220

Legally IntoxicatedCriminal Penalties

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

200

How Alcohol Works. Alcohol goes directly into theblood stream and is carried to the brain. After
passing through the brain, a small percentage isremoved in urine, perspiration, and by breathing,while the rest is carried to the liver. The liver can
only process one-third an ounce of alcohol per hour,which is considerably less than the alcohol in astandard drink. This is a fixed rate, so only time, notblack coffee or a cold shower, will sober you up. If
you have drinks faster than your body can get rid ofthem, you will have more alcohol in your body, andyour driving will be more affected. The Blood
Alcohol Concentration (BAC) commonly measures
the amount of alcohol in your body. See Figure 2.22.

180

Drinking alcohol and then driving is very dangerous
and a serious problem. People who drink alcohol
are involved in traffic accidents resulting in over
20,000 deaths every year. Alcohol impairs muscle
coordination, reaction time, depth perception, andnight vision. It also affects the parts of the brain that
control judgment and inhibition. For some people,
one drink is all it takes to show signs of impairment.

160

2.22.1 – Alcohol and Driving

140

2.22 – Alcohol, Other Drugs, andDriving

120

These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.20 and 2.21.

Body Weight in Pounds
100

5.

Effects

4.

Drinks2.
3.

What are some things to do at an accident
scene to prevent another accident?
Name two causes of tire fires.
What kinds of fires is a B:C extinguisher notgood for?
When using your extinguisher, should you get
as close as possible to the fire?
Name some causes of vehicle fires.

What Is a Drink?
It is the alcohol in drinks that affects humanperformance. It doesn't make any difference
whether that alcohol comes from "a couple ofbeers,” or from two glasses of wine, or two shotsof hard liquor. Approximate Blood AlcoholContent

Subtract .01% for each 40 minutes of drinking. One
drink is 1.5 oz. of 80 proof liquor, 12 oz. of beer, or 5oz. of table wine.

Figure 2.22

Page 2-40

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

All of the following drinks contain the same amountof alcohol:

Effects Of Increasing
Blood Alcohol Content

A 12-ounce glass of 5% beer.
A 5-ounce glass of 12% wine.
A 1 1/2-ounce shot of 80 proof liquor.
What Determines Blood Alcohol Concentration?
BAC is determined by the amount of alcohol you
drink (more alcohol means higher BAC), how fast
you drink (faster drinking means higher BAC), andyour weight (a small person doesn't have to drink asmuch to reach the same BAC).
Alcohol and the Brain. Alcohol affects more andmore of the brain as BAC builds up. The first part ofthe brain affected controls judgment and selfcontrol. One of the bad things about this is it cankeep drinkers from knowing they are getting drunk.
And, of course, good judgment and self-control are
absolutely necessary for safe driving.
As BAC continues to build up, muscle control,
vision, and coordination are affected more andmore. Effects on driving may include:
Straddling lanes.
Quick, jerky starts.
Not signaling, failure to use lights.
Running stop signs and red lights.
Improper passing (See Figure 2.23).
These effects mean increased chances of a crashand chances of losing your driver's license. Accident
statistics show that the chance of a crash is muchgreater for drivers who have been drinking than fordrivers who have not.
How Alcohol Affects Driving. All drivers areaffected by drinking alcohol. Alcohol affects
judgment, vision, coordination, and reaction time. It
causes serious driving errors, such as:
Increased reaction time to hazards.
Driving too fast or too slow.
Driving in the wrong lane.
Running over the curb.
Weaving.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Blood Alcohol Content is the amount of alcohol inyour blood recorded in milligrams of alcohol per
100 milliliters of blood. Your BAC depends on theamount of blood (which increases with weight) andthe amount of alcohol you consume over time (howfast you drink). The faster you drink, the higher your
BAC, as the liver can only handle about one drink
per hour—the rest builds up in your blood.
BAC

Effects on Body

.02

Mellow feeling,slight body warmth.

.05

Noticeable
relaxation.

.08

Definite impairment
in coordination &judgment

Effects on
Driving Condition
Less inhibited.
Less alert, lessself-focused,
coordination
impairment begins.
Drunk driving limit,
impairedcoordination &judgment.

Noisy, possible
embarrassing
Reduction in
behavior, moodreaction time.
swings.
Impaired balance &.15
movement, clearly
Unable to drive.
drunk.
Many lose.30
consciousness.
Most lose.40
consciousness,some die.
Breathing stops,.50
many die.
BAC of .10 means that 1/10 of 1 % (or 1/1000) of
your total blood content is alcohol.
.10*

Figure 2.23
2.22.2 – Other Drugs
Besides alcohol, other legal and illegal drugs arebeing used more often. Laws prohibit possession or
use of many drugs while on duty. They prohibit
being under the influence of any "controlled
substance," amphetamines (including "pep pills,"“uppers,” and "bennies"), narcotics, or any othersubstance, which can make the driver unsafe. This
could include a variety of prescription and over-thecounter drugs (cold medicines), which may makethe driver drowsy or otherwise affect safe driving
ability. However, possession and use of a drug
given to a driver by a doctor is permitted if the doctor
informs the driver that it will not affect safe driving
ability.

Page 2-41

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Pay attention to warning labels for legitimate drugs
and medicines, and to doctor's orders regarding
possible effects. Stay away from illegal drugs.
Don't use any drug that hides fatigue--the only curefor fatigue is rest. Alcohol can make the effects ofother drugs much worse. The safest rule is don't mix
drugs with driving at all.

Class
1
2

Use of drugs can lead to traffic accidents resulting
in death, injury, and property damage. Furthermore,it can lead to arrest, fines, and jail sentences. It canalso mean the end of a person's driving career.

3

2.22.3 – Illness

5

Once in a while, you may become so ill that you
cannot operate a motor vehicle safely. If thishappens to you, you must not drive. However, incase of an emergency, you may drive to the nearest
place where you can safely stop.

4

6
7
8

2.23 – Hazardous Materials Rules For
All Commercial Drivers

9

All drivers should know something about hazardous
materials. You must be able to recognize hazardous
cargo, and you must know whether or not you canhaul it without having a hazardous materials
endorsement on your CDL license.

None

2.23.1 – What Are Hazardous Materials?
Hazardous materials are products that pose a risk
to health, safety, and property during transportation.
See Figure 2.24.
2.23.2 – Why Are There Rules?
You must follow the many rules about transporting
hazardous materials. The intent of the rules is to:Contain the product.
Communicate the risk.
Ensure safe drivers and equipment.
To Contain the Product. Many hazardous
products can injure or kill on contact. To protect
drivers and others from contact, the rules tellshippers how to package safely. Similar rules telldrivers how to load, transport, and unload bulk
tanks. These are containment rules.
To Communicate the Risk. The shipper uses ashipping paper and diamond shaped hazard labels
to warn dockworkers and drivers of the risk.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

None

Hazard Class Definitions
Class Name
ExampleAmmunition,
Explosives
Dynamite,
Fireworks
Propane, Oxygen,
Gases
HeliumGasoline
Fuel,
Flammable
AcetoneFlammable
Matches, Fuses
SolidsAmmoniumOxidizers
Nitrate, Hydrogen
Peroxide
Pesticides,
Poisons
Arsenic
Uranium,
Radioactive
Plutonium
Hydrochloric Acid,
Corrosives
Battery Acid
Miscellaneous
Formaldehyde,
Hazardous
Asbestos
Materials
ORM-D (Other
Regulated
Hair Spray orMaterialCharcoal
Domestic)
Combustible
Fuel Oils, Lighter
Liquids
Fluid
Figure 2.24

After an accident or hazardous material spill or leak,
you may be injured and unable to communicate thehazards of the materials you are transporting.
Firefighters and police can prevent or reduce theamount of damage or injury at the scene if theyknow what hazardous materials are beingtransported. Your life, and the lives of others, may
depend on quickly locating the hazardous materials
shipping papers. For that reason, you must identify
shipping papers related to hazardous materials or
keep them on top of other shipping papers. You
must also keep shipping papers:
In a pouch on the driver's door, or
In clear view within reach while driving, or
On the driver's seat when out of the vehicle.
2.23.3 – Lists of Regulated Products
Placards are used to warn others of hazardous
materials. Placards are signs put on the outside ofa vehicle that identify the hazard class of the cargo.
A placarded vehicle must have at least four identicalplacards. They are put on the front, rear, and bothsides.

Page 2-42

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Placards must be readable from all four directions.
They must be at least 10 3/4 inches square, turned
upright on a point, in a diamond shape. Cargo tanks
and other bulk packaging display the identification
number of their contents on placards or orange
panels.
Identification Numbers are a four digit code usedby first responders to identify hazardous materials.
An identification number may be used to identify
more than one chemical on shipping papers. The
identification number will be preceded by the letters“NA” or “UN”. The US DOT Emergency Response
Guidebook (ERG) lists the chemicals and theidentification numbers assigned to them.
Not all vehicles carrying hazardous materials needto have placards. The rules about placards are
given in Section 9 of this manual. You can drive avehicle that carries hazardous materials if it does
not require placards. If it requires placards, you
cannot drive it unless your driver license has thehazardous materials endorsement. See Figure
2.25.

The rules require all drivers of placarded vehicles tolearn how to safely load and transport hazardous
products. They must have a commercial driver
license with the hazardous materials endorsement.
To get the required endorsement, you must pass awritten test on material found in Section 9 of thismanual. A tank endorsement is required for any
commercial vehicle that is designed to transport any
liquid or gaseous materials in a tank or tanks having
an individual rated capacity of more than 119
gallons and an aggregate capacity of 1,000 gallons
or more that is either permanently or temporarily
attached to the vehicle or chassis. The liquid or gas
does not have to be a hazardous material.
Drivers who need the hazardous materials
endorsement must learn the placard rules. If you do
not know if your vehicle needs placards, ask youremployer. Never drive a vehicle needing placards
unless you have the hazardous materials
endorsement. To do so is a crime. When stopped,
you will be cited and you will not be allowed to drive
your truck. It will cost you time and money. A failure
to placard when needed may risk your life andothers if you have an accident. Emergency help will
not know of your hazardous cargo.
Hazardous materials drivers must also know which
products they can load together, and which theycannot. These rules are also in Section 9. Before
loading a truck with more than one type of product,
you must know if it is safe to load them together. If
you do not know, ask your employer and consult theregulations.

Subsections 2.22 and 2.23
Test Your Knowledge
1. Common medicines for colds can make you
sleepy. True or False?
2. Coffee and a little fresh air will help a drinker
sober up. True or False?
3. What is a hazardous materials placard?
4. Why are placards used?
These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read subsections 2.22 and2.23.

Figure 2.25

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-43

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Section 2 – Driving Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 2-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 3
TRANSPORTING CARGOSAFELYThis Section CoversInspecting Cargo
Cargo Weight and Balance
Securing Cargo
Cargo Needing Special Attention

This section tells you about hauling cargo safely.
You must understand basic cargo safety rules to get
a CDL.
If you load cargo wrong or do not secure it, it can bea danger to others and yourself. Loose cargo that
falls off a vehicle can cause traffic problems andothers could be hurt or killed. Loose cargo could hurtor kill you during a quick stop or crash. Your vehicle
could be damaged by an overload. Steering could
be affected by how a vehicle is loaded, making it
more difficult to control the vehicle.
Whether or not you load and secure the cargo
yourself, you are responsible for:Inspecting your cargo.
Recognizing overloads and poorly balanced weight.
Knowing your cargo is properly secured and does
not obscure your view ahead or to the sides.
Knowing your cargo does not restrict your access toemergency equipment.
If you intend to carry hazardous material that
requires placards on your vehicle, you will also needto have a hazardous materials endorsement.
Section 9 of this manual has the information you
need to pass the hazardous materials test.

3.1 – Inspecting Cargo
As part of your Vehicle inspection, make sure thetruck is not overloaded and the cargo is balanced
and secured properly.
After Starting. Inspect the cargo and its securing
devices again within the first 50 miles after
beginning a trip. Make any adjustments needed.
Re-check. Re-check the cargo and securing
devices as often as necessary during a trip to keep
the load secure. You need to inspect again:

Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Version: July 2014

After you have driven for 3 hours or 150 miles.
After every break you take during driving.
Federal, state, and local regulations for commercial
vehicle weight, securing cargo, covering loads, andwhere you can drive large vehicles vary from place
to place. Know the rules where you will be driving.

3.2 – Weight and Balance
You are responsible for not being overloaded. The
following are some definitions of weight you shouldknow.
3.2.1 – Definitions You Should Know
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The value
specified by the manufacturer as the loaded weightof a single vehicle.
Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR). The
value specified by the manufacturer of the power
unit, if the value is displayed on the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) certification
label; or the sum of the gross vehicle weight ratings(GVWRs) or the gross vehicle weights (GVWs) of
the power unit and the towed unit(s), or any
combination thereof, that produces the highest
value.
(The underlined and italicized text above is foruse by roadside enforcement only to determine
whether the driver/vehicle is subject to CDL
regulations. It is not used to determine whether
a vehicle is representative for the purposes of
Skills testing).
Axle Weight. The weight transmitted to the groundby one axle or one set of axles.
Tire Load. The maximum safe weight a tire cancarry at a specified pressure. This rating is stated on
the side of each tire.
Suspension Systems. Suspension systems havea manufacturer's weight capacity rating.
Coupling Device Capacity. Coupling devices are
rated for the maximum weight they can pull and/or
carry.
3.2.2 – Legal Weight Limits
You must keep weights within legal limits. States
have maximums for GVWRs, GCWRs, and axle
weights. Often, maximum axle weights are set by abridge formula. A bridge formula permits lessmaximum axle weight for axles that are closer

Page 3-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

together. This is to prevent overloading bridges androadways.
Overloading can have bad effects on steering,braking, and speed control. Overloaded trucks haveto go very slowly on upgrades. Worse, they may
gain too much speed on downgrades. Stopping
distance increases. Brakes can fail when forced towork too hard.
During bad weather or in mountains, it may not besafe to operate at legal maximum weights. Take this
into account before driving.
3.2.3 – Don't Be Top-heavy
The height of the vehicle's center of gravity is very
important for safe handling. A high center of gravity(cargo piled up high or heavy cargo on top) means
you are more likely to tip over. It is most dangerous
in curves, or if you have to swerve to avoid a hazard.
It is very important to distribute the cargo so it is as
low as possible. Put the heaviest parts of the cargo
under the lightest parts.
3.2.4 – Balance the Weight
Poor weight balance can make vehicle handlingunsafe. Too much weight on the steering axle cancause hard steering. It can damage the steering
axle and tires. Under-loaded front axles (caused byshifting weight too far to the rear) can make thesteering axle weight too light to steer safely. Too
little weight on the driving axles can cause poor
traction. The drive wheels may spin easily. During
bad weather, the truck may not be able to keep
going. Weight that is loaded so there is a high centerof gravity causes greater chance of rollover. On flatbed vehicles, there is also a greater chance that theload will shift to the side or fall off. See Figure 3.1.

3.3 – Securing Cargo

Figure 3.1
3.3.2 – Cargo Tie-down
On flatbed trailers or trailers without sides, cargomust be secured to keep it from shifting or falling off.
In closed vans, tie-downs can also be important toprevent cargo shifting that may affect the handlingof the vehicle. Tie-downs must be of the proper type
and proper strength. Federal regulations require theaggregate working load limit of any securement
system used to secure an article or group of articles
against movement must be at least one-half times
the weight of the article or group of articles. Propertie-down equipment must be used, including ropes,
straps, chains, and tensioning devices (winches,
ratchets, clinching components). Tie-downs mustbe attached to the vehicle correctly (hooks, bolts,
rails, rings). See figure 3.2.

3.3.1 – Blocking and Bracing
Blocking is used in the front, back, and/or sides of apiece of cargo to keep it from sliding. Blocking isshaped to fit snugly against cargo. It is secured tothe cargo deck to prevent cargo movement. Bracingis also used to prevent movement of cargo. Bracing
goes from the upper part of the cargo to the floor
and/or walls of the cargo compartment.

Figure 3.2

Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 3-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Cargo should have at least one tie-down for eachten feet of cargo. Make sure you have enough tiedowns to meet this need. No matter how small the
cargo, it should have at least two tie-downs.
There are special requirements for securing various
heavy pieces of metal. Find out what they are if you
are to carry such loads.
3.3.3 – Header Boards
Front-end header boards ("headache racks")
protect you from your cargo in case of a crash or
emergency stop. Make sure the front-end structure
is in good condition. The front-end structure shouldblock the forward movement of any cargo you carry.
3.3.4 – Covering Cargo
There are two basic reasons for covering cargo:
To protect people from spilled cargo.
To protect the cargo from weather.
Spill protection is a safety requirement in manystates. Be familiar with the laws in the states you
drive in.
You should look at your cargo covers in the mirrors
from time to time while driving. A flapping cover cantear loose, uncovering the cargo, and possibly block
your view or someone else's.
3.3.5 – Sealed and Containerized Loads
Containerized loads generally are used when freightis carried part way by rail or ship. Delivery by truck
occurs at the beginning and/or end of the journey.
Some containers have their own tiedown devices orlocks that attach directly to a special frame. Others
have to be loaded onto flatbed trailers. They must
be properly secured just like any other cargo.
You cannot inspect sealed loads, but you should
check that you don't exceed gross weight and axle
weight limits.

3.4 – Cargo Needing Special Attention
3.4.1 – Dry Bulk
Dry bulk tanks require special care because they
have a high center of gravity, and the load can shift.
Be extremely cautious (slow and careful) goingaround curves and making sharp turns.

Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Version: July 2014

3.4.2 – Hanging Meat
Hanging meat (suspended beef, pork, lamb) in arefrigerated truck can be a very unstable load with ahigh center of gravity. Particular caution is neededon sharp curves such as off ramps and on ramps.
Go slowly.
3.4.3 – Livestock
Livestock can move around in a trailer, causing
unsafe handling. With less than a full load, use falsebulkheads to keep livestock bunched together.
Even when bunched, special care is necessary
because livestock can lean on curves. This shifts
the center of gravity and makes rollover more likely.
3.4.4 – Oversized Loads
Over-length, over-width, and/or overweight loads
require special transit permits. Driving is usuallylimited to certain times. Special equipment may benecessary such as "wide load" signs, flashing lights,
flags, etc. Such loads may require a police escort orpilot vehicles bearing warning signs and/or flashinglights. These special loads require special driving
care.

Section 3
Test Your Knowledge
1. What four things related to cargo are drivers
responsible for?
2. How often must you stop while on the road tocheck your cargo?
3. How is Gross Combination Weight Rating
different from Gross Combination Weight?
4. Name two situations where legal maximum
weights may not be safe.
5. What can happen if you don't have enoughweight on the front axle?
6. What is the minimum number of tie-downs forany flatbed load?
7. What is the minimum number of tie-downs for a
20-foot load?
8. Name the two basic reasons for covering cargoon an open bed.
9. What must you check before transporting asealed load?
These questions may be on your test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read Section 3.

Page 3-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Section 3 - Transporting Cargo Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 3-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 4
TRANSPORTING
PASSENGERS SAFELYThis Section Covers







Vehicle Inspection
Loading
On the Road
After-trip Vehicle Inspection
Prohibited Practices
Use of Brake-door Interlocks

Bus drivers must have a commercial driver license
if they drive a vehicle designed to seat more than 16
or more persons, including the driver.
Bus drivers must have a passenger endorsementon their commercial driver license. To get theendorsement you must pass a knowledge test on
Sections 2 and 4 of this manual. (If your bus has air
brakes, you must also pass a knowledge test on
Section 5.) You must also pass the skills tests
required for the class of vehicle you drive.

4.1 – Vehicle Inspection
Before driving your bus, you must be sure it is safe.
You must review the inspection report made by theprevious driver. Only if defects reported earlier havebeen certified as repaired or not needed to be
repaired, should you sign the previous driver's
report. This is your certification that the defects
reported earlier have been fixed.

Wheels and rims.
Emergency equipment.
4.1.2 – Access Doors and Panels
As you check the outside of the bus, close any open
emergency exits. Also, close any open accesspanels (for baggage, restroom service, engine, etc.)
before driving.
4.1.3 – Bus Interior
People sometimes damage unattended buses.
Always check the interior of the bus before driving
to ensure rider safety. Aisles and stairwells should
always be clear. The following parts of your bus
must be in safe working condition:
Each handhold and railing.
Floor covering.
Signaling devices, including the restroom
emergency buzzer, if the bus has a restroom.
Emergency exit handles.
The seats must be safe for riders. All seats must
be securely fastened to the bus.
Never drive with an open emergency exit door orwindow. The "Emergency Exit" sign on an
emergency door must be clearly visible. If there is a
red emergency door light, it must work. Turn it on atnight or any other time you use your outside lights.
4.1.4 – Roof Hatches
You may lock some emergency roof hatches in apartly open position for fresh air. Do not leave them
open as a regular practice. Keep in mind the bus's
higher clearance while driving with them open.

Make sure these things are in good working order
before driving:Make sure your bus has the fire extinguisher andemergency reflectors required by law. The bus mustalso have spare electrical fuses, unless equippedwith circuit breakers.

Service brakes, including air hose couplings (if yourbus has a trailer or semitrailer).

4.1.5 – Use Your Seatbelt!

Parking brake.

The driver's seat should have a seat belt. Always
use it for safety.

4.1.1 – Vehicle Systems

Steering mechanism.
Lights and reflectors.
Tires (front wheels must not have recapped or regrooved tires).

4.2 – Loading and Trip Start

Windshield wiper or wipers.

Do not allow riders to leave carry-on baggage in adoorway or aisle. There should be nothing in theaisle that might trip other riders. Secure baggage
and freight in ways that avoid damage and:Rear-vision mirror or mirrors.

Allow the driver to move freely and easily.

Horn.

Coupling devices (if present).
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 4-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Allow riders to exit by any window or door in an
emergency.

Division 2.3 poison gas, liquid Class 6 poison, teargas, irritating material.

Protect riders from injury if carry-ons fall or shift.

More than 100 pounds of solid Class 6 poisons.

4.2.1 – Hazardous Materials

Explosives in the space occupied by people, except
small arms ammunition.

Watch for cargo or baggage containing hazardous
materials. Most hazardous materials cannot be
carried on a bus.

Labeled radioactive materials in the space occupied
by people.

The Federal Hazardous Materials Table shows
which materials are hazardous. They pose a risk tohealth, safety, and property during transportation.
The rules require shippers to mark containers ofhazardous material with the material's name,identification number, and hazard label. There arenine different four-inch, diamond-shaped hazard
labels. See Figure 4.1. Watch for the diamondshaped labels. Do not transport any hazardous
material unless you are sure the rules allow it.
Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

None

None

Hazard Class Definitions
Class Name
ExampleAmmunition,
Explosives
Dynamite,
Fireworks
Propane, Oxygen,
Gases
HeliumGasoline Fuel,
Flammable
AcetoneFlammable
Matches, Fuses
SolidsAmmoniumOxidizers
Nitrate, Hydrogen
Peroxide
Pesticides,
Poisons
Arsenic
Uranium,
Radioactive
Plutonium
Hydrochloric Acid,
Corrosives
Battery Acid
Miscellaneous
Formaldehyde,
Hazardous
Asbestos
Materials
ORM-D (Other
Regulated
Hair Spray orMaterialCharcoal
Domestic)
Combustible
Fuel Oils, Lighter
Liquids
Fluid
Figure 4.1

4.2.2 – Forbidden Hazardous Materials
Buses may carry small-arms ammunition labeled
ORM-D, emergency hospital supplies, and drugs.
You can carry small amounts of some otherhazardous materials if the shipper cannot send
them any other way. Buses must never carry:
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Version: July 2014

More than 500 pounds total of allowed hazardous
materials, and no more than 100 pounds of any one
class.
Riders sometimes board a bus with an unlabeledhazardous material. Do not allow riders to carry on
common hazards such as car batteries or gasoline.
4.2.3 – Standee LineNo rider may stand forward of the rear of the driver's
seat. Buses designed to allow standing must havea two-inch line on the floor or some other means ofshowing riders where they cannot stand. This iscalled the standee line. All standing riders must staybehind it.
4.2.4 – At Your Destination
When arriving at the destination or intermediatestops announce:
The location.
Reason for stopping.
Next departure time.
Bus number.
Remind riders to take carry-ons with them if they get
off the bus. If the aisle is on a lower level than theseats, remind riders of the step-down. It is best totell them before coming to a complete stop.
Charter bus drivers should not allow riders on thebus until departure time. This will help prevent theftor vandalism of the bus.

4.3 – On the Road
4.3.1 – Passenger Supervision
Many charter and intercity carriers have passenger
comfort and safety rules. Mention rules aboutsmoking, drinking, or use of radio and tape players
at the start of the trip. Explaining the rules at thestart will help to avoid trouble later on.
While driving, scan the interior of your bus as wellas the road ahead, to the sides, and to the rear. You

Page 4-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

may have to remind riders about rules, or to keeparms and heads inside the bus.

If your bus has a manual transmission, neverchange gears while crossing the tracks.

4.3.2 – At Stops

You do not have to stop, but must slow down andcarefully check for other vehicles:

Riders can stumble when getting on or off, andwhen the bus starts or stops. Caution riders to watch
their step when leaving the bus. Wait for them to sit
down or brace themselves before starting. Startingand stopping should be as smooth as possible to
avoid rider injury.

At streetcar crossings.
Where a policeman or flagman is directing traffic.
If a traffic signal is green.
At crossings marked as "exempt" or "abandoned."

Occasionally, you may have a drunk or disruptive
rider. You must ensure this rider's safety as well asthat of others. Don't discharge such riders where it
would be unsafe for them. It may be safer at the nextscheduled stop or a well-lighted area where there
are other people. Many carriers have guidelines forhandling disruptive riders.

4.3.6 – Drawbridges

4.3.3 – Common Accidents

There is a traffic light showing green.

The Most Common Bus Accidents. Bus accidents
often happen at intersections. Use caution, even if
a signal or stop sign controls other traffic. School
and mass transit buses sometimes scrape off
mirrors or hit passing vehicles when pulling out froma bus stop. Remember the clearance your bus
needs, and watch for poles and tree limbs at stops.
Know the size of the gap your bus needs toaccelerate and merge with traffic. Wait for the gap
to open before leaving the stop. Never assume
other drivers will brake to give you room when you
signal or start to pull out.

The bridge has an attendant or traffic officer who
controls traffic whenever the bridge opens.

4.3.4 – Speed on Curves

Riders sometimes damage safety-related parts
such as handholds, seats, emergency exits, andwindows. If you report this damage at the end of ashift, mechanics can make repairs before the bus
goes out again. Mass transit drivers should also
make sure passenger signaling devices and brakedoor interlocks work properly.

Crashes on curves that kill people and destroy
buses result from excessive speed, often when rainor snow has made the road slippery. Every banked
curve has a safe "design speed." In good weather,
the posted speed is safe for cars but it may be toohigh for many buses. With good traction, the bus
may roll over; with poor traction, it might slide off thecurve. Reduce speed for curves! If your bus leans
toward the outside on a banked curve, you are
driving too fast.
4.3.5 – Railroad-highway Crossing/ Stops
Stop at RR Crossings:
Stop your bus between 15 and 50 feet before
railroad crossings.
Listen and look in both directions for trains. You
should open your forward door if it improves yourability to see or hear an approaching train.
Before crossing after a train has passed, make surethere isn't another train coming in the other direction
on other tracks.
Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Version: July 2014

Stop at Drawbridges. Stop at drawbridges that do
not have a signal light or traffic control attendant.
Stop at least 50 feet before the draw of the bridge.
Look to make sure the draw is completely closed
before crossing. You do not need to stop, but mustslow down and make sure it's safe, when:

4.4 – After-trip Vehicle Inspection
Inspect your bus at the end of each shift. If you work
for an interstate carrier, you must complete a written
inspection report for each bus driven. The reportmust specify each bus and list any defect that would
affect safety or result in a breakdown. If there are no
defects, the report should say so.

4.5 – Prohibited Practices
Avoid fueling your bus with riders on board unlessabsolutely necessary. Never refuel in a closed
building with riders on board.
Don't talk with riders, or engage in any other
distracting activity, while driving.
Do not tow or push a disabled bus with riders aboard
the vehicle, unless getting off would be unsafe. Only
tow or push the bus to the nearest safe spot todischarge passengers. Follow your employer's
guidelines on towing or pushing disabled buses.

Page 4-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

4.6 – Use of Brake-door Interlocks
Urban mass transit coaches may have a brake andaccelerator interlock system. The interlock applies
the brakes and holds the throttle in idle position
when the rear door is open. The interlock releases
when you close the rear door. Do not use this safety
feature in place of the parking brake.

Section 4
Test Your Knowledge
1. Name some things to check in the interior of abus during a Vehicle inspection.
2. What are some hazardous materials you cantransport by bus?
3. What are some hazardous materials you can’ttransport by bus?
4. What is a standee line?
5. Does it matter where you make a disruptive
passenger get off the bus?
6. How far from a railroad crossing should youstop?
7. When must you stop before crossing adrawbridge?
8. Describe from memory thepractices” listed in the manual.

“prohibited

9. The rear door of a transit bus has to be open to
put on the parking brake. True or False?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read Section 4.

Section 4 - Transporting Passengers Safely
Version: July 2014

Page 4-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 5
AIR BRAKESThis Section CoversAir Brake System Parts
Dual Air Brake Systems
Inspecting Air Brakes
Using Air Brakes

This section tells you about air brakes. If you wantto drive a truck or bus with air brakes, or pull a trailer
with air brakes, you need to read this section. If you
want to pull a trailer with air brakes, you also needto read Section 6, Combination Vehicles.

5.1.2 – Air Compressor Governor
The governor controls when the air compressor willpump air into the air storage tanks. When air tankpressure rises to the "cut-out" level (around 125
pounds per-square-inch or "psi"), the governor
stops the compressor from pumping air. When thetank pressure falls to the "cut-in" pressure (around
100 psi), the governor allows the compressor tostart pumping again.
5.1.3 – Air Storage Tanks
Air storage tanks are used to hold compressed air.
The number and size of air tanks varies amongvehicles. The tanks will hold enough air to allow thebrakes to be used several times, even if thecompressor stops working.
5.1.4 – Air Tank Drains

Air brakes use compressed air to make the brakes
work. Air brakes are a good and safe way of
stopping large and heavy vehicles, but the brakes
must be well maintained and used properly.
Air brakes are really three different braking systems:
service brake, parking brake, and emergency brake.
The service brake system applies and releases thebrakes when you use the brake pedal during normal
driving.
The parking brake system applies and releases theparking brakes when you use the parking brake
control.
The emergency brake system uses parts of theservice and parking brake systems to stop thevehicle in a brake system failure.
The parts of these systems are discussed in greater
detail below.

Compressed air usually has some water and somecompressor oil in it, which is bad for the air brakesystem. For example, the water can freeze in cold
weather and cause brake failure. The water and oil
tend to collect in the bottom of the air tank. Be surethat you drain the air tanks completely. Each air tankis equipped with a drain valve in the bottom. There
are two types:
Manually operated by turning a quarter turn or bypulling a cable. You must drain the tanks yourself at
the end of each day of driving. See Figure 5.1.
Automatic--the water and oil are automaticallyexpelled. These tanks may be equipped for manualdraining as well.
Automatic air tanks are available with electricheating devices. These help prevent freezing of theautomatic drain in cold weather.

5.1 – The Parts of an Air Brake System
There are many parts to an air brake system. You
should know about the parts discussed here.
5.1.1 – Air Compressor
The air compressor pumps air into the air storage
tanks (reservoirs). The air compressor is connectedto the engine through gears or a v-belt. The
compressor may be air cooled or may be cooled by
the engine cooling system. It may have its own oil
supply or be lubricated by engine oil. If thecompressor has its own oil supply, check the oillevel before driving.

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

Figure 5.1

Page 5-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

5.1.5 – Alcohol Evaporator
Some air brake systems have an alcohol evaporator
to put alcohol into the air system. This helps toreduce the risk of ice in air brake valves and otherparts during cold weather. Ice inside the system canmake the brakes stop working.

When you release the brake pedal, the s-cam
rotates back and a spring pulls the brake shoes
away from the drum, letting the wheels roll freely
again. See Figure 5.2.

Check the alcohol container and fill up as
necessary, every day during cold weather. Daily air
tank drainage is still needed to get rid of water andoil. (Unless the system has automatic drain valves.)
5.1.6 – Safety Valve
A safety relief valve is installed in the first tank the
air compressor pumps air to. The safety valve
protects the tank and the rest of the system from too
much pressure. The valve is usually set to open at
150 psi. If the safety valve releases air, somethingis wrong. Have the fault fixed by a mechanic.
5.1.7 – The Brake Pedal
You put on the brakes by pushing down the brake
pedal. (It is also called the foot valve or treadle
valve.) Pushing the pedal down harder applies more
air pressure. Letting up on the brake pedal reduces
the air pressure and releases the brakes. Releasing
the brakes lets some compressed air go out of thesystem, so the air pressure in the tanks is reduced.
It must be made up by the air compressor. Pressing
and releasing the pedal unnecessarily can let air out
faster than the compressor can replace it. If thepressure gets too low, the brakes won't work.
5.1.8 – Foundation Brakes
Foundation brakes are used at each wheel. The
most common type is the s-cam drum brake. The
parts of the brake are discussed below.
Brake Drums, Shoes, and Linings. Brake drums
are located on each end of the vehicle's axles. The
wheels are bolted to the drums. The braking
mechanism is inside the drum. To stop, the brakeshoes and linings are pushed against the inside ofthe drum. This causes friction, which slows thevehicle (and creates heat). The heat a drum cantake without damage depends on how hard and how
long the brakes are used. Too much heat can makethe brakes stop working.
S-cam Brakes. When you push the brake pedal, airis let into each brake chamber. Air pressure pushes
the rod out, moving the slack adjuster, thus twisting
the brake camshaft. This turns the s-cam (so called
because it is shaped like the letter "S"). The s-cam
forces the brake shoes away from one another andpresses them against the inside of the brake drum.

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

Figure 5.2
Wedge Brakes. In this type of brake, the brakechamber push rod pushes a wedge directly between
the ends of two brake shoes. This shoves themapart and against the inside of the brake drum.
Wedge brakes may have a single brake chamber,or two brake chambers, pushing wedges in at bothends of the brake shoes. Wedge type brakes may
be self-adjusting or may require manual adjustment.
Disc Brakes. In air-operated disc brakes, airpressure acts on a brake chamber and slack
adjuster, like s-cam brakes. But instead of the scam, a "power screw" is used. The pressure of thebrake chamber on the slack adjuster turns thepower screw. The power screw clamps the disc or
rotor between the brake lining pads of a caliper,
similar to a large c-clamp.
Wedge brakes and disc brakes are less common
than s-cam brakes.
5.1.9 – Supply Pressure Gauges
All vehicles with air brakes have a pressure gauge
connected to the air tank. If the vehicle has a dual
air brake system, there will be a gauge for each halfof the system. (Or a single gauge with two needles.)Dual systems will be discussed later. These gauges
tell you how much pressure is in the air tanks.
5.1.10 – Application Pressure Gauge
This gauge shows how much air pressure you are
applying to the brakes. (This gauge is not on all

Page 5-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemvehicles.) Increasing application pressure to holdthe same speed means the brakes are fading. You
should slow down and use a lower gear. The needfor increased pressure can also be caused bybrakes out of adjustment, air leaks, or mechanicalproblems.
5.1.11 – Low Air Pressure Warning
A low air pressure warning signal is required on
vehicles with air brakes. A warning signal you cansee must come on before the air pressure in thetanks falls below 60 psi. (Or one half the compressor
governor cutout pressure on older vehicles.) The
warning is usually a red light. A buzzer may alsocome on.
Another type of warning is the "wig wag." This
device drops a mechanical arm into your view when
the pressure in the system drops below 60 psi. An
automatic wig wag will rise out of your view when
the pressure in the system goes above 60 psi. The
manual reset type must be placed in the "out ofview" position manually. It will not stay in place until
the pressure in the system is above 60 psi.

5.1.14 – Spring Brakes
All trucks, truck tractors, and buses must be
equipped with emergency brakes and parking
brakes. They must be held on by mechanical force(because air pressure can eventually leak away).
Spring brakes are usually used to meet theseneeds. When driving, powerful springs are heldback by air pressure. If the air pressure is removed,
the springs put on the brakes. A parking brake
control in the cab allows the driver to let the air outof the spring brakes. This lets the springs put thebrakes on. A leak in the air brake system, whichcauses all the air to be lost, will also cause thesprings to put on the brakes.
Tractor and straight truck spring brakes will comefully on when air pressure drops to a range of 20 to
45 psi (typically 20 to 30 psi). Do not wait for thebrakes to come on automatically. When the low airpressure warning light and buzzer first come on,bring the vehicle to a safe stop right away, while you
can still control the brakes.

On large buses it is common for the low pressure
warning devices to signal at 80-85 psi.

The braking power of spring brakes depends on thebrakes being in adjustment. If the brakes are notadjusted properly, neither the regular brakes nor the
emergency/parking brakes will work right.

5.1.12 – Stop Light Switch

5.1.15 – Parking Brake Controls

Drivers behind you must be warned when you put
your brakes on. The air brake system does this with
an electric switch that works by air pressure. The
switch turns on the brake lights when you put on the
air brakes.

In newer vehicles with air brakes, you put on theparking brakes using a diamond-shaped, yellow,
push-pull control knob. You pull the knob out to put
the parking brakes (spring brakes) on, and push it
in to release them. On older vehicles, the parking
brakes may be controlled by a lever. Use theparking brakes whenever you park.

5.1.13 – Front Brake Limiting Valve
Some older vehicles (made before 1975) have afront brake limiting valve and a control in the cab.
The control is usually marked "normal" and"slippery." When you put the control in the "slippery"
position, the limiting valve cuts the "normal" airpressure to the front brakes by half. Limiting valves
were used to reduce the chance of the front wheels
skidding on slippery surfaces. However, they
actually reduce the stopping power of the vehicle.
Front wheel braking is good under all conditions.
Tests have shown front wheel skids from braking
are not likely even on ice. Make sure the control isin the "normal" position to have normal stopping
power.
Many vehicles have automatic front wheel limiting
valves. They reduce the air to the front brakes
except when the brakes are put on very hard (60 psi
or more application pressure). These valves cannot
be controlled by the driver.

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

Caution. Never push the brake pedal down when
the spring brakes are on. If you do, the brakes could
be damaged by the combined forces of the springs
and the air pressure. Many brake systems aredesigned so this will not happen. But not all systems
are set up that way, and those that are may notalways work. It is much better to develop the habitof not pushing the brake pedal down when thespring brakes are on.
Modulating Control Valves. In some vehicles acontrol handle on the dash board may be used toapply the spring brakes gradually. This is called amodulating valve. It is spring-loaded so you have afeel for the braking action. The more you move thecontrol lever, the harder the spring brakes come on.
They work this way so you can control the spring
brakes if the service brakes fail. When parking avehicle with a modulating control valve, move thePage 5-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemlever as far as it will go and hold it in place with thelocking device.
Dual Parking Control Valves. When main airpressure is lost, the spring brakes come on. Somevehicles, such as buses, have a separate air tankwhich can be used to release the spring brakes.
This is so you can move the vehicle in an
emergency. One of the valves is a push-pull typeand is used to put on the spring brakes for parking.
The other valve is spring loaded in the "out" position.
When you push the control in, air from the separate
air tank releases the spring brakes so you canmove. When you release the button, the spring
brakes come on again. There is only enough air inthe separate tank to do this a few times. Therefore,
plan carefully when moving. Otherwise, you may be
stopped in a dangerous location when the separate
air supply runs out. See Figure 5.3.

5.1.16 – Antilock Braking Systems (ABS)
Truck tractors with air brakes built on or after March
1, 1997, and other air brakes vehicles, (trucks,
buses, trailers, and converter dollies) built on orafter March 1, 1998, are required to be equippedwith antilock brakes. Many commercial vehicles
built before these dates have been voluntarily
equipped with ABS. Check the certification label forthe date of manufacture to determine if your vehicle
is equipped with ABS. ABS is a computerized
system that keeps your wheels from locking up
during hard brake applications.
Vehicles with ABS have yellow malfunction lamps totell you if something isn’t working.
Tractors, trucks, and buses will have yellow ABS
malfunction lamps on the instrument panel.
Trailers will have yellow ABS malfunction lamps on
the left side, either on the front or rear corner.
Dollies manufactured on or after March 1, 1998 arerequired to have a lamp on the left side.
On newer vehicles, the malfunction lamp comes on
at start-up for a bulb check, and then goes out
quickly. On older systems, the lamp could stay on
until you are driving over five mph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control at one or more wheels.
In the case of towed units manufactured before it
was required by the Department of Transportation,
it may be difficult to tell if the unit is equipped with
ABS. Look under the vehicle for the electronic
control unit (ECU) and wheel speed sensor wires
coming from the back of the brakes.
ABS is an addition to your normal brakes. It does
not decrease or increase your normal braking
capability. ABS only activates when wheels areabout to lock up.
ABS does not necessarily shorten your stopping
distance, but it does help you keep the vehicle undercontrol during hard braking

Figure 5.3

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

Page 5-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Figure 5.4.Subsection 5.1

Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Why must air tanks be drained?
What is a supply pressure gauge used for?
All vehicles with air brakes must have a low
air pressure warning signal. True or False?
What are spring brakes?
Front wheel brakes are good under all
conditions. True or False?
How do you know if your vehicle isequipped with antilock brakes?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 5.1.

5.2 – Dual Air Brake
Most heavy-duty vehicles use dual air brakesystems for safety. A dual air brake system has two
separate air brake systems, which use a single setof brake controls. Each system has its own air tanks,
hoses, lines, etc. One system typically operates theregular brakes on the rear axle or axles. The othersystem operates the regular brakes on the front axle

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

(and possibly one rear axle). Both systems supply
air to the trailer (if there is one). The first system iscalled the "primary" system. The other is called the"secondary" system. See Figure 5.4.
Before driving a vehicle with a dual air system, allow
time for the air compressor to build up a minimum of
100 psi pressure in both the primary and secondary
systems. Watch the primary and secondary airpressure gauges (or needles, if the system has twoneedles in one gauge). Pay attention to the low airpressure warning light and buzzer. The warning
light and buzzer should shut off when air pressure
in both systems rises to a value set by the
manufacturer. This value must be greater than 60
psi.
The warning light and buzzer should come on
before the air pressure drops below 60 psi in either
system. If this happens while driving, you shouldstop right away and safely park the vehicle. If one
air system is very low on pressure, either the frontor the rear brakes will not be operating fully. Thismeans it will take you longer to stop. Bring thevehicle to a safe stop, and have the air brakes
system fixed.

Page 5-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

5.3 – Inspecting Air Brake Systems
You should use the basic seven-step inspection
procedure described in Section 2 to inspect yourvehicle. There are more things to inspect on avehicle with air brakes than one without them.
These things are discussed below, in the order they
fit into the seven-step method.
5.3.1 – During Step 2 Engine Compartment
ChecksCheck Air Compressor Drive Belt (if compressor isbelt-driven). If the air compressor is belt-driven,check the condition and tightness of the belt. It
should be in good condition.
5.3.2 – During Step 5 Walk-around Inspection
Check Slack Adjusters on S-cam Brakes. Park onlevel ground and chock the wheels to prevent thevehicle from moving. Release the parking brakes so
you can move the slack adjusters. Use gloves andpull hard on each slack adjuster that you can reach.
If a slack adjuster moves more than about one inch
where the push rod attaches to it, it probably needs
adjustment. Adjust it or have it adjusted. Vehicles
with too much brake slack can be very hard to stop.
Out-of-adjustment brakes are the most common
problem found in roadside inspections. Be safe.
Check the slack adjusters.
All vehicles built since 1994 have automatic slack
adjustors. Even though automatic slack adjustors
adjust themselves during full brake applications,they must be checked.
Automatic adjusters should not have to be manually
adjusted except when performing maintenance on
the brakes and during installation of the slack
adjusters. In a vehicle equipped with automatic
adjusters, when the pushrod stroke exceeds thelegal brake adjustment limit, it is an indication that amechanical problem exists in the adjuster itself, aproblem with the related foundation brakecomponents, or that the adjuster was improperly
installed.
The manual adjustment of an automatic adjuster tobring a brake pushrod stroke within legal limits isgenerally masking a mechanical problem and is not
fixing it. Further, routine adjustment of mostautomatic adjusters will likely result in premature
wear of the adjuster itself. It is recommended thatwhen brakes equipped with automatic adjusters arefound to be out of adjustment, the driver take thevehicle to a repair facility as soon as possible

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

to have the problem corrected.
The manualadjustment of automatic slack adjusters isdangerous because it may give the driver a false
sense of security regarding the effectiveness of thebraking system.
The manual adjustment of an automatic adjuster
should only be used as a temporary measure tocorrect the adjustment in an emergency situation as
it is likely the brake will soon be back out ofadjustment since this procedure usually does not fix
the underlying adjustment problem.
(Note: Automatic slack adjusters are made bydifferent manufacturers and do not all operate thesame.
Therefore, the specific manufacturer’sService Manual should be consulted prior totroubleshooting a brake adjustment problem.)
Check Brake Drums (or Discs), Linings, andHoses. Brake drums (or discs) must not havecracks longer than one half the width of the friction
area. Linings (friction material) must not be loose or
soaked with oil or grease. They must not bedangerously thin. Mechanical parts must be inplace, not broken or missing. Check the air hosesconnected to the brake chambers to make sure they
aren't cut or worn due to rubbing.
5.3.3 – Step 7 Final Air Brake Check
Do the following checks instead of the hydraulicbrake check shown in Section 2, Step 7: Check
Brake System.
Test Low Pressure Warning Signal. Shut theengine off when you have enough air pressure sothat the low pressure warning signal is not on. Turnthe electrical power on and step on and off the brake
pedal to reduce air tank pressure. The low airpressure warning signal must come on before thepressure drops to less than 60 psi in the air tank (ortank with the lowest air pressure, in dual air
systems). See Figure 5.5.
If the warning signal doesn't work, you could lose airpressure and you would not know it. This could
cause sudden emergency braking in a single-circuit
air system. In dual systems the stopping distancewill be increased. Only limited braking can be done
before the spring brakes come on.

Page 5-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

With the air pressure built up to governor cutoff (120
– 140 psi), shut off the engine, chock your wheels (ifnecessary), release the parking brake (all vehicles),and the tractor protection valve (combination
vehicle); and fully apply the foot brake. Hold the footbrake for one minute. Check the air gauge to see if
the air pressure drops more than three pounds in
one minute (single vehicle) or four pounds in one
minute (combination vehicle). If the air pressure
falls more than three psi in one minute for single
vehicles (more than four psi for combination
vehicles), the air loss rate is too much. Check for air
leaks and fix before driving the vehicle. Otherwise,
you could lose your brakes while driving.

Figure 5.5
Check That Spring Brakes Come On
Automatically. Continue to fan off the air pressure
by stepping on and off the brake pedal to reducetank pressure. The tractor protection valve andparking brake valve should close (pop out) on a
tractor-trailer combination vehicle and the parking
brake valve should close (pop out) on othercombination and single vehicle types when the airpressure falls to the manufacturer’s specification(20 – 45 psi). This will cause the spring brakes tocome on.

Check Air Compressor Governor Cut-in andCut-out Pressures. Pumping by the air compressor
should start at about 100 psi and stop at about 125
psi. (Check manufacturer's specifications.) Run theengine at a fast idle. The air governor should cut-out
the air compressor at about the manufacturer's
specified pressure. The air pressure shown by yourgauge(s) will stop rising. With the engine idling, stepon and off the brake to reduce the air tank pressure.
The compressor should cut-in at about the
manufacturer's specified cut-in pressure. The
pressure should begin to rise.
If the air governor does not work as describedabove, it may need to be fixed. A governor that does
not work properly may not keep enough air pressure
for safe driving.
Test Parking Brake. Stop the vehicle, put the
parking brake on, and gently pull against it in a low
gear to test that the parking brake will hold.

Check Rate of Air Pressure Buildup. When theengine is at operating rpms, the pressure should
build from 85 to 100 psi within 45 seconds in dual
air systems. (If the vehicle has larger than minimum
air tanks, the buildup time can be longer and still besafe. Check the manufacturer's specifications.) In
single air systems (pre-1975), typical requirements
are pressure build-up from 50 to 90 psi within 3
minutes with the engine at an idle speed of 600-900
rpms.

Test Service Brakes. Wait for normal air pressure,release the parking brake, move the vehicle forward
slowly (about five mph), and apply the brakes firmly
using the brake pedal. Note any vehicle "pulling" to
one side, unusual feel, or delayed stopping action.

If air pressure does not build up fast enough, yourpressure may drop too low during driving, requiring
an emergency stop. Don't drive until you get the
problem fixed.

Subsections 5.2 and 5.3
Test Your Knowledge

Test Air Leakage Rate. With a fully-charged air
system (typically 125 psi), turn off the engine,
release the parking brake (push in); and time the airpressure drop. The loss rate should be less than
two psi in one minute for single vehicles and lessthan three psi in one minute for combination
vehicles.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

This test may show you problems, which you
otherwise wouldn't know about until you needed thebrakes on the road.

1.
2.
3.
4.

What is a dual air brake system?
What are the slack adjusters?
How can you check slack adjusters?
How can you test the low pressure warning
signal?
5. How can you check that the spring brakes comeon automatically?
6. What are the maximum leakage rates?
Page 5-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 5.2 and 5.3.

5.4 – Using Air Brakes
5.4.1 – Normal Stops
Push the brake pedal down. Control the pressure so
the vehicle comes to a smooth, safe stop. If you
have a manual transmission, don't push the clutch
in until the engine rpm is down close to idle. When
stopped, select a starting gear.
5.4.2 – Braking with Antilock Brakes
When you brake hard on slippery surfaces in a
vehicle without ABS, your wheels may lock up.
When your steering wheels lock up, you lose
steering control. When your other wheels lock up,
you may skid, jackknife, or even spin the vehicle.
ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up. The computer
senses impending lockup, reduces the braking
pressure to a safe level, and you maintain control.
You may or may not be able to stop faster with ABS,but you should be able to steer around an obstacle
while braking, and avoid skids caused by overbraking.
Having ABS on only the tractor, only the trailer, oreven on only one axle, still gives you more control
over the vehicle during braking. Brake normally.
When only the tractor has ABS, you should be able
to maintain steering control, and there is lesschance of jackknifing. But, keep your eye on the
trailer and let up on the brakes (if you can safely doso) if it begins to swing out.
When only the trailer has ABS, the trailer is lesslikely to swing out, but if you lose steering control orstart a tractor jackknife, let up on the brakes (if you
can safely do so) until you gain control.
When you drive a tractor-trailer combination with
ABS, you should brake as you always have. In otherwords:
Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.
Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the tractor, the trailer, or both.
As you slow down, monitor your tractor and trailer
and back off the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stayin control.
There is only one exception to this procedure, if you
always drive a straight truck or combination with
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

working ABS on all axles, in an emergency stop, you
can fully apply the brakes.
Without ABS, you still have normal brake functions.
Drive and brake as you always have.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still haveregular brakes. Drive normally, but get the systemserviced soon.
5.4.3 – Emergency Stops
If somebody suddenly pulls out in front of you, yournatural response is to hit the brakes. This is a good
response if there's enough distance to stop, and you
use the brakes correctly.
You should brake in a way that will keep yourvehicle in a straight line and allow you to turn if it
becomes necessary. You can use the "controlled
braking" method or the "stab braking" method.
Controlled Braking. With this method, you apply
the brakes as hard as you can without locking thewheels. Keep steering wheel movements very small
while doing this. If you need to make a larger
steering adjustment or if the wheels lock, release
the brakes. Re-apply the brakes as soon as you
can.
Stab Braking. Apply your brakes all the way.
Release brakes when wheels lock up. As soon as
the wheels start rolling, apply the brakes fully again.
(It can take up to one second for the wheels to start
rolling after you release the brakes. If you re-apply
the brakes before the wheels start rolling, thevehicle won't straighten out.)
5.4.4 – Stopping Distance
Stopping distance was described in Section 2 under"Speed and Stopping Distance." With air brakes
there is an added delay - “Brake Lag”. This is thetime required for the brakes to work after the brake
pedal is pushed. With hydraulic brakes (used oncars and light/medium trucks), the brakes work
instantly. However, with air brakes, it takes a little
time (one half second or more) for the air to flow
through the lines to the brakes. Thus, the total
stopping distance for vehicles with air brakesystems is made up of four different factors.
Perception Distance + Reaction Distance + Brake
Lag Distance + Braking Distance = Total Stopping
Distance.
The air brake lag distance at 55 mph on dry
pavement adds about 32 feet. So at 55 mph for an
average driver under good traction and brakeconditions, the total stopping distance is over 450
feet. See Figure 5.6.
Page 5-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

When your speed has been reduced toapproximately five mph below your "safe" speed,
release the brakes. (This application should last for
about three seconds.)
When your speed has increased to your "safe"
speed, repeat steps 1 and 2.
For example, if your "safe" speed is 40 mph, you
would not apply the brakes until your speed reaches
40 mph. You now apply the brakes hard enough to
gradually reduce your speed to 35 mph and thenrelease the brakes. Repeat this as often asnecessary until you have reached the end of thedowngrade.
5.4.7 – Low Air Pressure

Figure 5.6
5.4.5 – Brake Fading or Failure
Brakes are designed so brake shoes or pads rub
against the brake drum or disks to slow the vehicle.
Braking creates heat, but brakes are designed totake a lot of heat. However, brakes can fade or failfrom excessive heat caused by using them too
much and not relying on the engine braking effect.
Excessive use of the service brakes results inoverheating and leads to brake fade. Brake faderesults from excessive heat causing chemicalchanges in the brake lining, which reduce friction,
and also causing expansion of the brake drums. As
the overheated drums expand, the brake shoes andlinings have to move farther to contact the drums,
and the force of this contact is reduced. Continued
overuse may increase brake fade until the vehicle
cannot be slowed down or stopped.
Brake fade is also affected by adjustment. To safely
control a vehicle, every brake must do its share of
the work. Brakes out of adjustment will stop doing
their share before those that are in adjustment. The
other brakes can then overheat and fade, and there
will not be enough braking available to control thevehicle(s). Brakes can get out of adjustment quickly,
especially when they are hot. Therefore, checkbrake adjustment often.
5.4.6 – Proper Braking Technique
Remember. The use of brakes on a long and/or
steep downgrade is only a supplement to thebraking effect of the engine. Once the vehicle is in
the proper low gear, the following is the proper
braking technique:
Apply the brakes just hard enough to feel a definite
slowdown.
Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

If the low air pressure warning comes on, stop andsafely park your vehicle as soon as possible. Theremight be an air leak in the system. Controlled
braking is possible only while enough air remains in
the air tanks. The spring brakes will come on when
the air pressure drops into the range of 20 to 45 psi.
A heavily loaded vehicle will take a long distance tostop because the spring brakes do not work on allaxles. Lightly loaded vehicles or vehicles on slippery
roads may skid out of control when the spring
brakes come on. It is much safer to stop while there
is enough air in the tanks to use the foot brakes.
5.4.8 – Parking Brakes
Any time you park, use the parking brakes, except
as noted below. Pull the parking brake control knob
out to apply the parking brakes, push it in to release.
The control will be a yellow, diamond-shaped knob
labeled "parking brakes" on newer vehicles. On
older vehicles, it may be a round blue knob or someother shape (including a lever that swings from side
to side or up and down).
Don't use the parking brakes if the brakes are veryhot (from just having come down a steep grade), or
if the brakes are very wet in freezing temperatures.
If they are used while they are very hot, they can bedamaged by the heat. If they are used in freezing
temperatures when the brakes are very wet, they
can freeze so the vehicle cannot move. Use wheel
chocks on a level surface to hold the vehicle. Let hot
brakes cool before using the parking brakes. If thebrakes are wet, use the brakes lightly while driving
in a low gear to heat and dry them.
If your vehicle does not have automatic air tankdrains, drain your air tanks at the end of eachworking day to remove moisture and oil. Otherwise,
the brakes could fail.

Page 5-9

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Never leave your vehicle unattended without
applying the parking brakes or chocking thewheels. Your vehicle might roll away and cause
injury and damage.

Subsection 5.4
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.

4.

5.
6.
7.

Why should you be in the proper gear before
starting down a hill?
What factors can cause brakes to fade or fail?
The use of brakes on a long, steep downgrade
is only a supplement to the braking effect of
the engine. True or False?
If you are away from your vehicle only a shorttime, you do not need to use the parking
brake. True or False?
How often should you drain air tanks?
How should you brake when you drive a
tractor-trailer combination with ABS?
You still have normal brake functions if yourABS is not working. True or False?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 5.4.

Section 5 – Air Brakes
Version: July 2014

Page 5-10

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 6
COMBINATION VEHICLES

Avoid quick lane changes, especially when fully
loaded.

This Section Covers

Trucks with trailers have a dangerous "crack-thewhip" effect. When you make a quick lane change,
the crack-the-whip effect can turn the trailer over.
There are many accidents where only the trailer has
overturned.







Driving Combinations
Combination Vehicle Air Brakes
Antilock Brake Systems
Coupling and Uncoupling
Inspecting Combinations

This section provides information needed to pass
the tests for combination vehicles (tractor-trailer,
doubles, triples, straight truck with trailer). The
information is only to give you the minimum
knowledge needed for driving common combination
vehicles. You should also study Section 7 if you
need to pass the test for doubles and triples.

6.1 – Driving Combination Vehicles
SafelyCombination vehicles are usually heavier, longer,
and require more driving skill than single
commercial vehicles. This means that drivers ofcombination vehicles need more knowledge andskill than drivers of single vehicles. In this section,
we talk about some important safety factors that
apply specifically to combination vehicles.
6.1.1 – Rollover Risks
More than half of truck driver deaths in crashes are
the result of truck rollovers. When more cargo is
piled up in a truck, the "center of gravity" moves
higher up from the road. The truck becomes easier
to turn over. Fully loaded rigs are ten times more
likely to roll over in a crash than empty rigs.
The following two things will help you prevent
rollover--keep the cargo as close to the ground as
possible, and drive slowly around turns. Keeping
cargo low is even more important in combination
vehicles than in straight trucks. Also, keep the load
centered on your rig. If the load is to one side so it
makes a trailer lean, a rollover is more likely. Make
sure your cargo is centered and spread out as muchas possible. (Cargo distribution is covered in
Section 3 of this manual.)
Rollovers happen when you turn too fast. Drive
slowly around corners, on ramps, and off ramps.

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

6.1.2 – Steer Gently"Rearward amplification" causes the crack-the-whip
effect. Figure 6.1 shows eight types of combination
vehicles and the rearward amplification each has ina quick lane change. Rigs with the least crack-thewhip effect are shown at the top and those with themost, at the bottom. Rearward amplification of 2.0
in the chart means that the rear trailer is twice as
likely to turn over as the tractor. You can see that
triples have a rearward amplification of 3.5. Thismeans you can roll the last trailer of triples 3.5 times
as easily as a five-axle tractor.
Steer gently and smoothly when you are pulling
trailers. If you make a sudden movement with yoursteering wheel, your trailer could tip over. Follow far
enough behind other vehicles (at least 1 second foreach 10 feet of your vehicle length, plus anothersecond if going over 40 mph). Look far enoughdown the road to avoid being surprised and having
to make a sudden lane change. At night, drive
slowly enough to see obstacles with your headlights
before it is too late to change lanes or stop gently.
Slow down to a safe speed before going into a turn.
6.1.3 – Brake Early
Control your speed whether fully loaded or empty.
Large combination vehicles take longer to stop
when they are empty than when they are fully
loaded. When lightly loaded, the very stiff
suspension springs and strong brakes give poor
traction and make it very easy to lock up the wheels.
Your trailer can swing out and strike other vehicles.
Your tractor can jackknife very quickly. You also
must be very careful about driving "bobtail" tractors(tractors without semitrailers). Tests have shownthat bobtails can be very hard to stop smoothly. It
takes them longer to stop than a tractor-semitrailer
loaded to maximum gross weight.
In any combination rig, allow lots of following
distance and look far ahead, so you can brake early.
Don't be caught by surprise and have to make a"panic" stop.

Page 6-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Figure 6.1
6.1.4 – Railroad-highway Crossings

6.1.5 – Prevent Trailer Skids

Railroad-highway crossings can also cause
problems, particularly when pulling trailers with low
underneath clearance.

When the wheels of a trailer lock up, the trailer willtend to swing around. This is more likely to happen
when the trailer is empty or lightly loaded. This typeof jackknife is often called a "trailer jackknife." See
Figure 6.2.

These trailers can get stuck on raised crossings:
Low slung units (lowboy, car carrier, moving van,possum-belly livestock trailer).
Single-axle tractor pulling a long trailer with its
landing gear set to accommodate a tandem-axle
tractor.
If for any reason you get stuck on the tracks, get outof the vehicle and away from the tracks. Check
signposts or signal housing at the crossing for
emergency notification information. Call 911 orother emergency number. Give the location of thecrossing using all identifiable landmarks, especially
the DOT number, if posted.

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

The procedure for stopping a trailer skid is:
Recognize the Skid. The earliest and best way torecognize that the trailer has started to skid is byseeing it in your mirrors. Any time you apply thebrakes hard, check the mirrors to make sure thetrailer is staying where it should be. Once the trailer
swings out of your lane, it's very difficult to preventa jackknife.
* (From R.D. Ervin, R.L. Nisconger, C.C. MacAdam,and P.S. Fancher, “Influence of size and weightvariables on the stability and control properties ofheavy trucks, “University of Michigan Transportation
Research Institute, 1983).

Page 6-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

without entering another traffic lane, turn wide as
you complete the turn. This is better than swinging
wide to the left before starting the turn because it
will keep other drivers from passing you on the right.
See Figure 6.4.

Figure 6.3

Figure 6.2
Stop Using the Brake. Release the brakes to get
traction back. Do not use the trailer hand brake (ifyou have one) to "straighten out the rig." This is thewrong thing to do since the brakes on the trailer
wheels caused the skid in the first place. Once thetrailer wheels grip the road again, the trailer will start
to follow the tractor and straighten out.
Figure 6.4
6.1.6 – Turn Wide
When a vehicle goes around a corner, the rear
wheels follow a different path than the front wheels.
This is called off-tracking or "cheating." Figure 6.3
shows how off-tracking causes the path followed bya tractor to be wider than the rig itself. Longer
vehicles will off-track more. The rear wheels of thepowered unit (truck or tractor) will off-track some,and the rear wheels of the trailer will off-track evenmore. If there is more than one trailer, the rear
wheels of the last trailer will off-track the most. Steer
the front end wide enough around a corner so therear end does not run over the curb, pedestrians,
etc. However, keep the rear of your vehicle close to
the curb. This will stop other drivers from passing
you on the right. If you cannot complete your turn

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

6.1.7 – Backing with a Trailer.
Backing with a Trailer. When backing a car,straight truck, or bus, you turn the top of the steering
wheel in the direction you want to go. When backing
a trailer, you turn the steering wheel in the opposite
direction. Once the trailer starts to turn, you mustturn the wheel the other way to follow the trailer.
Whenever you back up with a trailer, try to position
your vehicle so you can back in a straight line. If you
must back on a curved path, back to the driver's side
so you can see. See Figure 6.5.

Page 6-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Subsection 6.1
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.

6.

What two things are important to prevent
rollover?
When you turn suddenly while pulling
doubles, which trailer is most likely to turnover?
Why should you not use the trailer handbrake to straighten out a jackknifing trailer?
What is off-tracking?
When you back a trailer, you should
position your vehicle so you can back in a
curved path to the driver’s side. True orFalse?
What type of trailers can get stuck on
railroad-highway crossings?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 6.1.

6.2 – Combination Vehicle Air Brakes

Figure 6.5

Look at Your Path. Look at your line of travel
before you begin. Get out and walk around thevehicle. Check your clearance to the sides andoverhead, in and near the path your vehicle.
Use Mirrors on Both Sides. Check the outside
mirrors on both sides frequently. Get out of thevehicle and re-inspect your path if you are unsure.
Back Slowly. This will let you make corrections
before you get too far off course.
Correct Drift Immediately. As soon as you see thetrailer getting off the proper path, correct it by turning
the top of the steering wheel in the direction of thedrift.
Pull Forward. When backing a trailer, make pullups to re-position your vehicle as needed.

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

You should study Section 5: Air Brakes before
reading this. In combination vehicles the braking
system has parts to control the trailer brakes, inaddition to the parts described in Section 5. These
parts are described below.
6.2.1 – Trailer Hand Valve
The trailer hand valve (also called the trolley valve
or Johnson bar) works the trailer brakes. The trailer
hand valve should be used only to test the trailer
brakes. Do not use it in driving because of thedanger of making the trailer skid. The foot brakesends air to all of the brakes on the vehicle(including the trailer(s)). There is much less dangerof causing a skid or jackknife when using just thefoot brake.
Never use the hand valve for parking because all
the air might leak out unlocking the brakes (intrailers that don't have spring brakes). Always use
the parking brakes when parking. If the trailer does
not have spring brakes, use wheel chocks to keep
the trailer from moving.

Page 6-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

6.2.2 – Tractor Protection Valve
The tractor protection valve keeps air in the tractor
or truck brake system should the trailer break awayor develop a bad leak. The tractor protection valve
is controlled by the "trailer air supply" control valve
in the cab. The control valve allows you to open andshut the tractor protection valve. The tractor
protection valve will close automatically if airpressure is low (in the range of 20 to 45 psi). Whenthe tractor protection valve closes, it stops any air
from going out of the tractor. It also lets the air outof the trailer emergency line. This causes the trailer
emergency brakes to come on, with possible loss ofcontrol. (Emergency brakes are covered later.)
6.2.3 – Trailer Air Supply Control
The trailer air supply control on newer vehicles is a
red eight-sided knob, which you use to control thetractor protection valve. You push it in to supply the
trailer with air, and pull it out to shut the air off andput on the trailer emergency brakes. The valve will
pop out (thus closing the tractor protection valve)when the air pressure drops into the range of 20 to
45 psi. Tractor protection valve controls or"emergency" valves on older vehicles may not
operate automatically. There may be a lever rather
than a knob. The "normal" position is used forpulling a trailer. The "emergency" position is used to
shut the air off and put on the trailer emergency
brakes.

apart the emergency air hose. Or it could be caused
by a hose, metal tubing, or other part breaking,letting the air out. When the emergency line loses
pressure, it also causes the tractor protection valve
to close (the air supply knob will pop out).
Emergency lines are often coded with the color red(red hose, red couplers, or other parts) to keep fromgetting them mixed up with the blue service line.
6.2.5 – Hose Couplers (Glad Hands)
Glad hands are coupling devices used to connect
the service and emergency air-lines from the truck
or tractor to the trailer. The couplers have a rubber
seal, which prevents air from escaping. Clean the
couplers and rubber seals before a connection ismade. When connecting the glad hands, press thetwo seals together with the couplers at a 90 degree
angle to each other. A turn of the glad hand attachedto the hose will join and lock the couplers.
When coupling, make sure to couple the proper glad
hands together. To help avoid mistakes, colors are
sometimes used. Blue is used for the service lines
and red for the emergency (supply) lines.
Sometimes, metal tags are attached to the lines withthe words "service" and "emergency" stamped onthem. See Figure 6.6

6.2.4 – Trailer Air-lines
Every combination vehicle has two air-lines, theservice line and the emergency line. They run
between each vehicle (tractor to trailer, trailer todolly, dolly to second trailer, etc.)
Service Air-line. The service line (also called thecontrol line or signal line) carries air, which iscontrolled by the foot brake or the trailer hand brake.
Depending on how hard you press the foot brake orhand valve, the pressure in the service line will
similarly change. The service line is connected torelay valves. These valves allow the trailer brakes
to be applied more quickly than would otherwise be
possible.
Emergency Air-line. The emergency line (alsocalled the supply line) has two purposes. First, it
supplies air to the trailer air tanks. Second, theemergency line controls the emergency brakes on
combination vehicles. Loss of air pressure in theemergency line causes the trailer emergency
brakes to come on. The pressure loss could becaused by a trailer breaking loose, thus tearing

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Figure 6.6

Page 6-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If you do cross the air-lines, supply air will be sent
to the service line instead of going to charge thetrailer air tanks. Air will not be available to release
the trailer spring brakes (parking brakes). If thespring brakes don't release when you push thetrailer air supply control, check the air-line
connections.
Older trailers do not have spring brakes. If the air
supply in the trailer air tank has leaked away there
will be no emergency brakes, and the trailer wheels
will turn freely. If you crossed the air-lines, you could
drive away but you wouldn't have trailer brakes. This
would be very dangerous. Always test the trailer
brakes before driving with the hand valve or bypulling the air supply (tractor protection valve)
control. Pull gently against them in a low gear to
make sure the brakes work.
Some vehicles have "dead end" or dummy couplers
to which the hoses may be attached when they are
not in use. This will prevent water and dirt fromgetting into the coupler and the air-lines. Use thedummy couplers when the air-lines are notconnected to a trailer. If there are no dummy
couplers, the glad hands can sometimes be locked
together (depending on the couplings). It is very
important to keep the air supply clean.

6.2.8 – Trailer Service, Parking and Emergency
BrakesNewer trailers have spring brakes just like trucks
and truck tractors. However, converter dollies andtrailers built before 1975 are not required to havespring brakes. Those that do not have spring brakes
have emergency brakes, which work from the air
stored in the trailer air tank. The emergency brakes
come on whenever air pressure in the emergency
line is lost. These trailers have no parking brake.
The emergency brakes come on whenever the air
supply knob is pulled out or the trailer isdisconnected. A major leak in the emergency line
will cause the tractor protection valve to close andthe trailer emergency brakes to come on. But thebrakes will hold only as long as there is air pressurein the trailer air tank. Eventually, the air will leakaway and then there will be no brakes. Therefore, it
is very important for safety that you use wheel
chocks when you park trailers without spring
brakes.
You may not notice a major leak in the service line
until you try to put the brakes on. Then, the air loss
from the leak will lower the air tank pressure quickly.
If it goes low enough, the trailer emergency brakes
will come on.

6.2.6 – Trailer Air Tanks
Each trailer and converter dolly has one or more airtanks. They are filled by the emergency (supply) linefrom the tractor. They provide the air pressure used
to operate trailer brakes. Air pressure is sent fromthe air tanks to the brakes by relay valves.

Subsection 6.2
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.

The pressure in the service line tells how muchpressure the relay valves should send to the trailer
brakes. The pressure in the service line is controlled
by the brake pedal (and the trailer hand brake).
It is important that you don't let water and oil build
up in the air tanks. If you do, the brakes may notwork correctly. Each tank has a drain valve on it andyou should drain each tank every day. If your tanks
have automatic drains, they will keep most moistureout. But you should still open the drains to make
sure.

3.
4.
5.
6.

Why should you not use the trailer handvalve while driving?
Describe what the trailer air supply control
does.
Describe what the service line is for.
What is the emergency air-line for?
Why should you use chocks when parking
a trailer without spring brakes?
Where are shut-off valves?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 6.2.

6.2.7 – Shut-off Valves
Shut-off valves (also called cut-out cocks) are usedin the service and supply air-lines at the back oftrailers used to tow other trailers. These valvespermit closing the air-lines off when another trailer
is not being towed. You must check that all shut-off
valves are in the open position except the ones atthe back of the last trailer, which must be closed.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Page 6-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

6.3 – Antilock Brake Systems
6.3.1 – Trailers Required to Have ABS
All trailers and converter dollies built on or after
March 1, 1998, are required to have ABS. However,many trailers and converter dollies built before thisdate have been voluntarily equipped with ABS.
Trailers will have yellow ABS malfunction lamps on
the left side, either on the front or rear corner. See
Figure 6.7. Dollies manufactured on or after March
1, 1998, are required to have a lamp on the left side.
In the case of vehicles manufactured before therequired date, it may be difficult to tell if the unit isequipped with ABS. Look under the vehicle for the
ECU and wheel speed sensor wires coming fromthe back of the brakes.

ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up. The computer
senses impending lockup, reduces the braking
pressure to a safe level, and you maintain control.
Having ABS on only the trailer, or even on only one
axle, still gives you more control over the vehicle
during braking.
When only the trailer has ABS, the trailer is lesslikely to swing out, but if you lose steering control orstart a tractor jackknife, let up on the brakes (if you
can safely do so) until you gain control.
When you drive a tractor-trailer combination with
ABS, you should brake as you always have. In otherwords:
Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.
Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the tractor, the trailer, or both.
As you slow down, monitor your tractor and trailer
and back off the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stayin control.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still haveregular brakes. Drive normally, but get the systemserviced soon.
ABS won’t allow you to drive faster, follow moreclosely, or drive less carefully.

6.4 – Coupling and Uncoupling
Knowing how to couple and uncouple correctly isbasic to safe operation of combination vehicles.
Wrong coupling and uncoupling can be very
dangerous. General coupling and uncoupling steps
are listed below. There are differences between
different rigs, so learn the details of coupling anduncoupling the truck(s) you will operate.
6.4.1 – Coupling Tractor-Semitrailers
Figure 6.7

Step 1. Inspect Fifth Wheel
Check for damaged/missing parts.

6.3.2 – Braking with ABS
ABS is an addition to your normal brakes. It does
not decrease or increase your normal braking
capability. ABS only activates when wheels areabout to lock up.
ABS does not necessarily shorten your stopping
distance, but it does help you keep the vehicle undercontrol during hard braking.

Check to see that mounting to tractor is secure, nocracks in frame, etc.
Be sure that the fifth wheel plate is greased as
required. Failure to keep the fifth wheel plate
lubricated could cause steering problems becauseof friction between the tractor and trailer.
Check if fifth wheel is in proper position forcoupling:
Wheel tilted down toward rear of tractor.

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Page 6-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Jaws open.

Step 8. Supply Air to Trailer

Safety unlocking handle in the automatic lockposition.

From cab, push in "air supply" knob or movetractor protection valve control from the"emergency" to the "normal" position to supply air
to the trailer brake system.

If you have a sliding fifth wheel, make sure it islocked.
Make sure the trailer kingpin is not bent or broken.
Step 2. Inspect Area and Chock Wheels
Make sure area around the vehicle is clear.
Be sure trailer wheels are chocked or spring
brakes are on.
Check that cargo (if any) is secured against
movement due to tractor being coupled to thetrailer.
Step 3. Position Tractor
Put the tractor directly in front of the trailer. (Neverback under the trailer at an angle because you
might push the trailer sideways and break thelanding gear.)
Check position, using outside mirrors, by looking
down both sides of the trailer.
Step 4. Back Slowly
Back until fifth wheel just touches the trailer.
Don't hit the trailer.

Wait until the air pressure is normal.
Check brake system for crossed air-lines.
Shut engine off so you can hear the brakes.
Apply and release trailer brakes and listen for soundof trailer brakes being applied and released. You
should hear the brakes move when applied and air
escape when the brakes are released.
Check air brake system pressure gauge for signs ofmajor air loss.
When you are sure trailer brakes are working, startengine.
Make sure air pressure is up to normal.
Step 9. Lock Trailer Brakes
Pull out the "air supply" knob or move the tractor
protection valve control from "normal" to"emergency."
Step 10. Back Under Trailer
Use lowest reverse gear.

Step 5. Secure Tractor

Back tractor slowly under trailer to avoid hitting the
kingpin too hard.

Put on the parking brake.

Stop when the kingpin is locked into the fifth wheel.

Put transmission in neutral.

Step 11. Check Connection for Security

Step 6. Check Trailer Height

Raise trailer landing gear slightly off ground.

The trailer should be low enough that it is raisedslightly by the tractor when the tractor is backed
under it. Raise or lower the trailer as needed. (Ifthe trailer is too low, the tractor may strike anddamage the trailer nose; if the trailer is too high, it
may not couple correctly.)

Pull tractor gently forward while the trailer brakes
are still locked to check that the trailer is locked onto
the tractor.

Check that the kingpin and fifth wheel are aligned.

Put parking brakes on.

Step 7. Connect Air-lines to Trailer

Shut off engine and take key with you so someone
else won't move truck while you are under it.

Check glad hand seals and connect tractor
emergency air-line to trailer emergency glad hand.
Check glad hand seals and connect tractor service
air-line to trailer service glad hand.
Make sure air-lines are safely supported where
they won't be crushed or caught while tractor isbacking under the trailer.

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Step 12. Secure Vehicle
Put transmission in neutral.

Step 13. Inspect Coupling
Use a flashlight, if necessary.
Make sure there is no space between upper andlower fifth wheel. If there is space, something iswrong (kingpin may be on top of the closed fifth
wheel jaws, and trailer would come loose very
easily).

Page 6-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Go under trailer and look into the back of the fifth
wheel. Make sure the fifth wheel jaws have closed
around the shank of the kingpin.
Check that the locking lever is in the "lock" position.
Check that the safety latch is in position over locking
lever. (On some fifth wheels the catch must be put
in place by hand.)If the coupling isn't right, don't drive the coupled unit;
get it fixed.

Step 2. Ease Pressure on Locking Jaws
Shut off trailer air supply to lock trailer brakes.
Ease pressure on fifth wheel locking jaws bybacking up gently. (This will help you release thefifth wheel locking lever.)Put parking brakes on while tractor is pushingagainst the kingpin. (This will hold rig with pressure
off the locking jaws.)
Step 3. Chock Trailer Wheels

Step 14. Connect the Electrical Cord and Check
Air-lines
Plug the electrical cord into the trailer and fasten thesafety catch.
Check both air-lines and electrical line for signs ofdamage.
Make sure air and electrical lines will not hit any
moving parts of vehicle.
Step 15. Raise Front Trailer Supports (Landing
Gear)
Use low gear range (if so equipped) to begin raising
the landing gear. Once free of weight, switch to thehigh gear range.

Chock the trailer wheels if the trailer doesn't havespring brakes or if you're not sure. (The air could
leak out of the trailer air tank, releasing its
emergency brakes. Without chocks, the trailer could
move.)
Step 4. Lower the Landing Gear
If trailer is empty, lower the landing gear until it
makes firm contact with the ground.
If trailer is loaded, after the landing gear makes firm
contact with the ground, turn crank in low gear a few
extra turns. This will lift some weight off the tractor.
(Do not lift trailer off the fifth wheel.) This will:
Make it easier to unlatch fifth wheel.

Raise the landing gear all the way up. (Never drivewith landing gear only part way up as it may catchon railroad tracks or other things.)

Make it easier to couple next time.

After raising landing gear, secure the crank handle
safely.

Disconnect air-lines from trailer. Connect air-line
glad hands to dummy couplers at back of cab or
couple them together.

When full weight of trailer is resting on tractor:
Check for enough clearance between rear of tractor
frame and landing gear. (When tractor turns
sharply, it must not hit landing gear.)
Check that there is enough clearance between the
top of the tractor tires and the nose of the trailer.

Step 5. Disconnect Air-lines and Electrical Cable

Hang electrical cable with plug down to prevent
moisture from entering it.
Make sure lines are supported so they won't bedamaged while driving the tractor.
Step 6. Unlock Fifth Wheel

Step 16. Remove Trailer Wheel Chocks

Raise the release handle lock.

Remove and store wheel chocks in a safe place.

Pull the release handle to "open" position.

6.4.2 – Uncoupling Tractor-Semitrailers

Keep legs and feet clear of the rear tractor wheels
to avoid serious injury in case the vehicle moves.

The following steps will help you to uncouple safely.

Step 7. Pull Tractor Partially Clear of Trailer

Step 1. Position Rig

Pull tractor forward until fifth wheel comes out fromunder the trailer.

Make sure surface of parking area can support
weight of trailer.
Have tractor lined up with the trailer. (Pulling out at
an angle can damage landing gear.)

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Stop with tractor frame under trailer (prevents trailer
from falling to ground if landing gear should collapse
or sink).

Page 6-9

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Step 8. Secure Tractor

No missing or damaged parts.

Apply parking brake.

Enough grease.

Place transmission in neutral.

No visible space between upper and lower fifth
wheel.

Step 9. Inspect Trailer Supports
Make sure ground is supporting trailer.
Make sure landing gear is not damaged.

Locking jaws around the shank, not the head of
kingpin. See Figure 6.8.
Release arm properly seated and safety
latch/lock engaged.

Step 10. Pull Tractor Clear of Trailer
Release parking brakes.
Check the area and drive tractor forward until itclears.

Subsections 6.3 and 6.4
Test Your Knowledge
1. What might happen if the trailer is too high when
you try to couple?
2. After coupling, how much space should be
between the upper and lower fifth wheel?
3. You should look into the back of the fifth wheel
to see if it is locked onto the kingpin. True orFalse?
4. To drive you need to raise the landing gear only
until it just lifts off the pavement. True or False?
5. How do you know if your trailer is equipped with
antilock brakes?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 6.3 and 6.4.

Figure 6.8
Check fifth wheel (upper).
Glide plate securely mounted to trailer frame.
Kingpin not damaged.
Air and electric lines to trailer.
Electrical cord firmly plugged in and secured.

6.5 – Inspecting a Combination Vehicle

Air-lines properly connected to glad hands, no airleaks, properly secured with enough slack for turns.

Use the seven-step inspection procedure describedin Section 2 to inspect your combination vehicle.
There are more things to inspect on a combination
vehicle than on a single vehicle. (For example, tires,
wheels, lights, reflectors, etc.) However, there arealso some new things to check. These are
discussed below.

All lines free from damage.

6.5.1 – Additional Things to Check during a
Walk-around Inspection

If air powered--no air leaks.

Do these checks in addition to those already listed
in Section 2.
Coupling System Areas
Check fifth wheel (lower).
Securely mounted to frame.
Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Sliding fifth wheel.
Slide not damaged or parts missing.
Properly greased.
All locking pins present and locked in place.

Check that fifth wheel is not so far forward that
tractor frame will hit landing gear, or the cab hit thetrailer, during turns.
Landing Gear
Fully raised, no missing parts, not bent or otherwise
damaged.
Crank handle in place and secured.
Page 6-10

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If power operated, no air or hydraulic leaks.
6.5.2 – Combination Vehicle Brake Check
Do these checks in addition to Section 5.3:
Inspecting Air Brake Systems.
The following section explains how to check air
brakes on combination vehicles. Check the brakes
on a double or triple trailer as you would any
combination vehicle.
Check That Air Flows to All Trailers. Use thetractor parking brake and/or chock the wheels tohold the vehicle. Wait for air pressure to reachnormal, then push in the red "trailer air supply" knob.
This will supply air to the emergency (supply) lines.
Use the trailer handbrake to provide air to theservice line. Go to the rear of the rig. Open theemergency line shut-off valve at the rear of the last
trailer. You should hear air escaping, showing theentire system is charged. Close the emergency line
valve. Open the service line valve to check that
service pressure goes through all the trailers (thistest assumes that the trailer handbrake or theservice brake pedal is on), and then close the valve.
If you do NOT hear air escaping from both lines,
check that the shut-off valves on the trailer(s) anddolly(ies) are in the OPEN position. You MUST haveair all the way to the back for all the brakes to work.

Test Trailer Service Brakes. Check for normal airpressure, release the parking brakes, move thevehicle forward slowly, and apply trailer brakes withthe hand control (trolley valve), if so equipped. You
should feel the brakes come on. This tells you thetrailer brakes are connected and working. (Thetrailer brakes should be tested with the hand valve
but controlled in normal operation with the footpedal, which applies air to the service brakes at all
wheels.)Subsection 6.5
Test Your Knowledge
1. Which shut-off valves should be open andwhich closed?
2. How can you test that air flows to all trailers?
3. How can you test the tractor protection valve?
4. How can you test the trailer emergency brakes?
5. How can you test the trailer service brakes?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer all of them, re-read subsection 6.5.

Test Tractor Protection Valve. Charge the trailer
Air-brake system. (That is, build up normal airpressure and push the "air supply" knob in.) Shutthe engine off. Step on and off the brake pedal
several times to reduce the air pressure in the tanks.
The trailer air supply control (also called the tractor
protection valve control) should pop out (or go from
"normal" to "emergency" position) when the airpressure falls into the pressure range specified by
the manufacturer. (Usually within the range of 20 to
45 psi.)If the tractor protection valve doesn't work right, an
air hose or trailer brake leak could drain all the airfrom the tractor. This would cause the emergency
brakes to come on, with possible loss of control.
Test Trailer Emergency Brakes. Charge the trailer
air brake system and check that the trailer rolls
freely. Then stop and pull out the trailer air supply
control (also called tractor protection valve control
or trailer emergency valve), or place it in the"emergency" position. Pull gently on the trailer withthe tractor to check that the trailer emergency
brakes are on.

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Page 6-11

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Section 6 - Combination Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Page 6-12

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 7
DOUBLES AND TRIPLESThis Section Covers

Pulling Double/Triple Trailers
Coupling and Uncoupling
Inspecting Doubles and Triples
Checking Air Brakes

This section has information you need to pass the
CDL knowledge test for driving safely with double
and triple trailers. It tells about how important it is tobe very careful when driving with more than one
trailer, how to couple and uncouple correctly, andabout inspecting doubles and triples carefully. (Youshould also study Sections 2, 5, and 6.)

7.1.5 – Manage Space
Doubles and triples take up more space than othercommercial vehicles. They are not only longer, butalso need more space because they can't be turnedor stopped suddenly. Allow more following distance.
Make sure you have large enough gaps before
entering or crossing traffic. Be certain you are clear
at the sides before changing lanes.
7.1.6 – Adverse Conditions
Be more careful in adverse conditions. In bad
weather, slippery conditions, and mountain driving,
you must be especially careful if you drive double
and triple bottoms. You will have greater length andmore dead axles to pull with your drive axles thanother drivers. There is more chance for skids andloss of traction.
7.1.7 – Parking the Vehicle

7.1 – Pulling Double/Triple Trailers
Take special care when pulling two and three
trailers. There are more things that can go wrong,and doubles/triples are less stable than othercommercial vehicles. Some areas of concern are
discussed below.

Make sure you do not get in a spot you cannot pullstraight through. You need to be aware of how
parking lots are arranged in order to avoid a longand difficult escape.
7.1.8 – Antilock Braking Systems on Converter
Dollies

7.1.1 – Prevent Trailer from Rolling OverTo prevent trailers from rolling over, you must steer
gently and go slowly around corners, on ramps, offramps, and curves. A safe speed on a curve for astraight truck or a single trailer combination vehicle
may be too fast for a set of doubles or triples.
7.1.2 – Beware of the Crack-the-whip EffectDoubles and triples are more likely to turn over thanother combination vehicles because of the "crackthe-whip" effect. You must steer gently when pulling
trailers. The last trailer in a combination is most
likely to turn over. If you don't understand the crackthe-whip effect, study subsection 6.1.2 of thismanual.
7.1.3 – Inspect Completely
There are more critical parts to check when you
have two or three trailers. Check them all. Follow
the procedures described later in this section.
7.1.4 – Look Far Ahead
Doubles and triples must be driven very smoothly to
avoid rollover or jackknife. Therefore, look far ahead
so you can slow down or change lanes graduallywhen necessary.
Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Version: July 2014

Converter dollies built on or after March 1, 1998, arerequired to have antilock brakes. These dollies will
have a yellow lamp on the left side of the dolly.

7.2 – Coupling and Uncoupling
Knowing how to couple and uncouple correctly isbasic to safe operation of doubles and triples.
Wrong coupling and uncoupling can be very
dangerous. Coupling and uncoupling steps fordoubles and triples are listed below.
7.2.1 – Coupling Twin Trailers
Secure Second (Rear) Trailer
If the second trailer doesn't have spring brakes,
drive the tractor close to the trailer, connect the
emergency line, charge the trailer air tank, anddisconnect the emergency line. This will set thetrailer emergency brakes (if the slack adjusters arecorrectly adjusted). Chock the wheels if you haveany doubt about the brakes.
For the safest handling on the road, the moreheavily loaded semitrailer should be in first position
behind the tractor. The lighter trailer should be in the
rear.

Page 7-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

A converter gear on a dolly is a coupling device of
one or two axles and a fifth wheel by which asemitrailer can be coupled to the rear of a tractortrailer combination forming a double bottom rig. See
Figure 7.1.

Connect Converter Dolly to Rear Trailer
Make sure trailer brakes are locked and/or wheels
chocked.
Make sure trailer height is correct. (It must be
slightly lower than the center of the fifth wheel, so
trailer is raised slightly when dolly is pushed under.)Back converter dolly under rear trailer.
Raise landing gear slightly off ground to prevent
damage if trailer moves.
Test coupling by pulling against pin of the second
semitrailer.
Make visual check of coupling. (No space between
upper and lower fifth wheel. Locking jaws closed on
kingpin.)Figure 7.1

Connect safety chains, air hoses, and light cords.

Position Converter Dolly in Front of Second(Rear) Trailer

Close converter dolly air tank petcock and shut-off
valves at rear of second trailer (service andemergency shut-offs).

Release dolly brakes by opening the air tankpetcock. (Or, if the dolly has spring brakes, use thedolly parking brake control.)Open shut-off valves at rear of first trailer (and on
dolly if so equipped).
Raise landing gear completely.

If the distance is not too great, wheel the dolly into
position by hand so it is in line with the kingpin.
Or, use the tractor and first semitrailer to pick up theconverter dolly:
Position combination as close as possible toconverter dolly.
Move dolly to rear of first semitrailer and couple it to
the trailer.
Lock pintle hook.
Secure dolly support in raised position.
Pull dolly into position as close as possible to noseof the second semitrailer.
Lower dolly support.
Unhook dolly from first trailer.
Wheel dolly into position in front of second trailer inline with the kingpin.
Connect Converter Dolly to Front Trailer

Charge trailer brakes (push "air supply" knob in),and check for air at rear of second trailer by opening
the emergency line shut-off. If air pressure isn't
there, something is wrong and the brakes won't
work.
7.2.2 – Uncoupling Twin Trailers
Uncouple Rear Trailer
Park rig in a straight line on firm level ground.
Apply parking brakes so rig won't move.
Chock wheels of second trailer if it doesn't havespring brakes.
Lower landing gear of second semitrailer enough toremove some weight from dolly.
Close air shut-offs at rear of first semitrailer (and on
dolly if so equipped).
Disconnect all dolly air and electric lines and securethem.
Release dolly brakes.

Back first semitrailer into position in front of dolly
tongue.

Release converter dolly fifth wheel latch.

Hook dolly to front trailer.

Slowly pull tractor, first semitrailer, and dolly forward
to pull dolly out from under rear semitrailer.

Lock pintle hook.
Secure converter gear support in raised position.

Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Version: July 2014

Page 7-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Uncouple Converter Dolly
Lower dolly landing gear.

reflectors, etc.) However, there are also some newthings to check. These are discussed below.
7.3.1 – Additional Checks

Disconnect safety chains.
Apply converter gear spring brakes or chockwheels.

Do these checks in addition to those already listed
in Section 2, Step 5: Do a Walk-around Inspection.

Release pintle hook on first semi-trailer.

Coupling System Areas

Slowly pull clear of dolly.

Check fifth wheel (lower).

Never unlock the pintle hook with the dolly still under
the rear trailer. The dolly tow bar may fly up,
possibly causing injury, and making it very difficult
to re-couple.
7.2.3 – Coupling and Uncoupling Triple Trailers
Couple Tractor/First Semitrailer toSecond/Third Trailers
Couple tractor to first trailer. Use the method
already described for coupling tractor-semitrailers.
Move converter dolly into position and couple first
trailer to second trailer using the method forcoupling doubles. Triples rig is now complete.

Securely mounted to frame.
No missing or damaged parts.
Enough grease.
No visible space between upper and lower fifth
wheel.
Locking jaws around the shank, not the head of
kingpin.
Release arm properly seated and safety latch/lockengaged.
Check fifth wheel (upper).
Glide plate securely mounted to trailer frame.
Kingpin not damaged.
Air and electric lines to trailer.

Uncouple Triple-trailer Rig
Uncouple third trailer by pulling the dolly out, thenunhitching the dolly using the method for
uncoupling doubles.

Electrical cord firmly plugged in and secured.
Air-lines properly connected to glad hands, no airleaks, properly secured with enough slack for turns.

Uncouple remainder of rig as you would any
double-bottom rig using the method alreadydescribed.

All lines free from damage.

7.2.4 – Coupling and Uncoupling Other
Combinations

Properly greased.

The methods described so far apply to the morecommon tractor-trailer combinations. However,there are other ways of coupling and uncoupling themany types of truck-trailer and tractor-trailer
combinations that are in use. There are too many tocover in this manual. You will need to learn thecorrect way to couple and uncouple the vehicle(s)you will drive according to the manufacturer and/or
owner specifications.

If air powered, no air leaks.

7.3 – Inspecting Doubles and Triples
Use the seven-step inspection procedure describedin Section 2 to inspect your combination vehicle.
There are more things to inspect on a combination
vehicle than on a single vehicle. Many of these
items are simply more of what you would find on asingle vehicle. (For example, tires, wheels, lights,

Sliding fifth wheel.
Slide not damaged or parts missing.

All locking pins present and locked in place.

Check that fifth wheel is not so far forward that thetractor frame will hit landing gear, or cab will hit thetrailer, during turns.
Landing Gear
Fully raised, no missing parts, not bent orotherwise damaged.
Crank handle in place and secured.
If power operated, no air or hydraulic leaks.
Double and Triple Trailers
Shut-off valves (at rear of trailers, in service andemergency lines).
Rear of front trailers: OPEN.
Rear of last trailer: CLOSED.

Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Version: July 2014

Page 7-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Converter dolly air tank drain valve: CLOSED.
Be sure air-lines are supported and glad hands areproperly connected.
If spare tire is carried on converter gear (dolly),
make sure it's secured.
Be sure pintle-eye of dolly is in place in pintle hookof trailer(s).
Make sure pintle hook is latched.
Safety chains should be secured to trailer(s).
Be sure light cords are firmly in sockets on trailers.
7.3.2 – Additional Things to Check during a
Walk-around Inspection
Do these checks in addition to subsection 5.3,
Inspecting Air Brake Systems.

7.4 – Doubles/Triples Air Brake Check
Check the brakes on a double or triple trailer as you
would any combination vehicle. Subsection 6.5.2
explains how to check air brakes on combination
vehicles. You must also make the following checks
on your double or triple trailers"normal" to "emergency" position) when the airpressure falls into the pressure range specified by
the manufacturer. (Usually within the range of 20 to
45 psi.)If the tractor protection valve doesn't work properly,
an air hose or trailer brake leak could drain all the
air from the tractor. This would cause theemergency brakes to come on, with possible loss ofcontrol.
Test Trailer Emergency Brakes. Charge the trailer
air brake system and check that the trailer rolls
freely. Then stop and pull out the trailer air supply
control (also called tractor protection valve control
or trailer emergency valve) or place it in the"emergency" position. Pull gently on the trailer withthe tractor to check that the trailer emergency
brakes are on.
Test Trailer Service Brakes. Check for normal airpressure, release the parking brakes, move thevehicle forward slowly, and apply trailer brakes withthe hand control (trolley valve), if so equipped. You
should feel the brakes come on. This tells you thetrailer brakes are connected and working. (Thetrailer brakes should be tested with the hand valve,
but controlled in normal operation with the footpedal, which applies air to the service brakes at all
wheels.)7.4.1 – Additional Air Brake Checks
Check That Air Flows to All Trailers (Double andTriple Trailers). Use the tractor parking brakeand/or chock the wheels to hold the vehicle. Wait for
air pressure to reach normal, then push in the red"trailer air supply" knob. This will supply air to theemergency (supply) lines. Use the trailer handbraketo provide air to the service line. Go to the rear of
the rig. Open the emergency line shut-off valve at
the rear of the last trailer. You should hear air
escaping, showing the entire system is charged.
Close the emergency line valve. Open the service
line valve to check that service pressure goes
through all the trailers (this test assumes that thetrailer handbrake or the service brake pedal is on),and then close the valve. If you do NOT hear air
escaping from both lines, check that the shut-off
valves on the trailer(s) and dolly(ies) are in the
OPEN position. You MUST have air all the way tothe back for all the brakes to work.
Test Tractor Protection Valve. Charge the trailer
air brake system. (That is, build up normal airpressure and push the "air supply" knob in.) Shutthe engine off. Step on and off the brake pedal
several times to reduce the air pressure in the tanks.
The trailer air supply control (also called the tractor
protection valve control) should pop out (or go from

Section 7 - Doubles and Triples
Version: July 2014

Section 7
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

9.
10.

What is a converter dolly?
Do converter dollies have spring brakes?
What three methods can you use to secure asecond trailer before coupling?
How do you check to make sure trailer heightis correct before coupling?
What do you check when making a visualcheck of coupling?
Why should you pull a dolly out from under atrailer before you disconnect it from the trailer
in front?
What should you check for when inspecting
the converter dolly? The pintle hook?
Should the shut-off valves on the rear of thelast trailer be open or closed? On the first
trailer in a set of doubles? On the middle
trailer of a set of triples?
How can you test that air flows to all trailers?
How do you know if your converter dolly isequipped with antilock brakes?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read Section 7.

Page 7-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 8
TANK VEHICLESThis Section Covers

Inspecting Tank Vehicles
Driving Tank Vehicles
Safe Driving Rules

This section has information needed to pass the
CDL knowledge test for driving a tank vehicle. (Youshould also study Sections 2, 5, 6, and 9). A tankendorsement is required for certain vehicles thattransport liquids or gases. The liquid or gas does nothave to be a hazardous material. A tankendorsement is required if your vehicle needs aClass A or B CDL and you want to haul a liquid or
liquid gas in a tank or tanks having an individual
rated capacity of more than 119 gallons and an
aggregate rated capacity of 1000 gallons or morethat is either permanently or temporarily attached to
the vehicle or the chassis. A tank endorsement isalso required for Class C vehicles when the vehicle
is used to transport hazardous materials in liquid orgas form in the above described rated tanks.

Check manhole covers and vents. Make sure thecovers have gaskets and they close correctly. Keepthe vents clear so they work correctly.
8.1.2 – Check Special Purpose Equipment
If your vehicle has any of the following equipment,
make sure it works:
Vapor recovery kits.
Grounding and bonding cables.
Emergency shut-off systems.
Built in fire extinguisher.
Never drive a tank vehicle with open valves or
manhole covers.
8.1.3 – Special Equipment
Check the emergency equipment required for yourvehicle. Find out what equipment you're required tocarry and make sure you have it (and it works).

8.2 – Driving Tank Vehicles
Hauling liquids in tanks requires special skills
because of the high center of gravity and liquidmovement. See Figure 8.1.

Before loading, unloading, or driving a tanker,
inspect the vehicle. This makes sure that the vehicle
is safe to carry the liquid or gas and is safe to drive.

8.1 – Inspecting Tank Vehicles
Tank vehicles have special items that you need tocheck. Tank vehicles come in many types and sizes.
You need to check the vehicle's operator manual to
make sure you know how to inspect your tankvehicle.
Figure 8.1
8.1.1 – Leaks
On all tank vehicles, the most important item tocheck for is leaks. Check under and around thevehicle for signs of any leaking. Don't carry liquids
or gases in a leaking tank. To do so is a crime. You
will be cited and prevented from driving further. You
may also be liable for the clean-up of any spill. In
general, check the following:
Check the tank's body or shell for dents or leaks.

8.2.1 – High Center of Gravity
High center of gravity means that much of the load's
weight is carried high up off the road. This makes
the vehicle top-heavy and easy to roll over. Liquidtankers are especially easy to roll over. Tests haveshown that tankers can turn over at the speed limits
posted for curves. Take highway curves and on
ramp/off ramp curves well below the posted speeds.

Check the intake, discharge, and cut-off valves.
Make sure the valves are in the correct position
before loading, unloading, or moving the vehicle.
Check pipes, connections, and hoses for leaks,
especially around joints.

Section 8 - Tank Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Page 8-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

8.2.2 – Danger of Surge

8.3 – Safe Driving Rules

Liquid surge results from movement of the liquid inpartially filled tanks. This movement can have bad
effects on handling. For example, when coming to astop, the liquid will surge back and forth. When the
wave hits the end of the tank, it tends to push thetruck in the direction the wave is moving. If the truck
is on a slippery surface such as ice, the wave canshove a stopped truck out into an intersection. The
driver of a liquid tanker must be very familiar withthe handling of the vehicle.

In order to drive tank vehicles safely, you must
remember to follow all the safe driving rules. A few
of these rules are:8.2.3 – Bulkheads

8.3.2 – Controlling Surge

Some liquid tanks are divided into several smallertanks by bulkheads. When loading and unloading
the smaller tanks, the driver must pay attention toweight distribution. Don't put too much weight on thefront or rear of the vehicle.

Keep a steady pressure on the brakes. Do notrelease too soon when coming to a stop.

8.2.4 – Baffled Tanks
Baffled liquid tanks have bulkheads in them withholes that let the liquid flow through. The baffles
help to control the forward and backward liquid
surge. Side-to-side surge can still occur. This cancause a roll over.
8.2.5 – Un-baffled Tanks
Un-baffled liquid tankers (sometimes called"smooth bore" tanks) have nothing inside to slow
down the flow of the liquid. Therefore, forward-andback surge is very strong. Un-baffled tanks areusually those that transport food products (milk, forexample). (Sanitation regulations forbid the use ofbaffles because of the difficulty in cleaning theinside of the tank.) Be extremely cautious (slow andcareful) in driving smooth bore tanks, especiallywhen starting and stopping.
8.2.6 – Outage
Never load a cargo tank totally full. Liquids expand
as they warm and you must leave room for the
expanding liquid. This is called "outage." Since
different liquids expand by different amounts, theyrequire different amounts of outage. You must know
the outage requirement when hauling liquids in bulk.

8.3.1 – Drive Smoothly
Because of the high center of gravity and the surgeof the liquid, you must start, slow down, and stop
very smoothly. Also, make smooth turns and lanechanges.

Brake far in advance of a stop and increase yourfollowing distance.
If you must make a quick stop to avoid a crash, use
controlled or stab braking. If you do not remember
how to stop using these methods, review subsection
2.17.2. Also, remember that if you steer quickly
while braking, your vehicle may roll over.
8.3.3 – Curves
Slow down before curves, then accelerate slightly
through the curve. The posted speed for a curve
may be too fast for a tank vehicle.
8.3.4 – Stopping Distance
Keep in mind how much space you need to stop
your vehicle. Remember that wet roads double thenormal stopping distance. Empty tank vehicles may
take longer to stop than full ones.
8.3.5 – Skids
Don't over steer, over accelerate, or over brake. If
you do, your vehicle may skid. On tank trailers, if
your drive wheels or trailer wheels begin to skid,
your vehicle may jackknife. When any vehicle starts
to skid, you must take action to restore traction to
the wheels.

Section 8
Test Your Knowledge

8.2.7 – How Much to Load?
A full tank of dense liquid (such as some acids) may
exceed legal weight limits. For that reason, you may
often only partially fill tanks with heavy liquids. The
amount of liquid to load into a tank depends on:

1.
2.

The amount the liquid will expand in transit.

3.

The weight of the liquid.

4.

Legal weight limits.
Section 8 - Tank Vehicles
Version: July 2014

How are bulkheads different than baffles?
Should a tank vehicle take curves, on
ramps, or off ramps at the posted speed
limits?
How are smooth bore tankers different todrive than those with baffles?
What three things determine how much
liquid you can load?
Page 8-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

5.
6.
7.

What is outage?
How can you help control surge?
What two reasons make special carenecessary when driving tank vehicles?

These questions may be on the test. If you can't
answer them all, re-read Section 8.

Section 8 - Tank Vehicles
Version: July 2014

Page 8-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Section 8 - Tank Vehicles
Version: July 2013

Page 8-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 9
HAZARDOUS MATERIALSThis Section Covers








The Intent of the Regulations
Bulk Tank Loading, Unloading, andMarking
Driver Responsibilities
Driving and Parking Rules
Communications Rules
Emergencies
Loading and Unloading

Hazardous materials are products that pose a risk
to health, safety, and property during transportation.
The term often is shortened to HAZMAT, which you
may see on road signs, or to HM in government
regulations.
Hazardous
materials
includeexplosives, various types of gas, solids, flammableand combustible liquid, and other materials.
Because of the risks involved and the potential
consequences these risks impose, all levels ofgovernment regulate the handling of hazardous
materials.
The Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) is
found in parts 100 - 185 of title 49 of the Code ofFederal Regulations. The common reference forthese regulations is 49 CFR 100 - 185
The Hazardous Materials Table in the regulations
contains a list of these items. However, this list is
not all-inclusive. Whether or not a material isconsideredhazardous
is
based
on
its
characteristics and the shipper's decision onwhether or not the material meets a definition of ahazardous material in the regulations.
The regulations require vehicles transporting certain
types or quantities of hazardous materials to display
diamond-shaped, square on point, warning signs
called placards.
This section is designed to assist you in
understanding your role and responsibilities inhauling hazardous materials. Due to the constantly
changing nature of government regulations, it is
impossible to guarantee absolute accuracy of thematerials in this section. An up-to-date copy of thecomplete regulations is essential for you to have.
Included in these regulations is a complete glossaryof terms.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

You must have a commercial driver license (CDL)with a hazardous materials endorsement before you
drive any size vehicle that is used to transport
hazardous material as defined in 49 CFR 383.5.
You must pass a written test about the regulations
and requirements to get this endorsement.
Everything you need to know to pass the written test
is in this section. However, this is only a beginning.
Most drivers need to know much more on the job.
You can learn more by reading and understanding
the federal and state rules applicable to hazardous
materials, as well as, attending hazardous materials
training courses. Your employer, colleges anduniversities, and various associations usually offer
these courses. You can get copies of the Federal
Regulations (49 CFR) through your local
Government Printing Office bookstore and various
industry publishers. Union or company offices often
have copies of the rules for driver use. Find out
where you can get your own copy to use on the job.
The regulations require training and testing for all
drivers involved in transporting hazardous
materials. Your employer or a designatedrepresentative is required to provide this training
and testing. Hazardous materials employers are
required to keep a record of training for each
employee as long as that employee is working withhazardous materials, and for 90 days thereafter.
The regulations require that hazardous materials
employees be trained and tested at least once every
three years.
All drivers must be trained in the security risks ofhazardous materials transportation. This training
must include how to recognize and respond topossible security threats.
The regulations also require that drivers havespecial training before driving a vehicle transporting
certain flammable gas materials or highway routecontrolled quantities of radioactive materials. In
addition, drivers transporting cargo tanks andportable tanks must receive specialized training.
Each driver’s employer or his or her designatedrepresentative must provide such training.
Some locations require permits to transport certain
explosives or bulk hazardous wastes. States andcounties also may require drivers to follow special
hazardous
materials
routes.
The
federalgovernment may require permits or exemptions for
special hazardous materials cargo such as rocket
fuel. Find out about permits, exemptions, andspecial routes for the places you drive.

Page 9-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

9.1 – The Intent of the Regulations
9.1.1 – Contain the Material

Identification number
Proper shipping name.
Hazard class.

Transporting hazardous materials can be risky. The
regulations are intended to protect you, thosearound you, and the environment. They tell shippers
how to package the materials safely and drivers how
to load, transport, and unload the material. These
are called "containment rules."Packing group.

9.1.2 – Communicate the Risk

Must package, mark, and label the materials;
prepare shipping papers; provide emergency
response information; and supply placards.

To communicate the risk, shippers must warn
drivers and others about the material's hazards. The
regulations require shippers to put hazard warninglabels on packages, provide proper shipping
papers, emergency response information, andplacards. These steps communicate the hazard to
the shipper, the carrier, and the driver.

Correct packaging.
Correct label and markings.
Correct placards.

Certify on the shipping paper that the shipment has
been prepared according to the rules (unless you
are pulling cargo tanks supplied by you or youremployer).
9.2.2 – The Carrier

9.1.3 – Assure Safe Drivers and Equipment

Takes the shipment from the shipper to its
destination.

In order to get a hazardous materials endorsement
on a CDL, you must pass a written test abouttransporting hazardous materials. To pass the test,
you must know how to:Prior to transportation, checks that the shipper
correctly described, marked, labeled, and otherwise
prepared the shipment for transportation.

Identify what are hazardous materials.
Safely load shipments.
Properly placard your vehicle in accordance with therules.
Safely transport shipments.
Learn the rules and follow them. Following the rules
reduces the risk of injury from hazardous materials.
Taking shortcuts by breaking rules is unsafe. Noncompliance with regulations can result in fines andjail.
Inspect your vehicle before and during each trip.
Law enforcement officers may stop and inspect yourvehicle. When stopped, they may check yourshipping papers, vehicle placards, and thehazardous materials endorsement on your driver
license, and your knowledge of hazardous
materials.

Refuses improper shipments.
Reports accidents and incidents involving
hazardous materials to the proper government
agency.
9.2.3 – The Driver
Makes sure the shipper has identified, marked, andlabeled the hazardous materials properly.
Refuses leaking packages and shipments.
Placards vehicle when loading, if required.
Safely transports the shipment without delay.
Follows all special
hazardous materials.

rules

about

transporting

Keeps hazardous materials shipping papers andemergency response information in the proper
place.

9.3 – Communication Rules
9.2 – Hazardous Materials
Transportation—Who Does What
9.2.1 – The Shipper
Sends products from one place to another by truck,
rail, vessel, or airplane.
Uses the hazardous materials regulations todetermine the product’s:
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

9.3.1 – Definitions
Some words and phrases have special meanings
when talking about hazardous materials. Some ofthese may differ from meanings you are used to.
The words and phrases in this section may be on
your test. The meanings of other important words
are in the glossary at the end of Section 9.
Page 9-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

A material's hazard class reflects the risks
associated with it. There are nine different hazard
classes. The types of materials included in thesenine classes are in Figure 9.1.
Hazardous Materials Class

2

Division

Class
1

Name of Class orDivision

Examples

1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6

Mass Explosion
Projection Hazard
Fire Hazard
Minor Explosion
Very Insensitive
Extremely
Insensitive

Dynamite
Flares
Display Fireworks
Ammunition
Blasting Agents
Explosive Devices

2.1
2.2

Flammable Gases
Non-Flammable
Gases
Poisonous/Toxic
Gases
Flammable Liquids

2.3
3

4

4.1
4.2
4.3

5

Flammable Solids
Spontaneously
Combustible
Dangerous When
Wet

Gasoline
Ammonium Picrate,
WettedWhite Phosphorus
SodiumPoison (Toxic
Material)
Infectious
SubstancesRadioactive
Corrosives
MiscellaneousHazardous Materials
ORM-D (Other
Regulated MaterialDomestic)
Combustible Liquids

Potassium Cyanide

9

-

e

-

In a pouch on the driver's door, orOn the driver's seat when out of the vehicle.

6.1-

Drivers to keep hazardous materials shipping
papers:Fluorine, Compressed

Ammonium Nitrate
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Peroxide

7
8

Carriers and drivers to quickly identify hazardous
materials shipping papers, or keep them on top ofother shipping papers and keep the required
emergency response information with the shipping
papers.

In clear view within immediate reach while the seatbelt is fastened while driving, orOxidizers
Organic Peroxides

6.2

Shippers to describe hazardous materials correctly
and include an emergency response telephone
number on shipping papers.

PropaneHelium5.1
5.2

6

being carried. Your life, and the lives of others, may
depend on quickly locating the hazardous materials
shipping papers. For that reason the rules require:9.3.2 – Package Labels
Shippers put diamond-shaped hazard warninglabels on most hazardous materials packages.
These labels inform others of the hazard. If the
diamond label won't fit on the package, shippers
may put the label on a tag securely attached to the
package. For example, compressed gas cylinders
that will not hold a label will have tags or decals.
Labels look like the examples in Figure 9.2.

Anthrax Virus
Uranium
Battery Fluid
PolychlorinatedBiphenyls (PCB)
Food Flavorings,
Medicines
Fuel Oil

Figure 9.1
A shipping paper describes the hazardous materials
being transported. Shipping orders, bills of lading,and manifests are all shipping papers. Figure 9.6
shows an example shipping paper.
After an accident or hazardous materials spill or
leak, you may be injured and unable tocommunicate the hazards of the materials you aretransporting. Firefighters and police can prevent or
reduce the amount of damage or injury at the scene
if they know what hazardous materials are

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Examples of HAZMAT Labels. Figure 9.2

Page 9-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

9.3.3 – Lists of Regulated Products
Placards. Placards are used to warn others ofhazardous materials. Placards are signs put on theoutside of a vehicle and on bulk packages, which
identify the hazard class of the cargo. A placarded
vehicle must have at least four identical placards.
They are put on the front, rear, and both sides of thevehicle. See Figure 9.3. Placards must be readablefrom all four directions. They are at least 10 3/4
inches square, square-on-point, in a diamondshape. Cargo tanks and other bulk packaging
display the identification number of their contents onplacards or orange panels or white square-on-point
displays that are the same size as placards.

Appendix B to Section 172.101, the List of Marine
Pollutants.
The Hazardous Materials Table. Figure 9.4 showspart of the Hazardous Materials Table.
Column 1 tells which shipping mode(s) the entry
affects and other information concerning theshipping description. The next five columns showeach material's shipping name, hazard class ordivision, identification number, packaging group,and required labels.
Six different symbols may appear in Column 1 of thetable.
(+)

(A)

(W)

(D)

(I)
Examples of HAZMAT Placards
Figure 9.3
Identification numbers are a four-digit code used byfirst responders to identify hazardous materials. An
identification number may be used to identify morethan one chemical. The letters “NA or “UN” will
precede the identification number. The UnitedStates Department of Transportation’s Emergency
Response Guidebook (ERG) lists the chemicals andthe identification numbers assigned to them.
There are three main lists used by shippers,
carriers, and drivers when trying to identify
hazardous materials. Before transporting a material,
look for its name on three lists. Some materials areon all lists, others on only one. Always check thefollowing lists:(G)

Shows the proper shipping name, hazard
class, and packing group to use, even if thematerial doesn't meet the hazard classdefinition.
Means the hazardous material described inColumn 2 is subject to the HMR only whenoffered or intended for transport by air
unless it is a hazardous substance or
hazardous waste.
Means the hazardous material described inColumn 2 is subject to the HMR only whenoffered or intended for transportation bywater unless it is a hazardous substance,
hazardous waste, or marine pollutant.
Means the proper shipping name isappropriate for describing materials fordomestic transportation, but may not beproper for international transportation.
Identifies a proper shipping name that isused to describe materials in internationaltransportation. A different shipping namemay be used when only domestictransportation is involved.
Means this hazardous material described inColumn 2 is a generic shipping name. A
generic
shipping
name
must
be
accompanied by a technical name on the
shipping paper. A technical name is a
specific chemical that makes the producthazardous

Column 2 lists the proper shipping names anddescriptions of regulated materials. Entries are inalphabetical order so you can more quickly find theright entry. The table shows proper shipping names
in regular type. The shipping paper must showproper shipping names. Names shown in italics are
not proper shipping names.

Section 172.101, the Hazardous Materials Table.
Appendix A to Section 172.101, the List ofHazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Page 9-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

49 CFR 172.101 Hazardous Materials Table
Packaging (173. ***)

Symbols

Hazardous Materials
Description & Proper
Shipping Names

HazardClass orDivision

Identification
Numbers

PG

Label
Codes

SpecialProvisions(172.102)
Exceptions

Non
Bulk

Bulk

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8A)

(8B)

(8C)

A

Acetaldehyde ammonia

9

UN1841

III

9

IB8, IP6

155

204

240

Figure 9.4
Appendix A to 49 CFR 172
List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities
Hazardous Substances
Phenyl mercaptan @Phenylmercury acetate
N-Phenylthiourea
PhoratePhosgene
Phosphine
Phosphoric acid
Phosphoric acid, diethyl
4-nitrophenyl ester
Phosphoric acid, lead salt

Reportable Quantity (RQ) Pounds(Kilograms)
100 (45.4)
100 (45.4)
100 (45.4)
10 (4.54)
10 (4.54)
100 (45.4) *5,000 (2270)
100 (45.4)

10 (.454)* Spills of 10 pounds or more must be reported.

Figure 9.5

Column 3 shows a material's hazard class ordivision, or the entry "Forbidden." Never transport a"Forbidden" material. Placard hazardous materials
shipments based on the quantity and hazard class.
You can decide which placards to use if you know
these three things:
Material's hazard class.
Amount being shipped.
Amount of all hazardous materials of all classes on
your vehicle.
Column 4 lists the identification number for each
proper shipping name. Identification numbers arepreceded by the letters "UN" or "NA." The letters"NA" are associated with proper shipping namesthat are only used within the United States and toand from Canada. The identification number must
appear on the shipping paper as part of the shipping
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

description and also appear on the package. It also
must appear on cargo tanks and other bulk
packaging. Police and firefighters use this number
to quickly identify the hazardous materials.
Column 5 shows the packing group (in Roman
numeral) assigned to a material.
Column 6 shows the hazard warning label(s)shippers must put on packages of hazardous
materials. Some products require use of more than
one label due to a dual hazard being present.
Column 7 lists the additional (special) provisions
that apply to this material. When there is an entry inthis column, you must refer to the federal
regulations for specific information. The numbers 16 in this column mean the hazardous material is apoison inhalation hazard (PIH). PIH materials have
Page 9-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

special requirements for shipping papers, marking,and placards.

A proper shipping description for each hazardous
material.

Column 8 is a three-part column showing thesection numbers covering the packaging
requirements for each hazardous material.

A shipper's certification, signed by the shipper,
saying they prepared the shipment according to theregulations.

Note: Columns 9 and 10 do not apply totransportation by highway.

Shipping Paper

Appendix A to 49 CFR 172.101 - The List ofHazardous
Substances
andReportable
Quantities. The DOT and the EPA want to know
about spills of hazardous substances. They are
named in the List of Hazardous Substances andReportable Quantities. See Figure 9.5. Column 3 ofthe list shows each product's reportable quantity(RQ). When these materials are being transported
in a reportable quantity or greater in one package,
the shipper displays the letters RQ on the shipping
paper and package. The letters RQ may appear
before or after the basic description. You or youremployer must report any spill of these materials,
which occurs in a reportable quantity.
If the words INHALATION HAZARD appear on the
shipping paper or package, the rules require displayof the POISON INHALATION HAZARD or POISONGAS placards, as appropriate. These placards must
be used in addition to other placards, which may berequired by the product's hazard class. Always
display the hazard class placard and the POISONINHALATION HAZARD placard, even for small
amounts.
Appendix B to 49 CFR 172.101 – List of Marine
Pollutants
Appendix B is a listing of chemicals that are toxic tomarine life. For highway transportation, this list is
only used for chemicals in a container with acapacity of 119 gallons or more without a placard orlabel as specified by the HMR.
Any bulk packages of a Marine Pollutant must
display the Marine Pollutant marking (white triangle
with a fish and an “X” through the fish). This marking(it is not a placard) must also be displayed on theoutside of the vehicle. In addition, a notation must
be made on the shipping papers near thedescription of the material: “Marine Pollutant”.
9.3.4 – The Shipping Paper

TO:

ABC
Corporation
88
ValleyStreetAnywhere,
VA

Quantity1cylinder

HM

RQ

(“RQ”
means that
this is areportable
quantity.)

DEF
Corporatio
n
FROM
55
:
MountainStreetNowhere,CO
Description

Page
1 of 1

UN1076,Phosgene, 2.3,
Poison, Inhalation
Hazard,Zone A25 lbs

Weight(UN1076 is the
Identification
Number from
Column 4 of the
Hazardous
materials Table.
Phosgene is theproper shipping
name from Column
2 of the Hazardous
Materials Table.
2.3 is the Hazard
Class from Column
3 of the Hazardous
Materials Table.)This is to certify that the above named materials areproperly classified, described, packaged marked andlabeled, and are in proper condition for transportationaccording to the applicable regulations of the
Department of Transportation.

DEF
Carrier:
Safet
CorporatioPer:y First
n
Date:
Smith
October 15,
2003
Special Instructions: 24 hour Emergency Contact,
John Smith 1-800-555-5555
Shipper
:
Per:
Date:

Figure 9.6
9.3.5 – The Item Description

The shipping paper shown in Figure 9.6 describes a
shipment. A shipping paper for hazardous materials
must include:

If a shipping paper describes both hazardous andnon-hazardous products, the hazardous materials
must be:Page numbers if the shipping paper has more than
one page. The first page must tell the total numberof pages. For example, "Page 1 of 4".

Entered first.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Highlighted in a contrasting color, OR.

Page 9-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Identified by an "X" placed before the shipping
description (ID#, Shipping Name, Hazard Class,Packing Group) in a column captioned "HM". The
letters "RQ" may be used instead of "X" if areportable quantity needs to be identified.

The basic description and technical name;

The basic description of hazardous materials
includes the identification number, proper shipping
name, hazard class or division, and the packing
group, if any, in that order. The packing group isdisplayed in Roman numerals and may be preceded
by "PG".

Immediate methods for handling fires;

Identification number, shipping name, and hazard
class must not be abbreviated unless specificallyauthorized in the hazardous materials regulations.
The description must also show:
The total quantity and unit of measure.
The number and type of packages (example: “6Drums”).
The letters RQ, if a reportable quantity.
If the letters RQ appear, the name of the hazardous
substance (if not included in the shipping name).
For all materials with the letter “G” (Generic) in
Column 1, the technical name of the hazardous
material.
Shipping papers also must list an emergency
response telephone number (unless excepted). The
emergency response telephone number is the
responsibility of the shipper. It can be used byemergency responders to obtain information about
any hazardous materials involved in a spill or fire.
The telephone number must be:
The number of the person offering the hazardous
material for transportation (if the shipper/offerer isthe emergency response information (ERI)
provider); or
The number of an agency or organization capableof, and accepting responsibility for, providing thedetailed information required by paragraph (a)(2) ofthis section. The person who is registered with the
ERI provider must be identified by name, or contract
number or other unique identifier assigned by the
ERI provider, on the shipping paper
Shippers also must provide emergency response
information to the motor carrier for each hazardous
material being shipped. The emergency response
information must be able to be used away from the
motor vehicle and must provide information on how
to safely handle incidents involving the material. At
a minimum, it must include the following
information:
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Immediate hazards to health;Risks of fire or explosion;
Immediate precautions to be taken in the event ofan accident or incident;
Initial methods for handling spills or leaks in theabsence of fires; andPreliminary first aid measures
Such information can be on the shipping paper orsome other document that includes the basic
description and technical name of the hazardous
material. Or, it may be in a guidance book such as
the Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG). Motorcarriers may assist shippers by keeping an ERG oneach vehicle carrying hazardous materials. The
driver must provide the emergency response
information to any federal, state, or local authority
responding to a hazardous materials incident orinvestigating one.
Total quantity and number & type of packages must
appear before or after the basic description. The
packaging type and the unit of measurement may
be abbreviated. For example:
10 ctns. UN1263, Paint, 3, PG II, 500 lbs.
The shipper of hazardous wastes must put the word
WASTE before the proper shipping name of thematerial on the shipping paper (hazardous waste
manifest). For example:
UN1090, Waste Acetone, 3, PG II.
A non-hazardous material may not be described byusing a hazard class or an identification number.
Shippers must keep a copy of shipping papers (oran electronic image) for a period of 2 years (3 years
for hazardous waste) after the material is acceptedby the initial carrier.
If one provides a carrier service only and is not theoriginator of the shipment, a carrier is required tokeep a copy of the shipping paper (or an electronic
image) for a period of 1 year.
IMPORTANT NOTE: To view complete regulatory
requirements for the transportation of hazardous
materials one should refer to the Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 49, Parts 100-185.

Page 9-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

9.3.6 – Shipper's Certification

Does it have:

When the shipper packages hazardous materials,
he/she certifies that the package has been preparedaccording to the rules. The signed shipper's
certification appears on the original shipping paper.
The only exceptions are when a shipper is a private
carrier transporting their own product and when the
package is provided by the carrier (for example, acargo tank). Unless a package is clearly unsafe ordoes not comply with the HMR, you may accept the
shipper's certification concerning proper packaging.
Some carriers have additional rules abouttransporting hazardous materials. Follow youremployer's rules when accepting shipments.

An entry with a proper shipping name, hazard class,and identification number?

9.3.7 – Package Markings and Labels

What type of package is being shipped? Cylinders
and drums are often used for hazardous materials
shipments.

Shippers print required markings directly on the
package, an attached label, or tag. An important
package marking is the name of the hazardous
material. It is the same name as the one on the
shipping paper. The requirements for marking varyby package size and material being transported.
When required, the shipper will put the following on
the package:
The name and address of shipper or consignee.
The hazardous material's shipping name andidentification number.
The labels required.
It is a good idea to compare the shipping paper tothe markings and labels. Always make sure that the
shipper shows the correct basic description on the
shipping paper, and verifies that the proper labels
are shown on the packages. If you are not familiar
with the material, ask the shipper to contact youroffice.
If rules require it, the shipper will put RQ, MARINEPOLLUTANT,BIOHAZARD,HOT,or
INHALATION-HAZARD on the package. Packages
with liquid containers inside will also have packageorientation markings with the arrows pointing in thecorrect upright direction. The labels used always
reflect the hazard class of the product. If a package
needs more than one label, the labels must be close
together, near the proper shipping name.
9.3.8 – Recognizing Hazardous Materials
Learn to recognize shipments of hazardous
materials. To find out if the shipment includes
hazardous materials, look at the shipping paper.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

A highlighted entry, or one with an X or RQ in thehazardous materials column?
Other clues suggesting hazardous materials:
What business is the shipper in? Paint dealer?
Chemical supply? Scientific supply house? Pest
control or agricultural supplier? Explosives,
munitions, or fireworks dealer?
Are there tanks with diamond labels or placards on
the premises?

Is a hazard class label, proper shipping name, or
identification number on the package?
Are there any handling precautions?
9.3.9 – Hazardous Waste Manifest
When transporting hazardous wastes, you mustsign by hand and carry a Uniform Hazardous Waste
Manifest. The name and EPA registration number ofthe shippers, carriers, and destination must appear
on the manifest. Shippers must prepare, date, andsign by hand the manifest. Treat the manifest as ashipping paper when transporting the waste. Only
give the waste shipment to another registeredcarrier or disposal/treatment facility. Each carriertransporting the shipment must sign by hand the
manifest. After you deliver the shipment, keep yourcopy of the manifest. Each copy must have allneeded signatures and dates, including those of theperson to whom you delivered the waste.
9.3.10 – Placarding
Attach the appropriate placards to the vehicle
before you drive it. You are only allowed to move an
improperly placarded vehicle during an emergency,
in order to protect life or property.
Placards must appear on both sides and both endsof the vehicle. Each placard must be:
Easily seen from the direction it faces.
Placed so the words or numbers are level and readfrom left to right.
At least three inches away from any other markings.

Page 9-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Kept clear of attachments or devices such as
ladders, doors, and tarpaulins.
Kept clean and undamaged so that the color,
format, and message are easily seen.
Be affixed to a background of contrasting color.
The use of “Drive Safely” and other slogans is
prohibited.
The front placard may be on the front of the tractor
or the front of the trailer.
To decide which placards to use, you need to know:
The hazard class of the materials.
The amount of hazardous materials shipped.
The total weight of all classes of hazardous
materials in your vehicle.
9.3.11 – Placard Tables
There are two placard tables, Table 1 and Table 2.
Table 1 materials must be placarded whenever any
amount is transported. See Figure 9.7.
Except for bulk packaging, the hazard classes inTable 2 need placards only if the total amounttransported is 1,001 pounds or more including the
package. Add the amounts from all shipping papers
for all the Table 2 products you have on board. See
Figure 9.8.
Placard Table 1
Any Amount
IF YOUR VEHICLECONTAINS ANY AMOUNT
OF……
1.1 Mass Explosives
1.2 Project Hazards
1.3 Mass Fire Hazards
2.3 Poisonous/Toxic Gases
4.3 Dangerous When Wet

PLACARD AS…
Explosives 1.1
Explosives 1.2
Explosives 1.3
Poison Gas
Dangerous WhenWet

5.2 (Organic Peroxide, TypeB, liquid or solid,
Temperature controlled)

Organic Peroxide

6.1 (Inhalation hazard zone
A & B only)

Poison/toxic
inhalation

7 (Radioactive Yellow III
label only)Radioactive

Figure 9.7
You may use DANGEROUS placards instead of
separate placards for each Table 2 hazard classwhen:
You have 1,001 pounds or more of two or more
Table 2 hazard classes, requiring different placards,
andSection 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014You have not loaded 2,205 pounds or more of any
Table 2 hazard class material at any one place.
(You must use the specific placard for this material.)
The dangerous placard is an option, not arequirement. You can always placard for thematerials.
If the words INHALATION HAZARD are on the
shipping paper or package, you must display
POISON GAS or POISON INHALATION placards inaddition to any other placards needed by the
product's hazard class. The 1,000 pound exception
does not apply to these materials.
Materials with a secondary hazard of dangerous
when wet must display the DANGEROUS WHEN
WET placard in addition to any other placards
needed by the product’s hazard class. The 1,000pound exception to placarding does not apply tothese materials.
Placard Table 2
1,001 Pounds Or More
Category of Material (Hazard
class or division number andadditional description, as
appropriate)
1.4 Minor Explosion
1.5 Very Insensitive
1.6 Extremely Insensitive
2.1 Flammable Gases
2.2 Non- Flammable Gases
3 Flammable Liquids
Combustible Liquid
4.1 Flammable Solids
4.2 Spontaneously
Combustible
5.1 Oxidizers

Placard Name
Explosives 1.4
Explosives 1.5
Explosives 1.6
Flammable Gas
Non-Flammable Gas.
Flammable
Combustible*
Flammable Solid
Spontaneously
Combustible
Oxidizer

5.2 (other than organic
peroxide, Type B, liquid or
solid, Temperature
Controlled)

Organic Peroxide

6.1 (other than inhalation
hazard zone A or B)

Poison6.2 Infectious Substances(None)
8 Corrosives
Corrosive
9 Miscellaneous Hazardous
Class 9**Materials
ORM-D(None)* FLAMMABLE may be used in place of a
COMBUSTIBLE on a cargo tank or portable tank.
** Class 9 Placard is not required for domestictransportation.

Figure 9.8
Placards used to identify the primary or subsidiaryhazard class of a material must have the hazard
class or division number displayed in the lower
corner of the placard. Permanently affixed
Page 9-9

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

subsidiary hazard placards without the hazard classnumber may be used as long as they stay withincolor specifications.
Placards may be displayed for hazardous materials
even if not required so long as the placard identifies
the hazard of the material being transported.
Bulk packaging is a single container with a capacityof 119 gallons or more. A bulk package, and avehicle transporting a bulk package, must be
placarded, even if it only has the residue of ahazardous material. Certain bulk packages only
have to be placarded on the two opposite sides or
may display labels. All other bulk packages must be
placarded on all four sides.

packages. Depending on the material, you, yourtruck, and others could be in danger. It is illegal to
move a vehicle with leaking hazardous materials.
Containers of hazardous materials must be braced
to prevent movement of the packages duringtransportation.
No Smoking. When loading or unloading
hazardous materials, keep fire away. Don't let
people smoke nearby. Never smoke around:Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 2.1 (Flammable Gas )Class 3 (Flammable Liquids)
Class 4 (Flammable Solids)

Subsections 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Shippers package in order to (fill in theblank) the material.
Driver placard their vehicle to (fill in theblank) the risk.
What three things do you need to know todecide which placards (if any) you need?
A hazardous materials identification
number must appear on the (fill in the blank)
and on the (fill in the blank). The
identification number must also appear on
cargo tanks and other bulk packaging.
Where must you keep shipping papers
describing hazardous materials?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 9.1, 9.2 and9.3.

Class 5 (Oxidizers)
Secure Against Movement. Brace containers sothey will not fall, slide, or bounce around duringtransportation. Be very careful when loading
containers that have valves or other fittings. All
hazardous materials packages must be secured
during transportation.
After loading, do not open any package during yourtrip. Never transfer hazardous materials from one
package to another while in transit. You may empty
a cargo tank, but do not empty any other package
while it is on the vehicle.
Cargo Heater Rules. There are special cargo heater
rules for loading:Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 2.1 (Flammable Gas )Class 3 (Flammable Liquids)

9.4 – Loading and Unloading
Do all you can to protect containers of hazardous
materials. Don't use any tools, which might damage
containers or other packaging during loading. Don't
use hooks.

The rules usually forbid use of cargo heaters,
including automatic cargo heater/air conditioner
units. Unless you have read all the related rules,
don't load the above products in a cargo space thathas a heater.
Use Closed Cargo Space. You cannot have
overhang or tailgate loads of:

9.4.1 – General Loading Requirements

Class 1 (Explosives)

Before loading or unloading, set the parking brake.
Make sure the vehicle will not move.

Class 4 (Flammable Solids)

Many products become more hazardous when
exposed to heat. Load hazardous materials awayfrom heat sources.

You must load these hazardous materials into a
closed cargo space unless all packages are:Watch for signs of leaking or damaged containers:
LEAKS SPELL TROUBLE! Do not transport leaking

Covered with a fire and water resistant tarp.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Class 5 (Oxidizers)

Fire and water resistant.

Page 9-10

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Precautions for Specific Hazards
Class 1 (Explosives) Materials. Turn your engine
off before loading or unloading any explosives.
Then check the cargo space. You must:
Disable cargo heaters. Disconnect heater powersources and drain heater fuel tanks.
Make sure there are no sharp points that might
damage cargo. Look for bolts, screws, nails, brokenside panels, and broken floorboards.
Use a floor lining with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3. The
floors must be tight and the liner must be either nonmetallic material or non-ferrous metal. (Non-ferrous
metals are any metal that does not contain iron oriron alloys).

heating must be inventilation.

vehicleswith sufficientClass 8 (Corrosive) Materials. If loading by hand,load breakable containers of corrosive liquid one byone. Keep them right side up. Do not drop or roll thecontainers. Load them onto an even floor surface.
Stack carboys only if the lower tiers can bear theweight of the upper tiers safely.
Do not load nitric acid above any other product.
Load charged storage batteries so their liquid won't
spill. Keep them right side up. Make sure othercargo won't fall against or short circuit them.
Never load corrosive liquids next to or above:Use extra care to protect explosives. Never use
hooks or other metal tools. Never drop, throw, or roll
packages. Protect explosive packages from othercargo that might cause damage.
Do not transfer a Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 from one
vehicle to another on a public roadway except in an
emergency. If safety requires an emergency
transfer, set out red warning reflectors, flags, orelectric lanterns. You must warn others on the road.

Division 1.4 (Explosives C).
Division 4.1 (Flammable Solids).
Division 4.3 (Dangerous When Wet).
Class 5 (Oxidizers).
Division 2.3, Zone B (Poisonous Gases).
Never load corrosive liquids with:
Division 1.1 or 1.2

Never transport damaged packages of explosives.
Do not take a package that shows any dampness oroily stain.
Do not transport Division 1.1 or 1.2 in vehicle
combinations if:
There is a marked or placarded cargo tank in the
combination.
The other vehicle in the combination contains:
Division 1.1 A (Initiating Explosives).
Packages of Class 7 (Radioactive) materials
labeled "Yellow III."
Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) or Division 6.1(Poisonous) materials.
Hazardous materials in a portable tank, on a DOT
Spec 106A or 110A tank.
Class 4 (Flammable Solids) and Class 5(Oxidizers) Materials. Class 4 materials are solids
that react (including fire and explosion) to water,
heat, and air or even react spontaneously.
Class 4 and 5 materials must be completely
enclosed in a vehicle or covered securely. Class 4
and 5 materials, which become unstable anddangerous when wet, must be kept dry while intransit and during loading and unloading. Materials
that are subject to spontaneous combustion or
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Division 1.2 or 1.3
Division 1.5 (Blasting Agents).
Division 2.3, Zone A (Poisonous Gases).
Division
4.2
Materials).

(Spontaneously

Combustible

Division 6.1, PGI, Zone A (Poison Liquids).
Class 2 (Compressed Gases) Including
Cryogenic Liquids. If your vehicle doesn't haveracks to hold cylinders, the cargo space floor must
be flat. The cylinders must be:
Held upright.
In racks attached to the vehicle or in boxes that willkeep them from turning over.
Cylinders may be loaded in a horizontal position(lying down) if it is designed so the relief valve is in
the vapor space.
Division 2.3 (Poisonous Gas) or Division 6.1(Poisonous) Materials. Never transport thesematerials in containers with interconnections. Neverload a package labeled POISON or POISONINHALATION HAZARD in the driver's cab or
sleeper or with food material for human or animal
consumption. There are special rules for loading
and unloading Class 2 materials in cargo tanks. You
must have special training to do this.
Page 9-11

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Class 7 (Radioactive) Materials. Some packagesof Class 7 (Radioactive) materials bear a number
called the "transport index." The shipper labelsthese packages Radioactive II or Radioactive III,and prints the package's transport index on thelabel. Radiation surrounds each package, passing
through all nearby packages. To deal with thisproblem, the number of packages you can load
together is controlled. Their closeness to people,
animals, and unexposed film is also controlled. The
transport index tells the degree of control needed
during transportation. The total transport index of all
packages in a single vehicle must not exceed
50.Table A to this section shows rules for eachtransport index. It shows how close you can load
Class 7 (Radioactive) materials to people, animals,
or film. For example, you can't leave a package witha transport index of 1.1 within two feet of people or
cargo space walls.

Do Not Load TableDo Not Load
Division 6.1 or 2.3(POISON or poison
inhalation hazard
labeled material).

Division 2.3(Poisonous) gas Zone
A or Division 6.1(Poison) liquids, PGI,
Zone A.

Charged storage
batteries.
Class 1 (Detonating
primers).

Division 6.1(Cyanides or cyanide
mixtures).

Nitric acid (Class 8).

In The Same Vehicle With
Animal or human food unless the
poison package is over packed in
an approved way. Foodstuffs areanything you swallow. However,mouthwash, toothpaste, and skincreams are not foodstuff.
Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 Explosives,
Division 5.1 (Oxidizers), Class 3(Flammable Liquids), Class 8(Corrosive Liquids), Division 5.2(Organic Peroxides),Division 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 Explosives,
Division 1.5 (Blasting Agents),
Division 2.1 (Flammable Gases),
Class 4 (Flammable Solids).
Division 1.1.
Any other explosives unless inauthorized containers or
packages.
Acids, corrosive materials, or otheracidic materials which could
release hydrocyanic acid.
For Example:
Cyanides, Inorganic, n.o.s.
Silver Cyanide
Sodium Cyanide.
Other materials unless the nitricacid is not loaded above any othermaterial.

Figure 9.9
Mixed loads. The rules require some products to beloaded separately. You cannot load them together
in the same cargo space. Figure 9.9 lists someexamples. The regulations (the Segregation Table
for Hazardous Materials) name other materials you
must keep apart.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Subsection 9.4
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.

3.
4.

5.

Around which hazard classes must you
never smoke?
Which three hazard classes should not beloaded into a trailer that has a heater/air
conditioner unit?
Should the floor liner required for Division
1.1 or 1.2 materials be stainless steel?
At the shipper’s dock you’re given a paperfor 100 cartons of battery acid. You alreadyhave 100 pounds of dry Silver Cyanide on
board. What precautions do you have totake?
Name a hazard class that uses transportindexes to determine the amount that canbe loaded in a single vehicle.

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 9.4.

9.5 – Bulk Packaging Marking, Loading
and Unloading
The glossary at the end of this section gives themeaning of the word bulk. Cargo tanks are bulk
packaging permanently attached to a vehicle. Cargotanks remain on the vehicle when you load andunload them. Portable tanks are bulk packaging,which are not permanently attached to a vehicle.
The product is loaded or unloaded while theportable tanks are off the vehicle. Portable tanks arethen put on a vehicle for transportation. There aremany types of cargo tanks in use. The mostcommon cargo tanks are MC306 for liquids andMC331 for gases.
9.5.1 – Markings
You must display the identification number of thehazardous materials in portable tanks and cargotanks and other bulk packaging (such as dump
trucks). Identification numbers are in column 4 of the
Hazardous Materials Table. The rules require black
100 mm (3.9 inch) numbers on orange panels,
placards, or a white, diamond-shaped background if
no placards are required. Specification cargo tanks
must show re-test date markings.
Portable tanks must also show the lessee orowner's name. They must also display the shipping
name of the contents on two opposing sides. The

Page 9-12

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

letters of the shipping name must be at least two
inches tall on portable tanks with capacities of morethan 1,000 gallons and one-inch tall on portabletanks with capacities of less than 1,000 gallons. The
identification number must appear on each side andeach end of a portable tank or other bulk packaging
that hold 1,000 gallons or more and on two opposing
sides, if the portable tank holds less than 1,000
gallons. The identification numbers must still bevisible when the portable tank is on the motor
vehicle. If they are not visible, you must display theidentification number on both sides and ends of the
motor vehicle.
Intermediate bulk containers (IBCs) are bulk
packages, but are not required to have the owner’sname or shipping name.
9.5.2 – Tank Loading
The person in charge of loading and unloading acargo tank must be sure a qualified person is always
watching. This person watching the loading or
unloading must:
Be alert.
Have a clear view of the cargo tank.
Be within 25 feet of the tank.

9.5.4 – Compressed Gas
Keep liquid discharge valves on a compressed gas
tank closed except when loading and unloading.
Unless your engine runs a pump for producttransfer, turn it off when loading or unloading. If you
use the engine, turn it off after product transfer,
before you unhook the hose. Unhook allloading/unloading connections before coupling,
uncoupling, or moving a cargo tank. Always chocktrailers and semi-trailers to prevent motion when
uncoupled from the power unit.

Subsection 9.5
Test Your Knowledge
1. What are cargo tanks?
2. How is a portable tank different from a cargotank?
3. Your engine runs a pump used during deliveryof compressed gas. Should you turn off theengine before or after unhooking hoses after
delivery?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsection 9.5.

Know of the hazards of the materials involved.
Know the procedures to follow in an emergency.
Be authorized to move the cargo tank and able to
do so.

9.6 – Hazardous Materials -- Driving
and Parking Rules

There are special attendance rules for cargo tanks
transporting propane and anhydrous ammonia.

9.6.1 – Parking with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3
Explosives

Close all manholes and valves before moving a tankof hazardous materials, no matter how small theamount in the tank or how short the distance.
Manholes and valves must be closed to prevent
leaks. It is illegal to move a cargo tank with open
valves or covers unless it is empty according to 49
CFR 173.29.

Never park with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives
within five feet of the traveled part of the road.
Except for short periods of time needed for vehicle
operation necessities (e.g., fueling), do not park
within 300 feet of:

9.5.3 – Flammable Liquids
Turn off your engine before loading or unloading
any flammable liquids. Only run the engine if
needed to operate a pump. Ground a cargo tankcorrectly before filling it through an open filling hole.
Ground the tank before opening the filling hole, andmaintain the ground until after closing the fillinghole.

A bridge, tunnel, or building.
A place where people gather.
An open fire.
If you must park to do your job, do so only briefly.
Don't park on private property unless the owner isaware of the danger. Someone must always watch
the parked vehicle. You may let someone else
watch it for you only if your vehicle is:On the shipper's property.
On the carrier's property.
On the consignee's property.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Page 9-13

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

You are allowed to leave your vehicle unattended ina safe haven. A safe haven is an approved place forparking unattended vehicles loaded with explosives.
Designation of authorized safe havens is usually
made by local authorities.
9.6.2 – Parking a Placarded Vehicle Not
Transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3)
Explosives
You may park a placarded vehicle (not laden with
explosives) within five feet of the traveled part of theroad only if your work requires it. Do so only briefly.
Someone must always watch the vehicle whenparked on a public roadway or shoulder. Do not
uncouple a trailer and leave it with hazardous
materials on a public street. Do not park within 300
feet of an open fire.
9.6.3 – Attending Parked Vehicles
The person attending a placarded vehicle must:
Be in the vehicle, awake, and not in the sleeper
berth, or within 100 feet of the vehicle and have it
within clear view.
Be aware of the hazards of the materials beingtransported.
Know what to do in emergencies.
Be able to move the vehicle, if needed.
9.6.4 – No Flares!
You might break down and have to use stopped
vehicle signals. Use reflective triangles or redelectric lights. Never use burning signals, such asflares or fuses, around a:
Tank used for Class 3 (Flammable Liquids) or
Division 2.1 (Flammable Gas) whether loaded or
empty.
Vehicle loaded with Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3
Explosives.
9.6.5 – Route Restrictions
Some states and counties require permits totransport hazardous materials or wastes. They may
limit the routes you can use. Local rules about
routes and permits change often. It is your job as
driver to find out if you need permits or must use
special routes. Make sure you have all needed
papers before starting.
If you work for a carrier, ask your dispatcher about
route restrictions or permits. If you are an
independent trucker and are planning a new route,check with state agencies where you plan to travel.
Some localities prohibit transportation of hazardous
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

materials through tunnels, over bridges, or otherroadways. Always check before you start.
Whenever placarded, avoid heavily populatedareas, crowds, tunnels, narrow streets, and alleys.
Take other routes, even if inconvenient, unlessthere is no other way. Never drive a placarded
vehicle near open fires unless you can safely passwithout stopping.
If transporting Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives,
you must have a written route plan and follow that
plan. Carriers prepare the route plan in advance andgive the driver a copy. You may plan the route
yourself if you pick up the explosives at a location
other than your employer's terminal. Write out theplan in advance. Keep a copy of it with you whiletransporting the explosives. Deliver shipments of
explosives only to authorized persons or leave themin locked rooms designed for explosives storage.
A carrier must choose the safest route to transportplacarded radioactive materials. After choosing theroute, the carrier must tell the driver about theradioactive materials, and show the route plan.
9.6.6 – No Smoking
Do not smoke within 25 feet of a placarded cargotank used for Class 3 (flammable liquids) or Division
2.1 (gases). Also, do not smoke or carry a lighted
cigarette, cigar, or pipe within 25 feet of any vehicle,
which contains:
Class 1 (Explosives)
Class 3 (Flammable Liquids)
Class 4 (Flammable Solids)
Class 4.2 (Spontaneously Combustible)
9.6.7 – Refuel with Engine Off
Turn off your engine before fueling a motor vehicle
containing hazardous materials. Someone must
always be at the nozzle, controlling fuel flow.
9.6.8 – 10 B C Fire Extinguisher
The power unit of placarded vehicles must have afire extinguisher with a UL rating of 10 B:C or more.
9.6.9 – Check Tires
Make sure your tires are properly inflated.
You must examine each tire on a motor vehicle atthe beginning of each trip and each time thevehicle is parked.

Page 9-14

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

The only acceptable way to check tire pressure is touse a tire pressure gauge.
Do not drive with a tire that is leaking or flat except
to the nearest safe place to fix it. Remove any
overheated tire. Place it a safe distance from yourvehicle. Don't drive until you correct the cause of theoverheating. Remember to follow the rules aboutparking and attending placarded vehicles. They
apply even when checking, repairing, or replacing
tires.
9.6.10 – Where to Keep Shipping Papers andEmergency Response Information
Do not accept a hazardous materials shipment
without a properly prepared shipping paper. A
shipping paper for hazardous materials must always
be easily recognized. Other people must be able tofind it quickly after a crash.
Clearly distinguish hazardous materials shipping
papers from others by tabbing them or keeping themon top of the stack of papers.
When you are behind the wheel, keep shipping
papers within your reach (with your seat belt on), orin a pouch on the driver's door. They must be easily
seen by someone entering the cab.
When not behind the wheel, leave shipping papers
in the driver's door pouch or on the driver's seat.
Emergency response information must be kept in
the same location as the shipping paper.
Papers for Division 1.1, 1.2 or, 1.3 Explosives.
A carrier must give each driver transporting Division
1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosives a copy of Federal Motor
Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR), Part 397. The
carrier must also give written instructions on what to
do if delayed or in an accident. The written
instructions must include:
The names and telephone numbers of people tocontact (including carrier agents or shippers).
The nature of the explosives transported.
The precautions to take in emergencies such as
fires, accidents, or leaks.
Drivers must sign a receipt for these documents.
You must be familiar with, and have in yourpossession while driving, the:9.6.11 – Equipment for Chlorine
A driver transporting chlorine in cargo tanks musthave an approved gas mask in the vehicle. The
driver must also have an emergency kit forcontrolling leaks in dome cover plate fittings on the
cargo tank.
9.6.12 – Stop before Railroad Crossings
Stop before a railroad crossing if your vehicle:
Is placarded.
Carries any amount of chlorine.
Has cargo tanks, whether loaded or empty used forhazardous materials.
You must stop 15 to 50 feet before the nearest rail.
Proceed only when you are sure no train is coming
and you can clear the tracks without stopping. Don't
shift gears while crossing the tracks.

9.7 – Hazardous Materials Emergencies
9.7.1 – Emergency Response Guidebook (ERG)
The Department of Transportation has a guidebook
for firefighters, police, and industry workers on how
to protect themselves and the public fromhazardous materials. The guide is indexed byproper shipping name and hazardous materials
identification number. Emergency personnel look
for these things on the shipping paper. That is why
it is vital that the proper shipping name, identification
number, label, and placards are correct.
9.7.2 – Crashes/Incidents
As a professional driver, your job at the scene of acrash or an incident is to:
Keep people away from the scene.
Limit the spread of material, only if you can safely
do so.
Communicate the danger of the hazardous
materials to emergency response personnel.
Provide emergency responders with the shipping
papers and emergency response information.
Follow this checklist:

Shipping papers.

Check to see that your driving partner is OK.

Written emergency instructions.

Keep shipping papers with you.

Written route plan.

Keep people far away and upwind.

A copy of FMCSR, Part 397.

Warn others of the danger.
Call for help.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Page 9-15

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Follow your employer's instructions.
9.7.3 – Fires
You might have to control minor truck fires on theroad. However, unless you have the training andequipment to do so safely, don't fight hazardous
materials fires. Dealing with hazardous materials
fires requires special training and protective gear.
When you discover a fire, call for help. You may use
the fire extinguisher to keep minor truck fires fromspreading to cargo before firefighters arrive. Feeltrailer doors to see if they are hot before opening
them. If hot, you may have a cargo fire and should
not open the doors. Opening doors lets air in andmay make the fire flare up. Without air, many fires
only smolder until firemen arrive, doing lessdamage. If your cargo is already on fire, it is not safe
to fight the fire. Keep the shipping papers with you
to give to emergency personnel as soon as they
arrive. Warn other people of the danger and keepthem away.
If you discover a cargo leak, identify the hazardous
materials leaking by using shipping papers, labels,
or package location. Do not touch any leaking
material--many people injure themselves bytouching hazardous materials. Do not try to identify
the material or find the source of a leak by smell.
Toxic gases can destroy your sense of smell andcan injure or kill you even if they don't smell. Nevereat, drink, or smoke around a leak or spill.
If hazardous materials are spilling from your vehicle,
do not move it any more than safety requires. You
may move off the road and away from places where
people gather, if doing so serves safety. Only moveyour vehicle if you can do so without danger toyourself or others.
Never continue driving with hazardous materials
leaking from your vehicle in order to find a phonebooth, truck stop, help, or similar reason.
Remember, the carrier pays for the cleanup of
contaminated parking lots, roadways, and drainage
ditches. The costs are enormous, so don't leave alengthy trail of contamination. If hazardous
materials are spilling from your vehicle:
Park it.
Secure the area.
Stay there.
Send someone else for help.
When sending someone for help, give that person:
A description of the emergency.
Your exact location and direction of travel.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014Your name, the carrier's name, and the name of thecommunity or city where your terminal is located.
The proper shipping name, hazard class, andidentification number of the hazardous materials, if
you know them.
This is a lot for someone to remember. It is a goodidea to write it all down for the person you send forhelp. The emergency response team must know
these things to find you and to handle theemergency. They may have to travel miles to get toyou. This information will help them to bring the rightequipment the first time, without having to go backfor it.
Never move your vehicle, if doing so will cause
contamination or damage the vehicle. Keep upwind
and away from roadside rests, truck stops, cafes,
and businesses. Never try to repack leaking
containers. Unless you have the training andequipment to repair leaks safely, don't try it. Call
your dispatcher or supervisor for instructions and, if
needed, emergency personnel.
9.7.4 – Responses to Specific Hazards
Class 1 (Explosives). If your vehicle has a
breakdown or accident while carrying explosives,
warn others of the danger. Keep bystanders away.
Do not allow smoking or open fire near the vehicle.
If there is a fire, warn every one of the danger of
explosion.
Remove all explosives before separating vehicles
involved in a collision. Place the explosives at least
200 feet from the vehicles and occupied buildings.
Stay a safe distance away.
Class 2 (Compressed Gases). If compressed gas
is leaking from your vehicle, warn others of thedanger. Only permit those involved in removing thehazard or wreckage to get close. You must notify
the shipper if compressed gas is involved in any
accident.
Unless you are fueling machinery used in road
construction or maintenance, do not transfer a
flammable compressed gas from one tank toanother on any public roadway.
Class 3 (Flammable Liquids). If you aretransporting a flammable liquid and have an
accident or your vehicle breaks down, prevent
bystanders from gathering. Warn people of thedanger. Keep them from smoking.
Never transport a leaking cargo tank farther thanneeded to reach a safe place. Get off the roadway
if you can do so safely. Don't transfer flammable
Page 9-16

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

liquid from one vehicle to another on a public
roadway except in an emergency.
Class 4 (Flammable Solids) and Class 5(Oxidizing Materials). If a flammable solid oroxidizing material spills, warn others of the fire
hazard. Do not open smoldering packages offlammable solids. Remove them from the vehicle if
you can safely do so. Also, remove unbroken
packages if it will decrease the fire hazard.
Class 6 (Poisonous Materials and Infectious
Substances). It is your job to protect yourself, otherpeople, and property from harm. Remember thatmany products classed as poison are also
flammable. If you think a Division 2.3 (Poison
Gases) or Division 6.1 (Poison Materials) might be
flammable, take the added precautions needed for
flammable liquids or gases. Do not allow smoking,open flame, or welding. Warn others of the hazardsof fire, of inhaling vapors, or coming in contact withthe poison.
A vehicle involved in a leak of Division 2.3 (Poison
Gases) or Division 6.1 (Poisons) must be checked
for stray poison before being used again.
If a Division 6.2 (Infectious Substances) package isdamaged in handling or transportation, you should
immediately contact your supervisor. Packages thatappear to be damaged or show signs of leakage
should not be accepted.
Class 7 (Radioactive Materials). If radioactive
material is involved in a leak or broken package, tell
your dispatcher or supervisor as soon as possible.
If there is a spill, or if an internal container might bedamaged, do not touch or inhale the material. Do
not use the vehicle until it is cleaned and checkedwith a survey meter.
Class 8 (Corrosive Materials). If corrosives spill or
leak during transportation, be careful to avoid
further damage or injury when handling thecontainers. Parts of the vehicle exposed to a
corrosive liquid must be thoroughly washed withwater. After unloading, wash out the interior as soon
as possible before reloading.
If continuing to transport a leaking tank would be
unsafe, get off the road. If safe to do so, contain any
liquid leaking from the vehicle. Keep bystanders
away from the liquid and its fumes. Do everything
possible to prevent injury to yourself and to others.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

9.7.5 – Required Notification
The National Response Center helps coordinate
emergency response to chemical hazards. It is a
resource to the police and firefighters. It maintains a
24-hour toll-free line listed below. You or youremployer must phone when any of the following
occur as a direct result of a hazardous materials
incident:
A person is killed.
An injured person requires hospitalization.
Estimated property damage exceeds $50,000.
The general public is evacuated for more than onehour.
One or more major transportation arteries or
facilities are closed for one hour or more.
Fire, breakage, spillage, or suspected radioactive
contamination occurs.
Fire, breakage, spillage or suspected contamination
occur involving shipment of etiologic agents(bacteria or toxins).
A situation exists of such a nature (e.g., continuing
danger to life exists at the scene of an incident) that,in the judgment of the carrier, should be reported.
National Response Center(800) 424-8802
Persons telephoning the National Response Center
should be ready to give:
Their name.
Name and address of the carrier they work for.
Phone number where they can be reached.
Date, time, and location of incident.
The extent of injuries, if any.
Classification, name, and quantity of hazardous
materials involved, if such information is available.
Type of incident and nature of hazardous materials
involvement and whether a continuing danger to life
exists at the scene.
If a reportable quantity of hazardous substance wasinvolved, the caller should give the name of theshipper and the quantity of the hazardous
substance discharged.
Be prepared to give your employer the required
information as well. Carriers must make detailed
written reports within 30 days of an incident.

Page 9-17

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

CHEMTREC(800) 424-9300
The Chemical Transportation Emergency Center(CHEMTREC) in Washington also has a 24-hourtoll-free line. CHEMTREC was created to provide
emergency personnel with technical information
about the physical properties of hazardous
materials. The National Response Center and
CHEMTREC are in close communication. If you calleither one, they will tell the other about the problem
when appropriate.

Class
1
2
3
4

Do not leave radioactive yellow - II or yellow - IIIlabeled packages near people, animals, or film
longer than shown in Figure 9.10

5
6

None
0.1 to1.0
1.1 to5.0
5.1 to10.0
10.1 to20.0
20.1 to30.0
30.1 to40.0
40.1 to50.0

MINIMUM DISTANCE IN FEET TO
NEAREST UNDEVELOPED FILM

7

TO PEOPLE OR CARGOCOMPARTMENTPARTITIONS

TOTAL
INDEX

TRANSPORTRadioactive Separation
Table A

0-2
Hrs.

2-4
Hrs.

4-8
Hrs.

8-12
Hrs.

Over 12
Hrs.

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

1

3

4

6

8

11

2

4

6

9

11

15

3

5

8

12

16

22

4

7

10

15

20

29

5

8

11

17

22

33

6

9

12

19

24

36

Figure 9.10

Classes of Hazardous Materials
Hazardous materials are categorized into ninemajor hazard classes and additional categories for
consumer commodities and combustible liquids.
The classes of hazardous materials are listed in
Figure 9.11.

8
9

None

None

Figure 9.11

Subsections 9.6 and 9.7
Test Your Knowledge
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

7.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Hazard Class Definitions
Table BClass Name
ExampleAmmunition,
Explosives
Dynamite,
Fireworks
Propane,Gases
Oxygen, Helium
Gasoline Fuel,
Flammable
AcetoneFlammable
Matches, Fuses
SolidsAmmoniumOxidizers
Nitrate, Hydrogen
Peroxide
Pesticides,
Poisons
Arsenic
Uranium,
Radioactive
Plutonium
Hydrochloric
Corrosives
Acid, Battery Acid
Miscellaneous
Formaldehyde,
Hazardous
Asbestos
Materials
ORM-D (Other
Regulated
Hair Spray orMaterialCharcoal
Domestic)
Combustible
Fuel Oils, Lighter
Liquids
Fluid

If your placarded trailer has dual tires, howoften should you check the tires?
What is a safe haven?
How close to the traveled part of the roadway
can you park with Division 1.2 or 1.3
materials?
How close can you park to a bridge, tunnel, orbuilding with the same load?
What type of fire extinguisher must placarded
vehicles carry?
You’re hauling 100 pounds of Division 4.3(dangerous when wet) materials. Do you
need to stop before a railroad-highway
crossing?
At a rest area you discover your hazardous
materials shipments slowly leaking from thevehicle. There is no phone around. Whatshould you do?

Page 9-18

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

8.

What is the Emergency Response Guide(ERG)?

These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read subsections 9.6 and 9.7.

Consignee – The business or person to whom ashipment is delivered.
Division – A subdivision of a hazard class.
EPA – U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

9.8 – Hazardous Materials Glossary

FMCSR – The Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Regulations.

This glossary presents definitions of certain terms
used in this section. A complete glossary of terms
can be found in the federal Hazardous Materials
Rules (49 CFR 171.8). You should have an up-todate copy of these rules for your reference.

Freight container – a reusable container having a
volume of 64 cubic feet or more, designed andconstructed to permit being lifted with its contents
intact and intended primarily for containment of
packages (in unit form) during transportation.

(Note: You will not be tested on this glossary.)

Fuel tank – A tank, other than a cargo tank, used totransport flammable or combustible liquid orcompressed gas for the purpose of supplying fuelfor propulsion of the transport vehicle to which it is
attached, or for the operation of other equipment on
the transport vehicle.

Sec. 171.8 Definitions and abbreviations.
Bulk packaging – Packaging, other than a vessel,
or a barge, including a transport vehicle or freightcontainer, in which hazardous materials are loadedwith no intermediate form of containment and whichhas:
A maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid;
A maximum net mass greater than 400 kg (882pounds) or a maximum capacity greater than 450 L(119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; orA water capacity greater than 454 kg (1000 pounds)
as a receptacle for a gas as defined in Sec. 173.115.
Cargo tank - A bulk packaging which:
Is a tank intended primarily for the carriage of liquids
or
gases
and
includesappurtenances,
reinforcements, fittings, and closures (for "tank",
see 49 CFR 178.345-1(c), 178.337-1, or 178.338-1,
as applicable);
Is permanently attached to or forms a part of a motor
vehicle, or is not permanently attached to a motor
vehicle but which, by reason of its size, construction,
or attachment to a motor vehicle is loaded or
unloaded without being removed from the motor
vehicle; andIs not fabricated under a specification for cylinders,portable tanks, tank cars, or multi-unit tank car
tanks.
Carrier – A person engaged in the transportation ofpassengers or property by:

Gross weight or gross mass – The weight of the
packaging plus the weight of its contents.
Hazard class – The category of hazard assigned toa hazardous material under the definitional criteria
of Part 173 and the provisions of the Sec. 172.101
Table. A material may meet the defining criteria for
more than one hazard class but is assigned to only
one hazard class.
Hazardous materials – A substance or material
which has been determined by the Secretary ofTransportation to be capable of posing an
unreasonable risk to health, safety, and property
when transported in commerce, and which has
been so designated. The term includes hazardous
substances, hazardous wastes, marine pollutants,
elevated temperature materials and materials
designated as hazardous in the hazardous
materials table of §172.101, and materials that meetthe defining criteria for hazard classes and divisionsin §173, subchapter c of this chapter.
Hazardous substance - A material, including its
mixtures and solutions, that:
Is listed in Appendix A to Sec. 172.101;
Is in a quantity, in one package, which equals or
exceeds the reportable quantity (RQ) listed inAppendix A to Sec. 172.101; andWhen in a mixture or solution -Land or water as a common, contract, or private
carrier, or

For radionuclides, conforms to paragraph 7 ofAppendix A to Sec. 172.101.

Civil aircraft.

For other than radionuclides, is in a concentration
by weight which equals or exceeds theSection 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Page 9-19

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

concentration corresponding to the RQ of thematerial, as shown in Figure 9.12.
Hazardous Substance Concentrations
Concentration by WeightRQ Pounds(Kilograms
Percent
PPM
5,000(2,270)1,000 (454)
100 (45.4)
10 (4.54)
1 (0.454)

10100,000

2
.2
.02
.002

20,000
2,000
200
20

Figure 9.12
This definition does not apply to petroleum productsthat are lubricants or fuels (see 40 CFR 300.6).
Hazardous waste – For the purposes of thischapter, means any material that is subject to theHazardous Waste Manifest Requirements of the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency specified in
40 CFR Part 262.
Intermediate bulk container (IBC) – A rigid or
flexible portable packaging, other than a cylinder or
portable tank, which is designed for mechanicalhandling. Standards for IBCs manufactured in the
United States are set forth in subparts N and O§178.
Limited quantity – The maximum amount of ahazardous material for which there may be specificlabeling or packaging exception.
Marking – The descriptive name, identification
number,instructions,cautions,
weight,specification, or UN marks or combinations thereof,
required by this subchapter on outer packaging of
hazardous materials.
Mixture – A material composed of more than one
chemical compound or element.
Name of contents – The proper shipping name as
specified in Sec. 172.101.
Non-bulk packaging - A packaging, which has:
A maximum capacity of 450 L (119 gallons) as a
receptacle for a liquid;
A maximum net mass less than 400 kg (882pounds) and a maximum capacity of 450 L (119gallons) or less as a receptacle for a solid; orA water capacity greater than 454 kg (1,000
pounds) or less as a receptacle for a gas as definedin Sec. 173.115.
Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

N.O.S. - Not otherwise specified.
Outage or ullage – The amount by which a
packaging falls short of being liquid full, usually
expressed in percent by volume.
Portable tank – Bulk packaging (except a cylinder
having a water capacity of 1,000 pounds or less)designed primarily to be loaded onto, or on, or
temporarily attached to a transport vehicle or shipand equipped with skids, mountings, or accessories
to facilitate handling of the tank by mechanicalmeans. It does not include a cargo tank, tank car,multi-unit tank car tank, or trailer carrying 3AX,
3AAX, or 3T cylinders.
Proper shipping name – The name of thehazardous materials shown in Roman print (notitalics) in Sec. 172.101.
P.s.i. or psi – Pounds per square inch.
P.s.i.a. or psia – Pounds per square inch absolute.
Reportable quantity (RQ) - The quantity specified
in Column 2 of the Appendix to Sec. 172.101 for any
material identified in Column 1 of the Appendix.
RSPA – now PHMSA – The Pipeline andHazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S.
Department of Transportation, Washington, DC
20590.
Shipper's certification – A statement on a shipping
paper, signed by the shipper, saying he/she
prepared the shipment properly according to law.
For example:"This is to certify that the above named materials
are properly classified, described, packaged,
marked and labeled, and are in proper condition fortransportation according to the applicableregulations or the Department of Transportation.";or
I hereby declare that the contents of thisconsignment are fully and accurately describedabove by the proper shipping name and areclassified,packaged,markedandlabeled/placarded, and are in all respects in propercondition for transport by * according to applicableinternational and national government regulations."* words may be inserted here to indicate mode oftransportation (rail, aircraft, motor vehicle, vessel)
Shipping paper – A shipping order, bill of lading,manifest, or other shipping document serving asimilar purpose and containing the information
required by Sec. 172.202, 172.203, and 172.204.
Page 9-20

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Technical name – A recognized chemical name or
microbiological name currently used in scientific andtechnical handbooks, journals, and texts.
Transport vehicle – A cargo-carrying vehicle suchas an automobile, van, tractor, truck, semi-trailer,tank car, or rail car used for the transportation ofcargo by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body(trailer, rail car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle.
UN standard packaging – A specification
packaging conforming to the standards in the UN
recommendations.
UN – United Nations.

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Page 9-21

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Section 9 - Hazardous Material
Version: July 2014

Page 9-22

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 10
SCHOOL BUSESThis Section Covers








Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors
Loading and Unloading
Emergency Exit and Evacuation
Railroad-highway Grade Crossings
Student Management
Antilock Braking Systems
Special Safety Considerations

Because state and local laws and regulations
regulate so much of school transportation andschool bus operations, many of the procedures inthis section may differ from state to state. You
should be thoroughly familiar with the laws andregulations in your state and local school district.

10.1 – Danger Zones and Use of Mirrors
10.1.1 – Danger Zones
The danger zone is the area on all sides of the bus
where children are in the most danger of being hit,either by another vehicle or their own bus. The
danger zones may extend as much as 30 feet fromthe front bumper with the first 10 feet being the mostdangerous, 10 feet from the left and right sides ofthe bus and 10 feet behind the rear bumper of theschool bus. In addition, the area to the left of the bus
is always considered dangerous because ofpassing cars. Figure 10.1 illustrates these danger
zones.
10.1.2 – Correct Mirror Adjustment
Proper adjustment and use of all mirrors is vital to
the safe operation of the school bus in order toobserve the danger zone around the bus and look
for students, traffic, and other objects in this area.
You should always check each mirror before
operating the school bus to obtain maximum
viewing area. If necessary, have the mirrors
adjusted.

Figure 10.1
10.1.3 – Outside Left and Right Side Flat
Mirrors
These mirrors are mounted at the left and right front
corners of the bus at the side or front of thewindshield. They are used to monitor traffic, checkclearances and students on the sides and to the rearof the bus. There is a blind spot immediately below
and in front of each mirror and directly in back of therear bumper. The blind spot behind the bus extends
5o to 150 feet and could extend up to 400 feetdepending on the length and width of the bus.
Ensure that the mirrors are properly adjusted so you
can see:
200 feet or 4 bus lengths behind the bus.
Along the sides of the bus.
The rear tires touching the ground.
Figure 10.2 shows how both the outside left andright side flat mirrors should be adjusted.

Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Page 10-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Figure 10.3
Figure 10.2
10.1.4 – Outside Left and Right Side Convex
Mirrors
The convex mirrors are located below the outsideflat mirrors. They are used to monitor the left andright sides at a wide angle. They provide a view oftraffic, clearances, and students at the side of thebus. These mirrors present a view of people andobjects that does not accurately reflect their sizeand distance from the bus.
You should position these mirrors to see:
The entire side of the bus up to the mirror mounts.
Front of the rear tires touching the ground.
At least one traffic lane on either side of the bus.
Figure 10.3 shows how both the outside left andright side convex mirrors should be adjusted.
10.1.5 – Outside Left and Right Side Crossover
Mirrors
These mirrors are mounted on both left and rightfront corners of the bus. They are used to see thefront bumper “danger zone” area directly in front of
the bus that is not visible by direct vision, and toview the “danger zone” area to the left side and theSection 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

right side of the bus, including the service door andfront wheel area. The mirror presents a view ofpeople and objects that does not accurately reflect
their size and distance from the bus. The driver mustensure that these mirrors are properly adjusted.
Ensure that the mirrors are properly adjusted so you
can see:
The entire area in front of the bus from the front
bumper at ground level to a point where direct vision
is possible. Direct vision and mirror view vision
should overlap.
The right and left front tires touching the ground.
The area from the front of the bus to the service
door.
These mirrors, along with the convex and flat
mirrors, should be viewed in a logical sequence toensure that a child or object is not in any of thedanger zones.
Figure 10.4 illustrates how the left and right sidecrossover mirrors should be adjusted.

Page 10-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

10.2.1 – Approaching the Stop
Each school district establishes official routes andofficial school bus stops. All stops should beapproved by the school district prior to making thestop. You should never change the location of a bus
stop without written approval from the appropriateschool district official.
You must use extreme caution when approaching aschool bus stop. You are in a very demanding
situation when entering these areas. It is critical thatyou understand and follow all state and local laws
and regulations regarding approaching a school bus
stop. This would involve the proper use of mirrors,
alternating flashing lights, and when equipped, themoveable stop signal arm and crossing control arm.
When approaching the stop, you should:
Figure 10.4
10.1.6 – Overhead Inside Rearview Mirror
This mirror is mounted directly above the windshieldon the driver’s side area of the bus. This mirror isused to monitor passenger activity inside the bus. It
may provide limited visibility directly in back of thebus if the bus is equipped with a glass-bottomed
rear emergency door. There is a blind spot area
directly behind the driver’s seat as well as a large
blind spot area that begins at the rear bumper andcould extend up to 400 feet or more behind the bus.
You must use the exterior side mirrors to monitor
traffic that approaches and enters this area.

Approach cautiously at a slow rate of speed.
Look for pedestrians, traffic, or other objects before,
during, and after coming to a stop.
Continuously check all mirrors.
If the school bus is so equipped, activate alternating
flashing amber warning lights at least 200 feet or
approximately 5-10 seconds before the school bus
stop or in accordance with state law.
Turn on right turn signal indicator about 100-300
feet or approximately 3-5 seconds before pullingover.
Continuously check mirrors to monitor the danger
zones for students, traffic, and other objects.

You should position the mirror to see:

Move as far as possible to the right on the traveled
portion of the roadway.

The top of the rear window in the top of the mirror.

When stopping you should:

All of the students, including the heads of thestudents right behind you.

Bring school bus to a full stop with the front bumper
at least 10 feet away from students at thedesignated stop. This forces the students to walk tothe bus so you have a better view of their
movements.

10.2 – Loading and Unloading
More students are killed while getting on or off aschool bus each year than are killed as passengers
inside of a school bus. As a result, knowing what to
do before, during, and after loading or unloading
students is critical. This section will give you specificprocedures to help you avoid unsafe conditions
which could result in injuries and fatalities during
and after loading and unloading students.
The information in this section is intended to provide
a broad overview, but is not a definitive set ofactions. It is imperative that you learn and obey the
state
laws
and
regulations
governingloading/unloading operations in your state.
Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Place transmission in Park, or if there is no Park
shift point, in Neutral and set the parking brake ateach stop.
Activate alternating red lights when traffic is a safe
distance from the school bus and ensure stop arm
is extended.
Make a final check to see that all traffic has stopped
before completely opening the door and signaling
students to approach.

Page 10-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

10.2.2 – Loading Procedures

10.2.3 – Unloading Procedures on the Route

Perform a safe stop as described in subsection
10.2.1.

Perform a safe stop at designated unloading areas
as described in subsection 10.2.1.

Students should wait in a designated location forthe school bus, facing the bus as it approaches.

Have the students remain seated until told to exit.

Students should board the bus only when signaled
by the driver.
Monitor all mirrors continuously.
Count the number of students at the bus stop andbe sure all board the bus. If possible, know namesof students at each stop. If there is a student
missing, ask the other students where the student
is.
Have the students board the school bus slowly, insingle file, and use the handrail. The dome lightshould be on while loading in the dark.
Wait until students are seated and facing forward
before moving the bus.
Check all mirrors. Make certain no one is runningto catch the bus.
If you cannot account for a student outside, secure
the bus, take the key, and check around andunderneath the bus.

Check all mirrors.
Count the number of students while unloading toconfirm the location of all students before pullingaway from the stop.
Tell students to exit the bus and walk at least 10
feet away from the side of the bus to a position
where the driver can plainly see all students.
Check all mirrors again. Make sure no students arearound or returning to the bus.
If you cannot account for a student outside thebus, secure the bus, and check around andunderneath the bus.
When all students are accounted for, prepare toleave by:Closing the door.
Engaging transmission.
Releasing parking brake.
Turning off alternating flashing red lights.

When all students are accounted for, prepare toleave by:Turning on left turn signal.

Closing the door.

Allowing congested traffic to disperse.

Engaging the transmission.

When it is safe, move the bus, enter the traffic flow
and continue the route.

Releasing the parking brake.
Turning off alternating flashing red lights.
Turning on left turn signal.
Checking all mirrors again.
Allowing congested traffic to disperse.
When it is safe, move the bus to enter traffic flow
and continue the route.
The loading procedure is essentially the same
wherever you load students, but there are slightdifferences. When students are loading at theschool campus, you should:
Turn off the ignition switch.
Remove key if leaving driver’s compartment.
Position yourself to supervise loading as required orrecommended by your state or local regulations.

Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Checking all mirrors again.

Note. If you have missed a student’s unloading stop,
do not back up. Be sure to follow local procedures.
Additional Procedures for Students That Must
Cross the Roadway. You should understand what
students should do when exiting a school bus andcrossing the street in front of the bus. In addition,
the school bus driver should understand thatstudents might not always do what they aresupposed to do. If a student or students must crossthe roadway, they should follow these procedures:
Walk approximately 10 feet away from the side of
the school bus to a position where you can see
them.
Walk to a location at least 10 feet in front of the rightcorner of the bumper, but still remaining away fromthe front of the school bus.

Page 10-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Stop at the right edge of the roadway. You shouldbe able to see the student’s feet.

Walk through the bus and check for hiding/sleeping
students and items left by students.

When students reach the edge of the roadway, theyshould:Check all mirrors. Make certain no students are
returning to the bus.

Stop and look in all directions, making sure theroadway is clear and is safe.

If you cannot account for a student outside the bus
and the bus is secure, check around andunderneath the bus.

Check to see if the red flashing lights on the bus arestill flashing.
Wait for your signal before crossing the roadway.

When all students are accounted for, prepare toleave by:Closing the door.

Upon your signal, the students should:
Cross far enough in front of the school bus to be inyour view.
Stop at the left edge of the school bus, stop, andlook again for your signal to continue to cross the
roadway.
Look for traffic in both directions, making sureroadway is clear.

Fastening safety belt.
Starting engine.
Engaging the transmission.
Releasing the parking brake.
Turning off alternating flashing red lights.
Turning on left turn signal.

Proceed across the roadway, continuing to look in
all directions.

Checking all mirrors again.

Note: The school bus driver should enforce any
state or local regulations or recommendations
concerning student actions outside the school bus.

When it is safe, pull away from the unloading area.

10.2.4 – Unloading Procedures at School
State and local laws and regulations regarding
unloading students at schools, particularly insituations where such activities take place in theschool parking lot or other location that is off thetraveled roadway, are often different than unloadingalong the school bus route. It is important that theschool bus driver understands and obeys state andlocal laws and regulations. The following
procedures are meant to be general guidelines.
When unloading at the school you should follow
these procedures:
Perform a safe stop at designated unloading areas
as described in subsection 10.2.1.
Secure the bus by:
Turning off the ignition switch.
Removing key if leaving driver’s compartment.

Allowing congested traffic to disperse.

10.2.5 – Special Dangers of Loading and
Unloading
Dropped or Forgotten Objects. Always focus on
students as they approach the bus and watch for
any who disappear from sight.
Students may drop an object near the bus duringloading and unloading. Stopping to pick up theobject, or returning to pick up the object may cause
the student to disappear from the driver’s sight at avery dangerous moment.
Students should be told to leave any dropped object
and move to a point of safety out of the danger
zones and attempt to get the driver’s attention to
retrieve the object.
Handrail Hang-ups. Students have been injured or
killed when clothing, accessories, or even parts of
their body get caught in the handrail or door as theyexited the bus. You should closely observe all
students exiting the bus to confirm that they are in asafe location prior to moving the bus.

Have the students remain seated until told to exit.
Position yourself to supervise unloading as requiredor recommended by your state or local regulations.
Have students exit in orderly fashion.
Observe students as they step from bus to see that
all move promptly away from the unloading area.
Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Page 10-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

10.2.6 – Post-trip Inspection

Is the bus in the path of a sighted tornado or risingwaters?

When your route or school activity trip is finished,
you should conduct a post-trip inspection of the bus.

Are there downed power lines?

You should walk through the bus and around thebus looking for the following:

Would removing students expose them to speeding
traffic, severe weather, or a dangerous environment
such as downed power lines?

Articles left on the bus.
Sleeping students.
Open windows and doors.
Mechanical/operational problems with the bus, withspecial attention to items that are unique to schoolbuses – mirror systems, flashing warning lamps andstop signal arms.
Damage or vandalism.
Any problems or special situations should bereported immediately to your supervisor or school
authorities.

10.3 – Emergency Exit and Evacuation
An emergency situation can happen to anyone,
anytime, anywhere. It could be a crash, a stalledschool bus on a railroad-highway crossing or in ahigh-speed intersection, an electrical fire in theengine compartment, a medical emergency to a
student on the school bus, etc. Knowing what to doin an emergency–before, during and after an
evacuation–can mean the difference between lifeand death.
10.3.1 – Planning for Emergencies
Determine Need to Evacuate Bus. The first andmost important consideration is for you to recognize
the hazard. If time permits, school bus drivers
should contact their dispatcher to explain thesituation before making a decision to evacuate theschool bus.
As a general rule, student safety and control is best
maintained by keeping students on the bus during
an emergency and/or impending crisis situation, if
so doing does not expose them to unnecessary risk
or injury. Remember, the decision to evacuate thebus must be a timely one.

Would moving students complicate injuries such asneck and back injuries and fractures?
Is there a hazardous spill involved? Sometimes, it
may be safer to remain on the bus and not come incontact with the material.
Mandatory Evacuations.
evacuate the bus when:The

drivermust

The bus is on fire or there is a threat of a fire.
The bus is stalled on or adjacent to a railroadhighway crossing.
The position of the bus may change and increase
the danger.
There is an imminent danger of collision.
There is a need to quickly evacuate because of ahazardous materials spill.
10.3.2 – Evacuation Procedures
Be Prepared and Plan Ahead. When possible,
assign two responsible, older student assistants toeach emergency exit. Teach them how to assist theother students off the bus. Assign another student
assistant to lead the students to a “safe place” after
evacuation. However, you must recognize that there
may not be older, responsible students on the bus
at the time of the emergency. Therefore, emergency
evacuation procedures must be explained to allstudents. This includes knowing how to operate thevarious emergency exits and the importance oflistening to and following all instructions given byyou.
Some tips to determine a safe place:
A safe place will be at least 100 feet off the road in
the direction of oncoming traffic. This will keep thestudents from being hit by debris if another vehicle
collides with the bus.

A decision to evacuate should include considerationof the following conditions:

Lead students upwind of the bus if fire is present.

Is there a fire or danger of fire?

Lead students as far away from railroad tracks as
possible and in the direction of any oncoming train.

Is there a smell of raw or leaking fuel?
Is there a chance the bus could be hit by othervehicles?

Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Lead students upwind of the bus at least 300 feet if
there is a risk from spilled hazardous materials.

Page 10-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If the bus is in the direct path of a sighted tornado
and evacuation is ordered, escort students to a
nearby ditch or culvert if shelter in a building is notreadily available, and direct them to lie face down,hands covering their head. They should be far
enough away so the bus cannot topple on them.
Avoid areas that are subject to flash floods.
General Procedures. Determine if evacuation is in
the best interest of safety.
Determine the best type of evacuation:
Front, rear or side door evacuation, or somecombination of doors.
Roof or window evacuation.
Secure the bus by:
Placing transmission in Park, or if there is no shift
point, in Neutral.
Setting parking brakes.

10.4 – Railroad-highway Crossings
10.4.1 – Types of Crossings
Passive Crossings. This type of crossing does nothave any type of traffic control device. You muststop at these crossings and follow proper
procedures. However, the decision to proceed rests
entirely in your hands. Passive crossings require
you to recognize the crossing, search for any train
using the tracks and decide if there is sufficient clear
space to cross safely. Passive crossings haveyellow circular advance warning signs, pavement
markings and cross-bucks to assist you inrecognizing a crossing.
Active Crossings. This type of crossing has a
traffic control device installed at the crossing toregulate traffic at the crossing. These active devices
include flashing red lights, with or without bells andflashing red lights with bells and gates.

Shutting off the engine.
Removing ignition key.
Activating hazard-warning lights.
If time allows, notify dispatch office of evacuation
location, conditions, and type of assistance needed.
Dangle radio microphone or telephone out ofdriver’s window for later use, if operable.

10.4.2 – Warning Signs and Devices
Advance Warning Signs. The round, black-onyellow warning sign is placed ahead of a public
railroad-highway crossing. The advance warning
sign tells you to slow down, look and listen for the
train, and be prepared to stop at the tracks if a train
is coming. See Figure 10.5.

If no radio, or radio is inoperable, dispatch a passing
motorist or area resident to call for help. As a lastresort, dispatch two older, responsible students togo for help.
Order the evacuation.
Evacuate students from the bus.
Do not move a student you believe may havesuffered a neck or spinal injury unless his or her life
is in immediate danger.
Special procedures must be used to move neckspinal injury victims to prevent further injury.
Direct a student assistant to lead students to thenearest safe place.
Walk through the bus to ensure no students remainon the bus. Retrieve emergency equipment.
Join waiting students. Account for all students andcheck for their safety.
Protect the scene. Set out emergency warning
devices as necessary and appropriate.

Figure 10.5
Pavement Markings. Pavement markings mean
the same as the advance warning sign. They consistof an “X” with the letters “”RR” and a no-passing
marking on two-lane roads.

Prepare information for emergency responders.

Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Page 10-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

There is also a no passing zone sign on two-laneroads. There may be a white stop line painted on
the pavement before the railroad tracks. The front of
the school bus must remain behind this line while
stopped at the crossing. See Figure 10.6.

than one track, make sure all tracks are clear before
crossing. See Figure 10.8.
Gates. Many railroad-highway crossings havegates with flashing red lights and bells. Stop when
the lights begin to flash and before the gate lowers
across the road lane. Remain stopped until thegates go up and the lights have stopped flashing.
Proceed when it is safe. If the gate stays down after
the train passes, do not drive around the gate.
Instead, call your dispatcher. See Figure 10.8.
10.4.3 – Recommended Procedures
Each state has laws and regulations governing how
school buses must operate at railroad-highway
crossings. It is important for you to understand andobey these state laws and regulations. In general,
school buses must stop at all crossings, and ensure
it is safe before proceeding across the tracks. The
specific procedures required in each state vary.

Figure 10.6
Cross-buck Signs. This sign marks the crossing. It
requires you to yield the right-of-way to the train. If
there is no white line painted on the pavement, youmust stop the bus before the cross-buck sign. Whenthe road crosses over more than one set of tracks,
a sign below the cross-buck indicates the number oftracks. See Figure 10.7.

Figure 10.8

Figure 10.7

A school bus is one of the safest vehicles on the
highway. However, a school bus does not have theslightest edge when involved in a crash with a train.
Because of a train’s size and weight it cannot stop
quickly. An emergency escape route does not exist
for a train. You can prevent school bus/train crashes
by following these recommended procedures.
Approaching the Crossing:Flashing Red Light Signals. At many highway-rail
grade crossings, the cross-buck sign has flashing
red lights and bells. When the lights begin to flash,stop! A train is approaching. You are required toyield the right-of-way to the train. If there is more
Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Slow down, including shifting to a lower gear in amanual transmission bus, and test your brakes.
Activate hazard lights approximately 200 feet before
the crossing. Make sure your intentions are known.
Page 10-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Scan your surroundings and check for traffic behindyou.
Stay to the right of the roadway if possible.
Choose an escape route in the event of a brake
failure or problems behind you.
At the Crossing:Stop no closer than 15 feet and no farther than 50
feet from the nearest rail, where you have the bestview of the tracks.
Place the transmission in Park, or if there is no Park
shift point, in Neutral and press down on the service
brake or set the parking brakes.
Turn off all radios and noisy equipment, and silence
the passengers.
Open the service door and driver’s window. Look
and listen for an approaching train.
Crossing the Track:
Check the crossing
proceeding.

signalsagain

beforeAt a multiple-track crossing, stop only before the first
set of tracks. When you are sure no train isapproaching on any track, proceed across all of the
tracks until you have completely cleared them.
Cross the tracks in a low gear. Do not change gears
while crossing.
If the gate comes down after you have started
across, drive through it even if it means you will
break the gate.
10.4.4 – Special Situations
Bus Stalls or Trapped on Tracks. If your bus stalls
or is trapped on the tracks, get everyone out and off
the tracks immediately. Move everyone far from thebus at an angle, which is both away from the tracks
and toward the train.
Police Officer at the Crossing. If a police officer isat the crossing, obey directions. If there is no police
officer, and you believe the signal is malfunctioning,call your dispatcher to report the situation and ask
for instructions on how to proceed.
Obstructed View of Tracks. Plan your route so it
provides maximum sight distance at highway-rail
grade crossings. Do not attempt to cross the tracks
unless you can see far enough down the track toknow for certain that no trains are approaching.
Passive crossings are those that do not have any
type of traffic control device. Be especially careful at“passive” crossings. Even if there are active railroad
signals that indicate the tracks are clear, you must
look and listen to be sure it is safe to proceed.
Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Containment or Storage Areas. If it won’t fit, don’tcommit! Know the length of your bus and the size ofthe containment area at highway-rail crossings on
the school bus route, as well as any crossing you
encounter in the course of a school activity trip.
When approaching a crossing with a signal or stop
sign on the opposite side, pay attention to theamount of room there. Be certain the bus hasenough containment or storage area to completely
clear the railroad tracks on the other side if there isa need to stop. As a general rule, add 15 feet to thelength of the school bus to determine an acceptableamount of containment or storage area.

10.5 – Student Management
10.5.1 – Don’t Deal with On-bus Problems
When Loading and Unloading
In order to get students to and from school safely
and on time, you need to be able to concentrate on
the driving task.
Loading and unloading requires all yourconcentration. Don’t take your eyes off what ishappening outside the bus.
If there is a behavior problem on the bus, wait until
the students unloading are safely off the bus andhave moved away. If necessary, pull the bus over tohandle the problem.
10.5.2 – Handling Serious Problems
Tips on handling serious problems:
Follow your school’s procedures for discipline or
refusal of rights to ride the bus.
Stop the bus. Park in a safe location off the road,perhaps a parking lot or a driveway.
Secure the bus. Take the ignition key with you if you
leave your seat.
Stand up and speak respectfully to the offender oroffenders. Speak in a courteous manner with a firm
voice. Remind the offender of the expectedbehavior. Do not show anger, but do show that you
mean business.
If a change of seating is needed, request that thestudent move to a seat near you.
Never put a student off the bus except at school orat his or her designated school bus stop. If you feelthat the offense is serious enough that you cannot
safely drive the bus, call for a school administrator
or the police to come and remove the student.
Always follow your state or local procedures forrequesting assistance.
Page 10-9

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

10.6 – Antilock Braking Systems
10.6.1 – Vehicles Required to Have Antilock
Braking Systems
The Department of Transportation requires that
antilock braking systems be on:
Air brakes vehicles, (trucks, buses, trailers andconverter dollies) built on or after March 1, 1998.
Hydraulically braked trucks and buses with a grossvehicle weight rating of 10,000 lbs or more built on
or after March 1, 1999.
Many buses built before these dates have been
voluntarily equipped with ABS.
Your school bus will have a yellow ABS malfunction
lamp on the instrument panel if it is equipped withABS.
10.6.2 – How ABS Helps You
When you brake hard on slippery surfaces in a
vehicle without ABS, your wheels may lock up.
When your steering wheels lock up, you lose
steering control. When your other wheels lock up,
you may skid or even spin the vehicle.
ABS helps you avoid wheel lock up and maintaincontrol. You may or may not be able to stop fasterwith ABS, but you should be able to steer around an
obstacle while braking, and avoid skids caused byover braking.

the lamp could stay on until you are driving over fivemph.
If the lamp stays on after the bulb check, or goes on
once you are under way, you may have lost ABS
control at one or more wheels.
Remember, if your ABS malfunctions, you still haveregular brakes. Drive normally, but get the systemserviced soon.
10.6.5 – Safety Reminders
ABS won’t allow you to drive faster, follow moreclosely, or drive less carefully.
ABS won’t prevent power or turning skids –ABS should prevent brake-induced skids but not
those caused by spinning the drive wheels orgoing too fast in a turn.
ABS won’t necessarily shorten stopping
distance. ABS will help maintain vehicle control,
but not always shorten stopping distance.
ABS won’t increase or decrease ultimate
stopping power – ABS is an “add-on” to yournormal brakes, not a replacement for them.
ABS won’t change the way you normally brake.
Under normal brake conditions, your vehicle willstop as it always stopped. ABS only comes intoplay when a wheel would normally have locked up
because of over braking.
ABS won’t compensate for bad brakes or poor
brake maintenance.

10.6.3 – Braking with ABS

Remember: The best vehicle safety feature is stilla safe driver.

When you drive a vehicle with ABS, you shouldbrake as you always have. In other words:

Remember: Drive so you never need to use yourABS.

Use only the braking force necessary to stop safely
and stay in control.

Remember: If you need it, ABS could help toprevent a serious crash.

Brake the same way, regardless of whether you
have ABS on the bus. However, in emergency
braking, do not pump the brakes on a bus with ABS.

10.7 – Special Safety Considerations

As you slow down, monitor your bus and back off
the brakes (if it is safe to do so) to stay in control.

10.7.1 – Strobe Lights

10.6.4 – Braking if ABS is Not Working
Without ABS, you still have normal brake functions.
Drive and brake as you always have.
Vehicles with ABS have yellow malfunction lamps totell you if something is not working. The yellow ABS
malfunction lamp is on the bus’s instrument panel.
As a system check on newer vehicles, themalfunction lamp comes on at start-up for a bulb
check and then goes out quickly. On older systems,
Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Some school buses are equipped with roofmounted, white strobe lights. If your bus is soequipped, the overhead strobe light should be used
when you have limited visibility. This means that you
cannot easily see around you – in front, behind, or
beside the school bus. Your visibility could be only
slightly limited or it could be so bad that you can see
nothing at all. In all instances, understand and obey
your state or local regulations concerning the use of
these lights.

Page 10-10

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

10.7.2 – Driving in High Winds
Strong winds affect the handling of the school bus!
The side of a school bus acts like a sail on a
sailboat. Strong winds can push the school bus
sideways. They can even move the school bus off
the road or, in extreme conditions, tip it over.
If you are caught in strong winds:
Keep a strong grip on the steering wheel. Try to
anticipate gusts.
You should slow down to lessen the effect of thewind, or pull off the roadway and wait.
Contact your dispatcher to get more information on
how to proceed.
10.7.3 – Backing
Backing a school bus is strongly discouraged. You
should back your bus only when you have no othersafe way to move the vehicle. You should neverback a school bus when students are outside of thebus. Backing is dangerous and increases your riskof a collision. If you have no choice and you mustback your bus, follow these procedures:
Post a lookout. The purpose of the lookout is to warn
you about obstacles, approaching persons, andother vehicles. The lookout should not give
directions on how to back the bus.
Signal for quiet on the bus.
Constantly check all mirrors and rear windows.

Section 10
Test Your Knowledge
1.

Define the danger zone. How far does thedanger zone extend around the bus?
2.
What should you be able to see if theoutside flat mirrors are adjusted properly?
The outside convex mirrors? The crossover
mirrors?
3.
You are loading students along the route.
When should you activate your alternating
flashing amber warning lights?
4.
You are unloading students along yourroute. Where should students walk to after
exiting the bus?
5.
After unloading at school, why should you
walk through the bus?
6.
What position should students be in front of
the bus before they cross the roadway?
7.
Under what conditions must you evacuate
the bus?
8.
How far from the nearest rail should you
stop at a highway-rail crossing?
9.
What is a passive highway-rail crossing?
Why should you be extra cautious at thistype of crossing?
10.
How should you use your brakes if yourvehicle is equipped with antilock brakes(ABS)?
These questions may be on your test. If you can’t
answer them all, re-read Section 10.

Back slowly and smoothly.
If no lookout is available:
Set the parking brake.
Turn off the motor and take the keys with you.
Walk to the rear of the bus to determine whether theway is clear.
If you must back-up at a student pick-up point, besure to pick up students before backing and watch
for late comers at all times.
Be sure that all students are in the bus before
backing.
If you must back-up at a student drop-off point, besure to unload students after backing.
10.7.4 – Tail Swing
A school bus can have up to a three-foot tail swing.
You need to check your mirrors before and during
any turning movements to monitor the tail swing.

Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Page 10-11

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Section 10 – School Buses
Version: July 2014

Page 10-12

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 11
Vehicle Inspection Test

Power steering belt.
Water pump belt.
Alternator belt.
Air compressor belt.

This Section CoversInternal Inspection
External Inspection

Note: If any of the components listed above are
not belt driven, you must:
Tell the examiner which component(s) are not belt
driven.

During the Vehicle inspection, you must show thatthe vehicle is safe to drive. You will have to walkaround the vehicle and point to or touch each itemand explain to the examiner what you are checking
and why. You will NOT have to crawl under the hoodor under the vehicle.

Make sure component(s) are operating properly,
are not damaged or leaking, and are mounted
securely.

11.1

Place gearshift lever in neutral (or park, forautomatic transmissions).

All Vehicles

Study the following vehicle parts for the type of
vehicle you will be using during the CDL skills tests.
You should be able to identify each part and tell theexaminer what you are looking for or inspecting.

Safe Start
Depress clutch.

Start engine, then release clutch slowly.
11.1.2 – Cab Check/Engine Start

11.1.1 Engine Compartment (Engine Off)Oil Pressure Gauge

Leaks/Hoses

Make sure oil pressure gauge is working.

Look for puddles on the ground.

Check that pressure gauge shows increasing or
normal oil pressure or that the warning light goes
off.

Look for dripping fluids on underside of engine andtransmission.
Inspect hoses for condition and leaks.

If equipped, oil temperature gauge should begin a
gradual rise to the normal operating range.

Oil Level

Temperature Gauge

Indicate where dipstick is located.

Make sure the temperature gauge is working.

See that oil level is within safe operating range.
Level must be above refill mark.

Temperature should begin to climb to the normal
operating range or temperature light should be off.

Coolant Level

Air Gauge

Inspect reservoir sight glass, orMake sure the air gauge is working properly.

(If engine is not hot), remove radiator cap andcheck for visible coolant level.

Build air pressure to governor cut-out, roughly 120140 psi.
Ammeter/Voltmeter

Power Steering Fluid
Indicate where power steering fluid dipstick islocated.
Check for adequate power steering fluid level.
Level must be above refill mark.
Engine Compartment Belts
Check the following belts for snugness (up to 3/4
inch play at center of belt), cracks, or frays:
Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Check that gauges show alternator and/or
generator is charging or that warning light is off.
Mirrors and Windshield
Mirrors should be clean and adjusted properly fromthe inside.
Windshield should be clean with no illegal stickers,
no obstructions, or damage to the glass.

Page 11-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Emergency Equipment

Parking Brake Check

Check for spare electrical fuses.

With the parking brake engaged (trailer brakes
released on combination vehicles), check that the
parking brake will hold vehicle by gently trying to pullforward with parking brake on.

Check for three red reflective triangles, 6 fusees or
3 liquid burning flares.
Check for a properly charged and rated fire
extinguisher.
Note: If the vehicle is not equipped with electricalfuses, you must mention this to the examiner.

With the parking brake released and the trailer
parking brake engaged (combination vehicles only),
check that the trailer parking brake will hold vehicle
by gently trying to pull forward with the trailer
parking brake on.

Wipers/Washers
Check that wiper arms and blades are secure, notdamaged, and operate smoothly.
If equipped, windshield washers must operatecorrectly.
Lights/Reflectors/Reflector Tape Condition(Sides & Rear)
Test that dash indicators work when corresponding
lights are turned on:
Left turn signal.
Right turn signal.
Four-way emergency flashers.
High beam headlight.
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) indicator.
Check that all external lights and reflective
equipment are clean and functional. Light andreflector checks include:
Clearance lights (red on rear, amber elsewhere).
Headlights (high and low beams).
Taillights.
Backing lights.
Turn signals.
Four-way flashers.
Brake lights.
Red reflectors (on rear) and amber reflectors(elsewhere).
Reflector tape condition
Note: Checks of brake, turn signal and four-way
flasher functions must be done separately.
Horn
Check that air horn and/or electric horn work.
Heater/Defroster
Test that the heater and defroster work.
Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Hydraulic Brake Check
Pump the brake pedal three times, then hold it
down for five seconds. The brake pedal should not
move (depress) during the five seconds.
If equipped with a hydraulic brake reserve (backup) system, with the key off, depress the brake
pedal and listen for the sound of the reserve
system electric motor.
Check that the warning buzzer or light is off.
Air Brake Check (Air Brake Equipped Vehicles
Only)
Failure to perform all three components of the air
brake check correctly will result in an automatic
failure of the vehicle inspection test. Air brake safety
devices vary. However, this procedure is designed
to see that any safety device operates correctly as
air pressure drops from normal to a low air
condition. For safety purposes, in areas where an
incline is present, you will use wheel chocks during
the air brake check. The proper procedures forinspecting the air brake system are as follows:
1. With the air pressure built up to governor cutoff(120 – 140 psi), shut off the engine, chock yourwheels if necessary, release the parking brake(all vehicles), and the tractor protection valve(combination vehicle) and fully apply the footbrake. Hold the foot brake for one minute.
Check the air gauge to see if the air pressure
drops more than three pounds in one minute(single vehicle) or four pounds in one minute(combination vehicle).
2. Without re-starting the engine, turn electrical
power to the “on” or “battery charge” position.
Begin fanning off the air pressure by rapidly
applying and releasing the foot brake. Low air
warning devices (buzzer, light, flag) should
activate before air pressure drops below 60 psi
or level specified by the manufacturer..
3. Continue to fan off the air pressure. At
approximately 40 psi on a tractor-trailer
combination vehicle (or level specified by the
manufacturer), the tractor protection valve andparking brake valve should close (pop out). On
Page 11-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing Systemother combination vehicle types and single
vehicle types, the parking brake valve shouldclose (pop out).
Service Brake Check
You will be required to check the application of airor hydraulic service brakes. This procedure isdesigned to determine that the brakes are working
correctly and that the vehicle does not pull to one
side or the other.
Pull forward at 5 mph, apply the service brake andstop. Check to see that the vehicle does not pull toeither side and that it stops when brake is applied.
Safety Belt

MountsLook for cracked or broken spring hangers,
missing or damaged bushings, and broken, loose,or missing bolts, u-bolts or other axle mounting
parts. (The mounts should be checked at eachpoint where they are secured to the vehicle frame
and axle[s]).
Shock Absorbers
See that shock absorbers are secure and that
there are no leaks.
Note: Be prepared to perform the same
suspension components inspection on every axle
(power unit and trailer, if equipped).

Check that the safety belt is securely mounted,
adjusts, latches properly and is not ripped orfrayed.

11.2.3 – Brakes

11.2 – External Inspection (All Vehicles)

Look for broken, loose, or missing parts.

11.2.1– Steering

Slack Adjustors and Pushrods

For manual slack adjustors, the brake pushrod
should not move more than one inch (with thebrakes released) when pulled by hand.

Steering Box/Hoses
Check that the steering box is securely mounted
and not leaking. Look for any missing nuts, bolts,
and cotter keys.
Check for power steering fluid leaks or damage topower steering hoses.
Steering Linkage
See that connecting links, arms, and rods from thesteering box to the wheel are not worn or cracked.
Check that joints and sockets are not worn or loose
and that there are no missing nuts, bolts, or cotter
keys.
11.2.2 – Suspension

Brake Chambers
See that brake chambers are not leaking, cracked,
or dented and are mounted securely.
Brake Hoses/Lines
Look for cracked, worn, or leaking hoses, lines,
and couplings.
Drum Brake
Check for cracks, dents, or holes. Also check forloose or missing bolts.
Check for contaminates such debris or oil/grease.
Brake linings (where visible) should not be worn
dangerously thin.

Springs/Air/Torque
Look for missing, shifted, cracked, or broken leaf
springs.
Look for broken or distorted coil springs.
If vehicle is equipped with torsion bars, torquearms, or other types of suspension components,
check that they are not damaged and are mounted
securely.
Air ride suspension should be checked for damage
and leaks.

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Brake Linings
On some brake drums, there are openings where
the brake linings can be seen from outside thedrum. For this type of drum, check that a visibleamount of brake lining is showing.
Note: Be prepared to perform the same brakecomponents inspection on every axle (power unit
and trailer, if equipped).

Page 11-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

11.2.4 – Wheels

Fuel Tank

Rims

Check that tank(s) are secure, cap(s) are tight, andthat there are no leaks from tank(s) or lines.

Check for damaged or bent rims. Rims cannot
have welding repairs.
Tires
The following items must be inspected on every
tire:
Tread depth: Check for minimum tread depth (4/32
on steering axle tires, 2/32 on all other tires).
Tire condition: Check that tread is evenly worn andlook for cuts or other damage to tread or sidewalls.
Also, make sure that valve caps and stems are notmissing, broken, or damaged.
Tire inflation: Check for proper inflation by using atire gauge. Note: You will not get credit if you simply
kick the tires to check for proper inflation.
Hub Oil Seals/Axle Seals

Drive Shaft
See that drive shaft is not bent or cracked.
Couplings should be secure and free of foreign
objects.
Exhaust System
Check system for damage and signs of leaks suchas rust or carbon soot.
System should be connected tightly and mounted
securely.
Frame
Look for cracks, broken welds, holes or otherdamage to the longitudinal frame members, crossmembers, box, and floor.

See that hub oil/grease seals and axle seals are notleaking and, if wheel has a sight glass, oil level isadequate.

11.2.6 – Rear of Vehicle

Lug Nuts

If equipped, check that splash guards or mud flaps
are not damaged and are mounted securely.

Check that all lug nuts are present, free of cracks
and distortions, and show no signs of loosenesssuch as rust trails or shiny threads.

Doors/Ties/Lifts

Make sure all bolt holes are not cracked or distorted.
Spacers or Budd Spacing
If equipped, check that spacers are not bent,
damaged, or rusted through.
Spacers should be evenly centered, with the dual
wheels and tires evenly separated.
Note: Be prepared to perform the same wheel
inspection on every axle (power unit and trailer, if
equipped).

Splash Guards

Check that doors and hinges are not damaged andthat they open, close, and latch properly from theoutside, if equipped.
Ties, straps, chains, and binders must also be
secure.
If equipped with a cargo lift, look for leaking,damaged or missing parts and explain how it
should be checked for correct operation.
Lift must be fully retracted and latched securely.
11.2.7 – Tractor/Coupling
Air/Electric Lines

Door(s)/Mirror(s)Listen for air leaks. Check that air hoses andelectrical lines are not cut, chafed, spliced, or worn(steel braid should not show through).

Check that door(s) are not damaged and that they
open and close properly from the outside.

Make sure air and electrical lines are not tangled,
pinched, or dragging against tractor parts.

11.2.5 – Side of Vehicle

Hinges should be secure with seals intact.
Check that mirror(s) and mirror brackets are notdamaged and are mounted securely with no loose
fittings.

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Page 11-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Catwalk/Steps

Locking Pins (Fifth Wheel)

Check that the catwalk is solid, clear of objects,
and securely bolted to tractor frame.

If equipped, look for loose or missing pins in theslide mechanism of the sliding fifth wheel. If air
powered, check for leaks.

Check that steps leading to the cab entry andcatwalk (if equipped) are solid, clear of objects,
and securely bolted to tractor frame.
Mounting Bolts
Look for loose or missing mounting brackets,
clamps, bolts, or nuts. Both the fifth wheel and theslide mounting must be solidly attached.
On other types of coupling systems (i.e., ball hitch,
pintle hook, etc.), inspect all coupling components
and mounting brackets for missing or broken parts.

Make sure locking pins are fully engaged.
Check that the fifth wheel is positioned properly sothat the tractor frame will clear the landing gear
during turns.
Sliding Pintle
Check that the sliding pintle is secured with noloose or missing nuts or bolts and cotter pin is inplace.
Tongue or Draw-bar

Hitch Release Lever
Check to see that the hitch release lever is in placeand is secure.

Check that the tongue/draw-bar is not bent or
twisted and checks for broken welds and stresscracks.

Locking Jaws

Check that the tongue/draw-bar is not worn
excessively.

Look into fifth wheel gap and check that locking
jaws are fully closed around the kingpin.

Tongue Storage Area

On other types of coupling systems (i.e., ball hitch,
pintle hook, etc.), inspect the locking mechanism
for missing or broken parts and make sure it islocked securely. If present, safety cables or chainsmust be secure and free of kinks and excessive
slack.
5th Wheel Skid Plate
Check for proper lubrication and that 5th wheel skid
plate is securely mounted to the platform and thatall bolts and pins are secure and not missing.
Platform (Fifth Wheel)
Check for cracks or breaks in the platform structure
which supports the fifth wheel skid plate.

Check that the storage area is solid and secured tothe tongue.
Check that cargo in the storage area i.e. chains,binders, etc. are secure.

11.3 – School Bus Only
Emergency Equipment
In addition to checking for spare electrical fuses (ifequipped), three red reflective triangles, and aproperly charged and rated fire extinguisher,school bus drivers must also inspect the following
emergency equipment:
Emergency Kit

Release Arm (Fifth Wheel)

Body Fluid Cleanup Kit

If equipped, make sure the release arm is in theengaged position and the safety latch is in place.

Lighting Indicators

Kingpin/Apron/Gap
Check that the kingpin is not bent.
Make sure the visible part of the apron is not bent,
cracked, or broken.
Check that the trailer is lying flat on the fifth wheel
skid plate (no gap).

In addition to checking the lighting indicators listed
in Section 10.2 of this manual, school bus drivers
must also check the following lighting indicators(internal panel lights):
Alternately flashing amber lights indicator, if
equipped.
Alternately flashing red lights indicator.
Strobe light indicator, if equipped.

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Page 11-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Lights/Reflectors
In addition to checking the lights and reflective
devices listed in Section 10.2 of this manual,school bus drivers must also check the following(external) lights and reflectors:

Check that seat cushions are attached securely tothe seat frames.

11.4 – Trailer

Strobe light, if equipped.

11.4.1 – Trailer Front

Stop arm light, if equipped.

Air/Electrical Connections

Alternately flashing amber lights, if equipped.
Alternately flashing red lights.

Check that trailer air connectors are sealed and ingood condition.

Student Mirrors

Make sure glad hands are locked in place, free ofdamage or air leaks.

In addition to checking the external mirrors, school
bus drivers must also check the internal andexternal mirrors used for observing students:

Make sure the trailer electrical plug is firmly seated
and locked in place.

Check for proper adjustment.

Header Board

Checks that all internal and external mirrors andmirror brackets are not damaged and are mounted
securely with no loose fittings.

If equipped, check the header board to see that it
is secure, free of damage, and strong enough tocontain cargo.

Checks that visibility is not impaired due to dirty
mirrors.

If equipped, the canvas or tarp carrier must be
mounted and fastened securely.

Stop ArmOn enclosed trailers, check the front area for signsof damage such as cracks, bulges, or holes.

If equipped, check the stop arm to see that it ismounted securely to the frame of the vehicle. Also,check for loose fittings and damage.

11.4.2 – Side of Trailer

Passenger Entry/Lift
Check that the entry door is not damaged,
operates smoothly, and closes securely from theinside.
Hand rails are secure and the step light is working,if equipped.
The entry steps must be clear with the treads notloose or worn excessively.
If equipped with a handicap lift, look for leaking,damaged, or missing parts and explain how lift
should be checked for correct operation. Lift mustbe fully retracted and latched securely.
Emergency Exit

Landing Gear
Check that the landing gear is fully raised, has no
missing parts, crank handle is secure, and the
support frame is not damaged.
If power operated, check for air or hydraulic leaks.
Doors/Ties/Lifts
If equipped, check that doors are not damaged.
Check that doors open, close, and latch properly
from the outside.
Check that ties, straps, chains, and binders are
secure.
If equipped with a cargo lift, look for leaking,damaged or missing parts and explain how it
should be checked for correct operation.

Make sure that all emergency exits are notdamaged, operate smoothly, and close securely
from the inside.

Lift should be fully retracted and latched securely.

Check that any emergency exit warning devices
are working.

Look for cracks, broken welds, holes or otherdamage to the frame, cross members, box, andfloor.

Seating
Look for broken seat frames and check that seatframes are firmly attached to the floor.

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Frame

Tandem Release Arm/Locking Pins
If equipped, make sure the locking pins are lockedin place and release arm is secured.
Page 11-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

11.4.3 – Remainder of Trailer

11.5.2 – Entry/ Exit

Remainder of Trailer

Doors/Mirrors

Please refer to Section 11.2 of this manual for
detailed inspection procedures regarding thefollowing components:

Check that entry/exit doors are not damaged andoperate smoothly from the outside. Hinges should
be secure with seals intact.

Wheels.

Make sure that the passenger exit mirrors and all
external mirrors and mirror brackets are notdamaged and are mounted securely with no loose
fittings.

Suspension system.
Brakes.
Doors/ties/lift.
Splash guards.

11.5.3 – External Inspection of Coach/ Transit
Bus
Level/Air Leaks

11.5 – Coach/Transit Bus
11.5.1 – Passenger Items

See that the vehicle is sitting level (front and rear),and if air-equipped, check for audible air leaks fromthe suspension system.

Passenger Entry/Lift

Fuel Tank(s)Check that entry doors operate smoothly and close
securely from the inside.

See that fuel tank(s) are secure with no leaks fromtank(s) or lines.

Check that hand rails are secure and, if equipped,that the step light(s) are working.

Baggage Compartments

Check that the entry steps are clear, with thetreads not loose or worn excessively.

Check that baggage and all other exterior
compartment doors are not damaged, operateproperly, and latch securely.

If equipped with a handicap lift, look for any
leaking, damaged or missing part, and explain how
it should be checked for correct operation.

Battery/Box

Lift should be fully retracted and latched securely.

Wherever located, see that battery(s) are secure,connections are tight, and cell caps are present.

Emergency Exits

Battery connections should not show signs ofexcessive corrosion.

Make sure that all emergency exits are notdamaged, operate smoothly, and close securely
from the inside.
Check that any emergency exit warning devices
are working.

Check that battery box and cover or door is notdamaged and is secure.
11.5.4 – Remainder of Coach/ Transit Bus
Remainder of Vehicle

Passenger Seating
Look for broken seat frames and check that seatframes are firmly attached to the floor.
Check that seat cushions are attached securely tothe seat frames.

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Please refer to Section 11.2 of this manual for
detailed inspection procedures for the remainder ofthe vehicle.
Remember, the Vehicle Inspection must be passed
before you can proceed to the Basic Control Skills
test.

Page 11-7

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

11.6 – Taking the CDL Vehicle
Inspection Test
11.6.1 – Class A Vehicle Inspection Test
If you are applying for a Class A CDL, you will be
required to perform one of the four versions of a
Vehicle inspection in the vehicle you have broughtwith you for testing. Each of the four tests areequivalent and you will not know which test you willtake until just before the testing begins.
All of the tests include an engine start, an in-cabinspection, and an inspection of the couplingsystem. Then, your test may require an inspectionof the entire vehicle or only a portion of the vehicle
which your CDL Examiner will explain to you.
11.6.2 – Class B and C Vehicle Inspection Test
If you are applying for a Class B CDL, you will be
required to perform one of the three versions of a
Vehicle inspection in the vehicle you have broughtwith you for testing. Each of the three tests areequivalent and you will not know which test you willtake until just before the testing begins.
All of the tests include an engine start and an incab inspection. Then, your test may require an
inspection of the entire vehicle or only a portion of
the vehicle which your CDL Examiner will explain toyou. You will also have to inspect any special
features of your vehicle (e.g, school or transit bus).

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Page 11-8

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Page 11-9

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK.

Section 11 - Vehicle Inspection
Version: July 2014

Page 11-10

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 12
Basic Vehicle Control
Skills Test
This Section Covers

Skills Test Scoring
Skills Test ExercisesYour basic control skills could be tested using one
or more of the following exercises off-road or
somewhere on the street during the road test:
Straight line backing.

the vehicle it may result in an automatic failure of
the basic control skills test.
The maximum number of times that you may look tocheck the position of you vehicle is two (2) except
for the Straight Line Backing exercise, which allows
one look. Each time you open the door, move froma seated position where in physical control of thevehicle or on a bus walk to the back of a bus to geta better view, it is scored as a “look”.
Final Position/Inside Parallel – It is important thatyou finish each exercise exactly as the examiner
has instructed you. If you do not maneuver thevehicle into its final position as described by theexaminer, you will be penalized and could fail thebasic skills test.

Offset back/right
Offset back/left

12.2

Exercises

Parallel park (driver side).
Parallel park (conventional).
Alley dock.
These exercises are shown in Figures 12-1 through
12-6.

12.2.1 – Straight Line Backing
You may be asked to back your vehicle in a straightline between two rows of cones without touching or
crossing over the exercise boundaries. (See Figure12.1.)
12.2.2 – Offset Back/Right

12.1

Scoring

Crossing Boundaries (encroachments)
Pull-ups
Outside Vehicle Observations (looks)
Final Position/Inside Parallel
Encroachments – The examiner will score thenumber of times you touch or cross over an exercise
boundary line or cone with any portion of yourvehicle. Each encroachment will count as an error.
Pull-ups – When a driver stops and pulls forward
to clear an encroachment or to get a better position,
it is scored as a “pull-up”. Stopping without changing
direction does not count as a pull-up. You will not
be penalized for initial pull-ups. However, an
excessive number of pull-ups, will count as errors.
Outside Vehicle Observations (Looks) – You
may be permitted to safely stop and exit the vehicle
to check the external position of the vehicle (look).
When doing so, you must place the vehicle inneutral and set the parking brake(s). Then, when
exiting the vehicle, you must do so safely by facing
the vehicle and maintaining three points of contact
with the vehicle at all times (when exiting a bus,
maintain a firm grasp on the handrail at all times). If
you do not safely secure the vehicle or safely exit
Section 12 – Basic Control Skills
Version: July 2014

You may be asked to back into a space that is to theright rear of your vehicle. You will drive straightforward the outer boundary. From that position you
must back the vehicle into the opposite lane until
the front of your vehicle has passed the first set ofcones without striking boundary lines or cones. (SeeFigure 12.2)
12.2.3 – Offset Back/Left
You may be asked to back into a space that is to theleft rear of your vehicle. You will drive straightforward the outer boundary. From that position, youmust back the vehicle into the opposite lane until thefront of your vehicle has passed the first set of cones
without striking boundary lines or cones. (SeeFigure 12.3)
12.2.4 – Parallel Park (Driver Side)You may be asked to park in a parallel parking
space that is on your left. You are to drive past theentrance to the parallel parking space with yourvehicle parallel to the parking area; and back into
the space without crossing front, side or rearboundaries marked by cones. You are required to
get your entire vehicle completely into the space.
(See Figure 12.4)

Page 12-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

12.2.5 – Parallel Park (Conventional)
You may be asked to park in a parallel parking
space that is on your right. You are to drive past theentrance to the parallel parking space with yourvehicle parallel to the parking area; and back into
the space without crossing front, side or rearboundaries marked by cones. You are required to
get your entire vehicle completely into the space.
(See Figure 12.5)
12.2.6 – Alley Dock
You may be asked to sight-side back your vehicle
into an alley. You will drive past the alley andposition your vehicle parallel to the outer boundary.
From that position, back into the alley bringing therear of your vehicle within three feet of the rear of
the alley without touching boundary lines or cones.
Your vehicle must be straight within the alley/lane
when you have completed the maneuver. (SeeFigure 12.6.)

Section 12 – Basic Control Skills
Version: July 2014

Page 12-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Figure 12.1: Straight Line Backing

Figure 12.2: Offset Back/Right

Figure 12.3: Offset Back/Left

Section 12 – Basic Control Skills
Version: July 2014

Page 12-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Figure 12.4: Parallel Park (Driver Side)

Figure 12.5: Parallel Park (Conventional)

Section 12 – Basic Control Skills
Version: July 2014

Page 12-4

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Figure 12.6: Alley Dock

90° Alley Dock

Section 12 – Basic Control Skills
Version: July 2014

Page 12-5

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

Section 12 – Basic Control Skills
Version: July 2014

Page 12-6

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

Section 13
On-road Driving

If stopping behind another vehicle, stop where you
can see the rear tires on the vehicle ahead of you(safe gap).
Do not let your vehicle roll.

This Section Covers

Keep the front wheels aimed straight ahead.

When ready to turn:

How You Will Be Tested

You will drive over a test route that has a variety of
traffic situations. At all times during the test, youmust drive in a safe and responsible manner; andyou must:

Check traffic in all directions.
Keep both hands on the steering wheel during theturn.

Wear your safety belt.

Keep checking your mirror to make sure the vehicle
does not hit anything on the inside of the turn.

Obey all traffic signs, signals, and laws.

Vehicle should not move into oncoming traffic.

Complete the test without an accident or moving
violation.

Vehicle should finish turn in correct lane.
After turn:During the driving test, the examiner will be scoring
you on specific driving maneuvers as well as onyour general driving behavior. You will follow thedirections of the examiner. Directions will be given
to you so you will have plenty of time to do what theexaminer has asked. You will not be asked to drivein an unsafe manner.
If your test route does not have certain traffic
situations, you may be asked to simulate a traffic
situation. You will do this by telling the examiner
what you are or would be doing if you were in that
traffic situation.

13.1 – How You Will Be Tested
13.1.1 – Turns
You have been asked to make a turn:Check traffic in all directions.

Make sure turn signal is off.
Get up to speed of traffic, use turn signal, and moveinto right-most lane when safe to do so (if notalready there).
Check mirrors and traffic.
13.1.2 – Intersections
As you approach an intersection:
Check traffic thoroughly in all directions.
Decelerate gently.
Brake smoothly and, if necessary, change gears.
If necessary, come to a complete stop (no coasting)behind any stop signs, signals, sidewalks, or stoplines maintaining a safe gap behind any vehicle infront of you.
Your vehicle must not roll forward or backward.

Use turn signals and safely get into the lane needed
for the turn.

When driving through an intersection:

As you approach the turn:Decelerate and yield to any pedestrians and traffic
in the intersection.

Use turn signals to warn others of your turn.
Slow down smoothly, change gears as needed tokeep power, but do not coast unsafely. Unsafe
coasting occurs when your vehicle is out of gear
(clutch depressed or gearshift in neutral) for morethan the length of your vehicle.
If you must stop before making the turn:Come to a smooth stop without skidding.

Check traffic thoroughly in all directions.

Do not change lanes while proceeding through theintersection.
Keep your hands on the wheel.
Once through the intersection:
Continue checking mirrors and traffic.
Accelerate smoothly
necessary.

andchangegears

asCome to a complete stop behind the stop line,
crosswalk, or stop sign.
Section 13 – On-road Driving
Version: July 2014

Page 13-1

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

13.1.3 – Urban Business

Once stopped:

During this part of the test, you are expected tomake regular traffic checks and maintain a safe
following distance. Your vehicle should be centeredin the proper lane (right-most lane) and you should
keep up with the flow of traffic but not exceed theposted speed limit.

Vehicle must be parallel to the curb or shoulder ofthe road and safely out of the traffic flow.

13.1.4 –Lane Changes

Activate your four-way emergency flashers.

During multiple lane portions of the test, you will be
asked to change lanes to the left, and then back to
the right. You should make the necessary traffic
checks first, then use proper signals and smoothly
change lanes when it is safe to do so.

Vehicle should not be blocking driveways, fire
hydrants, intersections, signs, etc.
Cancel your turn signal.

Apply the parking brake.
Move the gear shift to neutral or park.
Remove your feet from the brake and clutch pedals.
When instructed to resume:

13.1.5 – Expressway or Rural/Limited Access
Highway

Check traffic and your mirrors thoroughly in all
directions.

Before entering the expressway:

Turn off your four-way flashers.

Check traffic.

Activate the left turn signal.

Use proper signals.

When traffic permits, you should release the parking
brake and pull straight ahead.

Merge smoothly into the proper lane of traffic.

Do not turn the wheel before your vehicle moves.
Once on the expressway:
Maintain proper lane positioning, vehicle spacing,and vehicle speed.

Check traffic from all directions, especially to theleft.

Continue to check traffic thoroughly in all directions.

Steer and accelerate smoothly into the proper lane
when safe to do so.

When exiting the expressway:

Once your vehicle is back into the flow of traffic,
cancel your left turn signal.

Make necessary traffic checks.
Use proper signals.

13.1.7 – Curve

Decelerate smoothly in the exit lane.

When approaching a curve:

Once on the exit ramp, you must continue todecelerate within the lane markings and maintainadequate spacing between your vehicle and othervehicles.

Check traffic thoroughly in all directions.

13.1.6 – Stop/Start

Continue checking traffic in all directions.

For this maneuver, you will be asked to pull yourvehicle over to the side of the road and stop as if
you were going to get out and check something on
your vehicle. You must check traffic thoroughly in all
directions and move to the right-most lane orshoulder of road.

Before entering the curve, reduce speed so further
braking or shifting is not required in the curve.
Keep vehicle in the lane.

13.1.8 – Railroad Crossing
Before reaching the crossing, all commercial drivers
should:As you prepare for the stop:

Decelerate, brake smoothly, and shift gears asnecessary.

Check traffic.

Look and listen for the presence of trains.

Activate your right turn signal.

Check traffic in all directions.

Decelerate smoothly, brake evenly, change gearsas necessary.

Do not stop, change gears, pass another vehicle, orchange lanes while any part of your vehicle is in the
crossing.

Bring your vehicle to a full stop without coasting.
Section 13 – On-road Driving
Version: July 2014

Page 13-2

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

If you are driving a bus, a school bus, or a vehicle
displaying placards, you should be prepared toobserve the following procedures at every railroad
crossing (unless the crossing is exempt):
As the vehicle approaches a railroad crossing,activate the four-way flashers.
Stop the vehicle within 50 feet but not less than 15
feet from the nearest rail.
Listen and look in both directions along the track for
an approaching train and for signals indicating theapproach of a train. If operating a bus, you may also
be required to open the window and door prior tocrossing tracks.
Keep hands on the steering wheel as the vehicle
crosses the tracks.

As you stop for the student discharge, you must:
Bring school bus to a complete stop at least 10’
away from students at the stop.
Place the transmission in neutral/park and set the
parking brake.
Activate the stop arm and red warning lights.
When discharging students, you must:
Communicate to students.
Check traffic.
Open the student door.
Check for students.
When students are crossing, you must:

Do not stop, change gears, or change lanes while
any part of your vehicle is proceeding across the
tracks.

Check traffic.

Four-way flashers should be deactivated after thevehicle crosses the tracks.

Check for students.

Continue to check mirrors and traffic.

When resuming from the student discharge, you
must:

Communicate to students.

Not all driving road test routes will have a railroad
crossing. You may be asked to explain anddemonstrate the proper railroad crossing
procedures to the examiner at a simulated location.

Check all mirrors.

13.1.9 – Bridge/Overpass/Sign

Check traffic.

Turn off warning lights and stop arm.
Close the door

Accelerate away from the stop area.
After driving under an overpass, you may be asked
to tell the examiner what the posted clearance orheight was. After going over a bridge, you may be
asked to tell the examiner what the posted weight
limit was. If your test route does not have a bridgeor overpass, you may be asked about another traffic
sign. When asked, be prepared to identify andexplain to the examiner any traffic sign which may
appear on the route.
13.1.10 – Student Discharge (School Bus)
If you are applying for a School Bus endorsement,
you will be required to demonstrate a student
discharge. Please refer to section 10 of this manual.
As you approach the student pick up, you must:
Decelerate and approach at a slow rate of speed
while continuing to check traffic.

13.1.11 – General Driving Behaviors
You will be scored on your overall performance inthe following general driving behavior categories:
13.1.11(a) – Clutch Usage (for Manual
Transmission)
Always use clutch to shift.
You must double-clutch when shifting. Do not rev
or lug the engine.
Do not ride clutch to control speed, coast with the
clutch depressed, or "pop" the clutch.
13.1.12(b) – Gear Usage (for Manual
Transmission)
Do not grind or clash gears.

Activate amber warning lights and right turn signals.

Select gear that does not rev or lug engine.

Move as far as possible to the right on the traveled
portion of the roadway.

Do not shift in turns and intersections.

Recheck traffic.

Section 13 – On-road Driving
Version: July 2014

Page 13-3

Commercial Driver’s License Manual – 2005 CDL Testing System

13.1.13(c) – Brake Usage
Do not ride or pump brake.
Do not brake harshly. Brake smoothly using steadypressure.
13.1.14(d) – Lane Usage
Do not put vehicle over curbs, sidewalks, or lane
markings.
Stop behind stop lines, crosswalks, or stop signs.
Complete a turn in the proper lane on a multiple
lane road (vehicle should finish a left turn in thelane directly to the right of the center line).
Finish a right turn in the right-most (curb) lane.
Move to or remain in right-most lane unless lane isblocked.
13.1.15 – Steering
Do not over or under steer the vehicle.
Keep both hands on the steering wheel at all times
unless shifting. Once you have completed shift,
return both hands to the steering wheel.
13.1.16 – Regular Traffic Checks
Check traffic regularly.
Check mirrors regularly.
Check mirrors and traffic before, while in and after
an intersection.
Scan and check traffic in high volume areas andareas where pedestrians are expected to bepresent.
13.1.17 – Use of Turn Signals
Use turn signals properly.
Activate turn signals when required.
Activate turn signals at appropriate times.
Cancel turn signals upon completion of a turn orlane change.

Section 13 – On-road Driving
Version: July 2014

Page 13-4

WE’RE GLAD YOU ASKED…
Coming in 2025, the State of Idaho will be switching to the new CDL
Skills Test format referred to as the Modernized Skills Test (Section’s
11M & 12M).
A Skills Test consists of three (3) parts/elements: Vehicle Inspection, BasicControls and Road Test. In the new Modernized Skills Test, only the Vehicle
Inspection and Basic Control testing elements are changing. The Road Test
portion will remain the same.

Until then, all CDL skills tests administered in Idaho will be using thestandard CDL Skills Test format (Section’s 11-13).

Check the ITD website: https://itd.idaho.gov//itddmv/
for updates on the switch over to the Modernized CDL Skills Test

Commercial Driver’s License Manual
Supplement for Modernized Version

Version: September 9, 2022
Supplement Only
CDL Driver’s Manual
COPYRIGHT © 2022 AAMVAAll Rights ReservedThis material is based upon work supported by the Federal Motor Carrier
Safety Administration under Cooperative Agreement No. DTFH61-97-X00017. Any opinions, findings, conclusions or recommendations expressed inthis publication are those of the Author(s) and do not necessarily reflect theview of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration.
COPYRIGHT © 2022 AAMVA. All rights reserved.
This material has been created for and provided to State Driver License Agencies (SDLAs) by AAMVA for the purpose of educating Driver
License applicants (Commercial or Non-Commercial). Permission to reproduce, use, distribute or sell this material has been granted to
SDLAs only. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system without express written permission from the author / publisher.
Any unauthorized reprint, use, distribution or sale of this material is prohibited.

Table of Contents

Vehicle Inspection ................................................................. 1
Basic Vehicle Control Skills Test ........................................... 18

Section 11M
Vehicle Inspection Test
This Section Covers:• Internal Inspections (All Vehicles)• Passenger Vehicle Inspections• School Bus Vehicle Inspections• Lights Operations Check (All Vehicles)• External Inspections (All Vehicles)• Combination Vehicle Inspections
Federal and jurisdictional laws require that CDL
drivers inspect their vehicle to determine if it is safe todrive. A vehicle inspection will help you find problems
or defects that can cause a breakdown or, evenworse, a crash. It is important to inspect all vehicle
components for proper working order.
During your CDL Vehicle Inspection test, yourinspection will focus on the safety critical items for theoperation of your vehicle. During this inspection, youmust show you have the knowledge to determine thevehicle is safe to drive. During the test, you will only
be required to inspect one vehicle axle, however, you
should be prepared to perform the same inspection,
described in section (11M.5.2) on all of the vehicle
axles. The vehicle inspection used to evaluate yourbasic knowledge does not cover all the federal
inspection guidelines. It is your responsibility to beknowledgeable of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety
Regulations.
[For safety purposes, you should use wheel chocks
during the Vehicle Inspection test.] You will have towalk around and enter/exit the vehicle to conduct theinspection. When exiting the vehicle, you must set
the parking brake(s) and place the vehicle in neutral.
When entering/exiting the vehicle, you must safely
exit/enter by facing the vehicle and maintaining three(3) points of contact at all times (when entering/exiting a bus, safely enter/exit by facing forward andmaintaining a firm grasp on the handrail).
You are only required to inspect the items on the
CDL Vehicle Inspection checklist. You may use thechecklist provided in this section for your test andcheck off items as you have completed them, but NO
additional markings or writing may be placed on thislist prior to the test.
You MUST name, point to and/or touch and fully
explain to the examiner WHAT you are inspecting
each safety critical item for. If you do not, you will not
get credit for the item(s). [You will NOT have to crawl
under the vehicle.] Any vehicle that has components
marked or labeled, other than by the manufacturer,
CANNOT be used for the Vehicle Inspection test.

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Failure to Follow Instructions or Unsafe Act –Failure to follow examiner instructions for completingthe test as directed may result in an automatic failure,
and the test may be terminated by the examiner.
Always follow the examiner’s instructions anddirections. If you do not understand the instructions,ask the examiner for clarification.
Committing an “unsafe act” (e.g., forgetting to set the
parking brake), may result in an automatic failure foran unsafe act, and the test may be terminated by theexaminer. Safety of the driver, the examiner and thetesting area is of the highest priority. Always think
SAFETY.

11M.1 Internal Inspection (All Vehicles)
Study the following vehicle parts for the vehicle you
will be using during the CDL Vehicle Inspection test.
You should be able to identify each part and tell theexaminer what you are looking for or inspecting.

11M.1.1 – In-Vehicle/Engine Start
Lighting Indicators
Description: Dashboard indicator lights for signals,
flashers, headlight high beam; Anti-lock Braking
System (ABS); and Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF)/Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF).
Why Inspect: Indicates which functions are active or
warns of problem vehicle components.
Inspection: Each of the following items must be
inspected. Inspect to make sure the dash indicators
work when the vehicle starts and whencorresponding lights are turned on including:• Left turn signal indicator.
• Right turn signal indicator.
• Four-way emergency indicator.
• High beam headlight indicator.
• ABS indicator on dashboard; (and for
combination vehicles only, the rear driver’s side
trailer ABS light should turn on then off), if
equipped.
• DEF indicator, if equipped.
Note: Operational inspection of actual turn signals,
four-way indicators and high beam functions must be
done separately during the lights operation inspection
described in Section 11M.4.

Emergency Equipment
Description: Required emergency equipment.
Why Inspect: Emergency equipment must be
available and in usable condition.
Inspection:• Inspect for three (3) red reflective triangles, six(6) fuses or three (3) liquid burning flares.
• Inspect for a properly charged and secured fire
extinguisher.
Page 11M-1

•Inspect for spare electrical fuses (if used) or
identify circuit breakers.

Why Inspect: The horn is a device that must function
properly in order to warn other roadway users of yourpresence.

Note: If the vehicle is not equipped with electricalfuses, you must mention this to the examiner andidentify that the vehicle operates on circuit breakers.

Inspection:• Inspect that air horn and/or electric horn work.

Windshield and Traffic Monitoring Devices

Parking and Trailer Brake Check

Description: Windshield, mirrors and other monitoring
devices, such as cameras.

Description: Keeps vehicle from moving or rollingwhen parked.

Why Inspect: Cracks, obstructions, stickers, or dirt in
the driver’s viewing area can cause the driver to lose
sight of changes in road conditions or other trafficaround the vehicle.

Why Inspect: The parking brake(s) must function
when a vehicle is parked, especially when on agrade/hill. A vehicle allowed to roll could cause
damage or injury to other roadway users or property.

Inspection:• Inspect that the windshield is clean with noobstructions except for an inspection sticker.
There can be no damage, such as cracks or
flaws to the glass.
• Inspect that mirrors are clean and adjusted
properly from the inside, when present.
• If equipped, inspect that rear and side viewmonitoring devices or cameras are clean and inworking condition. Devices should be viewablefrom the inside and the video display must be
operable and adjusted for viewing.

Inspection: You will be required to demonstrate theparking brake check (and trailer parking brake check,if equipped). This procedure is designed to determinethat the parking brake(s) are working correctly, andthey keep the vehicle from moving.
• Parking Brake: With the parking brake engaged(trailer brakes released on combination vehicles, if
applicable), remove foot from service brake andinspect that the parking brake will hold the vehicle
by gently pulling forward with the parking brakeon.
• Trailer Brake: With the parking brake released
and the trailer parking brake engaged(combination vehicles only), remove foot fromservice brake and inspect that the trailer parking
brake will hold the vehicle by gently pulling
forward with the trailer parking brake on. Also
assists in checking the coupling connection withthe trailer.

Wipers/Washers
Description: Windshield wipers and washers.
Why Inspect: Wipers improve visibility during rain andsnow. Worn blades reduce visibility. Washers assist in
keeping the windshield clean.
Inspection:• Inspect that wiper arms and blades are secure,not damaged, and demonstrate wipers operatesmoothly by turning them on and off.
• Inspect for windshield washer fluid anddemonstrate windshield washers operatecorrectly by activating the washers.

Heater/Defroster
Description: Heats cab or passenger compartment
and prevents frost or condensation from forming on
windshield.
Why Inspect: The defroster improves visibility,
especially during cold weather.
Inspection:• Identify, describe and demonstrate the heater(s)and defroster(s) work correctly by operating thecontrols.

Service Brake Check
Description: Procedure to be followed to inspect theapplication of air, hydraulic or electric service brakes.
Why Inspect: This procedure is designed to makecertain that air, hydraulic or electric service brakes areoperating correctly for normal operation.
Inspection: You will be required to demonstrate theapplication of air, hydraulic or electric service brakes.
This procedure is designed to determine that thebrakes are working correctly, and that the vehicle does
not pull to one side or the other at a low speed.
• Pull forward at 5 mph, apply the service (foot)brake and come to a complete stop. Inspect tosee that the vehicle does not pull to either sideand stops when the service brake is applied. If
the vehicle pulls to either side or does not stop
well, the brakes may not be working correctly.

Horn(s)Description: Air and/or electrical horns used forwarning other roadway users (e.g., cars, motorcyclists,
bicyclists and pedestrians).
Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-2

11M.1.2 – Air Brake or Hydraulic Brake
Check (based on type of brake system)•

Air Brake Check (Air Brake Equipped
Vehicles Only)
Description: Procedures to be followed in inspecting
air brake systems.
Why Inspect: Air brake safety devices vary. This
procedure is designed to make certain that safety
devices are operating correctly as air pressure drops
from “normal” to “low air” conditions. Loss of airpressure will cause the emergency brakes to activate
causing an abrupt and uncontrolled stop.
Inspection: Failure to explain and demonstrate(perform) all four (4) parts of the air brake checkcorrectly will result in an automatic failure of the
CDL Vehicle Inspection test.
The proper procedures for inspecting the air brakesystem are as follows:
1. Air Gauge and Governor Cutoff Check –Chock the wheels, start the vehicle and inspectthat the air gauge is working and builds the airpressure to governor cutoff (approximately 120 –140 psi) and identify the cutoff pressure for yourvehicle.
2. Air Leakage Rate Test – Shut off the engine,
return the key to the “on” or “battery charge”
position, release the parking brake (all vehicles),and the tractor protection valve (combination
vehicle). Fully apply the foot brake. Once the airgauge is stabilized, hold the foot brake for one (1)minute. Inspect the air gauge to see if the airpressure drops more than three (3) pounds inone (1) minute (single vehicle or trailer without
airbrakes) or four (4) pounds in one (1) minute(combination vehicle).
3. Air Warning Device(s) Test – Without restarting the engine, make sure the key orelectrical power is in the “on” or “battery charge”
position. Begin fanning off the air pressure by
applying and releasing the foot brake. The low air
warning devices (buzzer, light, and flag) should
activate before air pressure drops below 55 psi orlevel specified by the manufacturer. It is theapplicant’s responsibility to know the vehicle
manufacturer’s specifications.
4. Emergency Brake(s) Test – Continue to fan off
the air pressure. The parking brake (oremergency brake) valve should close (pop out)
between 20 psi and 45 psi (no less than 20 psi
and no more than 45 psi).
•

On air operated trailers, the tractor protection
valve and trailer parking brake (or emergency
brake) valve should close (pop out) at theSection 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

same time or prior to the valve for thetruck/tractor/bus.
You will need to identify the level specified by
the manufacturer for the vehicle you are
testing in. If the vehicle’s valves are notdesigned to pop out, you will need to listen
for the sound of air discharging from the air
system, which indicates the parking (oremergency) brakes have been applied. If thevehicle is equipped with a backup air system,
you will need to explain that there is a
backup system and that the valve(s) will not
pop out.

Note: You will need to explain the specific procedures
specified by the manufacturer for the vehicle you are
testing in. It is your responsibility to know anddescribe to the examiner the vehicle manufacturer’s
specifications for air systems.

OR
Hydraulic Brake Check (Hydraulic Brake
Equipped Vehicles Only)
Description: Procedure to be followed to inspect
hydraulic brakes. Types of hydraulic brake systems
and inspection procedures will vary.
Why Inspect: Damaged hydraulic hoses, leaks in thebraking system or low hydraulic fluid will result in apartial or total loss of the braking system that may
result in increased stopping distances or a crash.
Inspection: Failure to explain and demonstrate
the hydraulic brake check correctly will result in
an automatic failure of the CDL Vehicle
Inspection test. This check is designed to see thatthe hydraulic brakes operate correctly. Use thefollowing hydraulic brake check steps based on yourvehicle’s system specifications:•••Inspect that indicators and warning systems arefunctioning, as specified by the manufacturer, if
equipped.
With the transmission placed in “park”, identify
the normal height of the brake pedal and inspectbrake pedal pressure [i.e., pump the brake pedal
three (3) times, and then hold it down for five (5)seconds], or as specified by the manufacturer.
The brake pedal should not move (depress) after
initial application and should be firm and have asufficient amount of reserve for brake pedal
application.
Inspect that the hydraulic power assist system(s),if equipped, are functioning, as specified by the
manufacturer.

Note: Hydraulic brake systems vary. Your system
may require the ignition to be in the “on” position
and/or the engine running. You will need to explainand demonstrate to the examiner the procedures foryour vehicle as specified by the manufacturer.
Page 11M-3

11M.2 – Passenger and School Bus Only

Passenger Monitoring Devices

Passenger Entry and Lift

Description: Mirrors and monitoring devices, such as
cameras, for observing and monitoring passengers or
students.

Description: Bus door(s) used for normal entry or exit.
Passenger lift used for wheelchair accessibility.
Why Inspect: All passengers must be able to enterand exit safely.
Inspection:• Inspect that entry door(s) are not damaged,
operate smoothly and close securely from theinside.
• Inspect that handrails are secure and, if
equipped, that the step light(s) are working.
• Inspect that the entry steps are clear, and thetread is not loose, or worn.
• If equipped with a passenger lift, inspect forleaking, damaged or missing parts, and explain
how the lift should be inspected for correct
operation.
• If equipped, lift must be fully retracted andlatched securely.

Emergency Exits
Description: Bus doors, roof hatches, or push-out
windows used for emergency evacuation.

Why Inspect: Internal (passenger) and external(fender, cross-over and other) mirrors or monitoring
devices for seeing and observing passengers or
students help the driver to safely observe andmonitor passengers/students during driving, loading
and unloading. Passenger/school bus vehicle drivers
must be able to see boarding and discharging
passengers/students.
Inspection:• Inspect that all internal and external passenger
mirrors and mirror brackets are not bent and aremounted securely with no missing parts.
• Inspect all internal and external passenger
mirrors for proper adjustment and that they areclean.
• If equipped, inspect that passenger monitoring
devices or cameras are clean and viewable fromthe inside and the video display is operable andadjusted for viewing.
• Inspect student crossover mirrors (school bus
only).

Why Inspect: Emergency exits must be operable inorder to provide an escape for passengers during acrash or emergency.

11M.3 – School Bus Only

Inspection:• Inspect that all emergency exits are labeled, notdamaged, operate smoothly, and close securely
from the inside. Demonstrate that at least one (1)emergency exit operates smoothly, closes
securely, and is not damaged. Confirm that theexit and warnings work properly. Point out anddescribe how all other emergency exits operate.
• Inspect that release handles can be operated
properly both from inside and outside the vehicle.
• With the key in the “on” or “charged” position,
inspect that emergency exit warning devices areworking.

Description: Strobe light (if equipped), alternately
flashing amber lights and alternately flashing red lights
on school buses.

Passenger Seating
Description: Passenger vehicle seats and frames.
Why Inspect: Seats must be safe for passengers to
sit in.
Inspection:• Inspect that there are no broken seat frames andinspect that seat frames are firmly attached to thefloor.
• Inspect that seat cushions are attached securely
to the seat frames.

Student Lights (Front and Back)

Why Inspect: Student lights allow the driver of aschool bus to communicate presence and intentions tostop/resume student loading and unloading with othertraffic.
Inspection: The following student lights must be
inspected, and the operation demonstrated, on boththe front and back of the vehicle.
• Inspect that strobe light (if equipped) is operational
and is not broken. Inspect that the strobe lightindicator on the dash is operational.
• Inspect that alternately flashing amber lights (ifequipped), on both front and rear of vehicle, areoperational and is not broken. Inspect that the
flashing amber light indicator on the dash is
operational.
• Inspect that alternately flashing red lights, on both
front and rear of vehicle, are operational and is notbroken. Inspect that the flashing red light indicatoron the dash is operational.

Stop Arm(s) and Safety Arm
Description: The stop arm and safety arm on schoolbuses that operate when student loading andunloading lights are activated.

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-4

Why Inspect: Stop Arm - Warns other drivers aschool bus is stopping or is stopped. Safety Arm Forces school students to cross well (e.g., 10 feet)away from the front of the school bus in the drivers
view.
Inspection: The following school bus safety items
must be inspected and the operation of, must be
described and demonstrated.
• Inspect the stop arm(s) - if equipped, aresecurely mounted to the vehicle frame and there
are no loose, broken, or damaged parts. Inspect
the stop arm extends fully when operated, stop
arm lights are operational and that the stop arm
indicator on the dash is operational.
• Inspect that safety arm, if equipped, is securely
mounted to the vehicle frame and there are noloose, broken, or damaged parts. Inspect that thesafety arm functions properly in conjunction withthe stop arm, it extends fully.

First Aid Emergency and Body Fluid Kits

Note: on a combination vehicle, you need only
inspect the rear of the trailer.
Note: The operation of all external lights must be
inspected from outside the vehicle. You may ask theexaminer to assist you in inspecting the external
operation of the lights. You will need to direct theexaminer to the front, sides and rear of the vehicle ortrailer (combination only), as you conduct theinspection. You are responsible for telling theexaminer exactly which lights you would like them toinspect as you activate the lights from inside thevehicle. You will need to roll the window down andspeak loud enough for the examiner to hear. If you
forget or leave out a specific light, you will not getcredit.

11M.5 – External Inspection (All Vehicles)
11M.5.1 – Front of Vehicle / Engine Area
(Engine Off)Description: Required emergency equipment(including emergency first aid kit and body fluid
cleanup kit) for a school bus.

LensesWhy Inspect: Emergency equipment must be
available and in usable condition.

Why Inspect: Light lenses or covers must be clean
and free of damage for lights to work properly.

Inspection:• Inspect that emergency first aid kit is present andthe seal has not been broken which may indicate
missing items.
• Inspect that body fluid cleanup kit is present andthe seal has not been broken which may indicate
missing items.

11M.4 – Lights Operations Check (All
Vehicles)Lights Operations Check
Description: Headlights, high-beam lights, turnsignals, 4-way flashers, clearance lights, taillights, andbrake lights on the front, sides and rear of acommercial motor vehicle and trailer (combinationonly).
Why Inspect: Lights allow the driver of a commercial
vehicle to see and be seen and to communicate withother traffic.
Inspection:•

Inspect that all lights on the front, sides and rear of
the vehicle operate and illuminate whencorresponding lights are turned on, including theleft and right turn signals, 4-way flashers, lowbeam headlights, high beam headlights, clearance
or marker lights, taillights and brake lights. Inspectthat brake lights come “on” when brakes areapplied and turn “off” when brakes are released.

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Description: Light lenses or covers on the front of thevehicle/tractor.

Inspection:• Inspect that light lenses or covers are the propercolor, clean, not broken and not missing.

Critical Fluid Levels
Description: Engine oil for engine lubrication;
coolant for cooling the engine; steering fluid forassisting wheel action to the front wheels; and brakefluid for vehicle braking (hydraulic brakes only).
Why Inspect: Proper fluid levels ensure that engine,cooling, steering and brake systems (hydraulicbrakes only) operate correctly and extends the life of
the engine and these systems.
Inspection: With the engine off, indicate that fluids
would be inspected for proper levels including the:• engine oil;• cooling system/coolant;• power steering fluid; and• brake fluid (hydraulic brakes only).
If applicable, indicate where to inspect the fluid level
and where the dipstick(s) or sight glass(es) arelocated. Identify that you would inspect that the levelis between the add and the full marks for each item.
Caution: Never remove the coolant radiator cap if theengine is hot.

Page 11M-5

Fluid and Air Leaks
Description: Fluid leaks from engine and other vehicle
systems; and air leaks, if applicable.
Why Inspect: Fluid loss could indicate component
failure in areas where levels might not be readily
inspected (e.g., transmission or fuel systems). Air
leaks could indicate component failure in areas that
may not be readily inspected (e.g., air compressor andother air components).
Inspection:• Look for puddles on the ground.
• Look for dripping fluids around and on undersideof engine and transmission.
• Inspect hoses and air lines, if applicable, forcondition and leaks.

Steering System
Description: Mechanisms that transform steeringcolumn action into wheel turning action.
Why Inspect: Worn, cracked, loose or broken steeringparts could result in loss of steering. Movement in thelinkage can cause the vehicle to wander or experienceother serious control problems.
Inspection:• Inspect that the power steering box is securely
mounted and not leaking.
• Inspect that all steering hoses and connections
are not cracked, worn or leaking.
• Inspect that the steering system has no missing
nuts, bolts, or cotter keys.
• Inspect that visible connecting links, arms, androds from the steering box to the wheel are notworn or cracked and that joints and sockets are
not worn or loose.

11M.5.2 – Axle Components/Steering
Axle
Note: Be prepared to perform the sameinspection, described in this section (11M.5.2) on
any of the vehicle axles.

Tires
Description: Tire/wheel assemblies in contact with thepavement.
Why Inspect: Underinflation increases the chance of
blowout from excessive heat buildup due to increased
flexing of the tire. Low tread depth increases the effectof hydroplaning, reduces traction and increases
stopping distance.
Overinflation increases the chances of damage to thetire from curbs and potholes and loss of traction due toless tread in contact with the road. Cuts and bulges
may cause tire failure, blowouts, and sudden loss ofcontrol.
Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Inspection: The following items must be inspectedon each tire:• Tire inflation: Inspect for proper inflation using atire gauge. Make sure all valve stems areaccessible.
• Tire condition: Inspect for cuts and damage that
expose body plies to the tire in the tread andsidewall. Make sure that valve caps are notmissing, and valve stems are not damaged or
broken. Look for bumps and bulges in the
sidewall and mismatched diameters in dual tires.
• Tread depth: Inspect for minimum tread depthwith a tread depth gauge on all major tread
grooves containing wear bars (4/32 on steering
axle tires, 2/32 on all other tires).
Note: You will not get credit if you simply kick thetires or use a mallet to inspect for proper inflation.
You must mention the use of a tire gauge.
Note: If the tires are equipped with an automatic tire
inflation system (ATIS) or tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS) that has hoses connected to the tire
valve stems, you need only mention that tire pressure
is monitored and adjusted by an automatic system
and inspect that it is working properly.

Rims/Wheels
Description: The metal rims/wheels which tires aremounted on.
Why Inspect: Damaged rims can result in loss of a tirefrom the rim, loss of a wheel from an axle, loss of airpressure in a tire, a wheel rolling off a rim due todamage to flange, or split rim. A damaged wheel can
result in loss of vehicle control, leading to a crash.
Wheels and rims should be inspected for conditions
that could result in a complete or partial wheel
separation or air loss in the tire.
Inspection:• Inspect for damaged, cracked or bent rims. Rims
cannot have welding repairs. Inspect for rusttrails that may indicate rim is loose on a wedge
wheel, if applicable.
• Inspect studs and bolt holes to make sure they
are not elongated (out of round) and there are no
missing or loose nuts or bolts.

Wheel Fasteners (Lug Nuts)
Description: Holds wheel on axle.
Why Inspect: Loose or missing lug nuts could result inthe loss of a wheel and lead to a crash.
Inspection:• Inspect that all lug nuts are present.
• Inspect that lug nuts are not loose and there areno signs of rust trails or shiny threads that may
show looseness.
• Inspect that there are no broken studs.
Page 11M-6

Springs and Air Bags and Shocks
Description: Leaf or coil springs for dampening wheel
vibration forces created by rolling over road surface.
Air bags that accompany springs or serve as theprimary suspension system. Gas or hydraulic devices(shocks) that cushion vehicle suspension and stabilize
the vehicle.
Why Inspect: Damaged or missing leaf springs orcoils may lead to loss of control or rollover if thevehicle falls on the frame or on a tire. Shifted springs
may strike a tire causing a blowout or interference withsteering. Damaged air bags or shocks can affectvehicle handling and stopping distances.
Inspection: The following items must be inspected,
where visible and accessible, on each axle:• Inspect for missing, shifted, cracked, or broken
leaf springs and inspect that spring mounts are
not cracked, broken or missing any parts.
• Inspect for broken or distorted coil springs andinspect that mounts are not cracked, broken or
have any missing parts.
• Inspect that the air ride suspension is secure, notdamaged and not leaking (if equipped).
• Inspect that shock absorbers are secure, notdamaged and not leaking (if equipped).
• Inspect that the vehicle is sitting level (front torear and side to side).
Note: Inform the examiner if the suspension
components are not visible or accessible, on vehicles
such as transit or motor coach buses, and inspectthat the vehicle is sitting level (front to rear and side
to side) and note that a leaning vehicle may indicate
a suspension problem.

Brake Lines / Hoses / Leaks
Description: Carries air or hydraulic fluid to wheel
brake assembly.
Why Inspect: Loss of hydraulic fluid may lead to lossof brake power and response. Loss of air pressure
may cause wheel lockup.
Inspection:• Inspect that hoses or lines can supply air or
hydraulic fluid to the brakes and are not leaking.
• Inspect for cracked, worn or frayed hoses orlines.
• Inspect that all hose or line couplings and fittings
are secure.
Note: If electric brakes, inspect that electric lines are
secure, and casing is not worn or cracked.

Brake Contaminates
Description: Contamination, such as grease, oil, etc.,that can affect braking performance when slowing or
stopping the vehicle.
Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Why Inspect: Contaminates on the brakes can cause
a reduction in braking friction which may lead to acrash. Contaminates can also create a fire hazard.
Inspection:• If accessible, inspect for contaminants such as
grease, oil, etc., on the brake lining or pads andthe brake drum or disc that can affect braking
capabilities.

11M.5.3 – Side of Vehicle
Lenses and Reflectors
Description: Light lenses or covers and reflectors on
the sides of the vehicle and trailer (combination only).
Why Inspect: Light lenses or covers must be free ofdamage for lights to work properly. Reflectors allow
the driver of a commercial vehicle to be seen and tocommunicate presence with other traffic.
Inspection:• Inspect that light lenses or covers on the sides ofthe vehicle and trailer (combination only) are theproper color, clean, not broken or missing.
• Inspect that reflectors on the sides of the vehicle
and trailer (combination only) are the propercolor, clean, not broken or missing.

Traffic Monitoring Devices
Description: Side view mirrors for rear view of traffic
to the sides and behind (all vehicles). Other monitoring
devices, such as cameras, may be utilized with mirrors
or instead of mirrors.
Why Inspect: Mirrors or other monitoring devices
provide visibility to the sides and rear of the vehicle.
The driver must be able to see other traffic, especiallyin blind areas.
Inspection:• Inspect that mirror(s) are clean and not cracked
and mirror brackets are not bent and aremounted securely with no missing parts.
• If equipped, rear and side view monitoring
devices or cameras must be clean to view fromthe inside.

Battery/Electrical System
Description: Batteries that supply electrical current forvehicle functions or serve as a partial or primarysource for vehicle power.
Why Inspect: Damage to the batteries, electricalsystem or electric motor can cause vehicle
breakdowns or electrical shortage leading to a fire
onboard the vehicle.
Inspection: Wherever located:• Inspect that batteries are secure, if visible.
• Inspect that all connections are tight and should
not show signs of excessive corrosion, if visible.
Page 11M-7

••

Inspect all electrical system cables and lines are
secure and not cracked or worn.
Inspect that the battery box, cover or door issecure, if applicable.

Note: Inform the examiner if the batteries are notvisible or accessible.

Fuel Tank(s)Description: A container that holds fuel.
Why Inspect: Leaks are a fire hazard and can cause
driving hazards to other traffic. Fuel on pavement canbe very slippery.
Inspection:• Inspect that all fuel tank(s), including Diesel
Exhaust Fuel (DEF) tank(s), if equipped, aresecurely mounted, cap(s) are tight, and that there
are no leaks from tank(s) or lines.

Frame(s)Description: Structural members for supporting
vehicle body or trailer body.
Why Inspect: Loose or cracked frame members may
reduce vehicle stability, cause handling and cornering
problems (e.g., wandering, possible rollover) resulting
in total loss of vehicle control. Cracks, breaks or holes
in the cargo area can result in possible loss of cargo.
Inspection:• Inspect for cracks, broken welds, holes or otherdamage to the frame members, including thetrailer, if applicable.
• Inspect for cracks, breaks or holes in the cargoarea or floor, including the trailer, if applicable.
• Inspect that trailer tandem release lever and pins
are secure, if applicable.

11M.5.4 – Rear of Vehicle or Trailer
Lenses and Reflectors
Description: Light lenses or covers and reflectors onrear of vehicle or trailer (combination only).
Why Inspect: Light lenses or covers must be free ofdamage for lights to work properly. Reflectors allow
the driver of a commercial vehicle to be seen and tocommunicate presence with other traffic.
Inspection:• Inspect that light lenses or covers are the propercolor, clean, not broken and not missing.
• Inspect that reflectors are the proper color, clean,
not broken and not missing.
Note: on a combination vehicle, you need only inspect
the rear of the trailer.

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

11M.6 – Combination Vehicles
11M.6.1 – Combination Vehicles Only
Air and Electric Lines / Connectors
Description: Carry air and electricity from power unit
to trailer.
Why Inspect: Air Brakes - Loss of air to the trailer will
result in a partial or total loss of braking to the towed
unit. A low air condition will cause sudden applicationof the trailer’s spring brakes, which may result in lossof control and lead to a crash.
Electric Brakes - Loss of electrical connection to thetrailer will result in total loss of braking and control to
the towed unit and can lead to a crash.
Electric Lines - Damaged lines may result in loss ofthe vehicle’s ability to communicate its maneuvers toother drivers (no turn, or brake lights). Not being seen
by other traffic at night is a serious traffic hazard andcan lead to a crash.
Inspection:• Inspect that air and electric connectors on the
power unit and trailer are seated and sealed, freeof damage and locked into place.
• Inspect that air hoses and electrical lines are notcut, cracked, chafed, spliced, taped or worn(steel braid/electrical conductor must not show
through). Listen for air leaks (air brake systems
only).
• Inspect that electrical lines and air lines (ifequipped) are not tangled, crimped or pinched, or
dragging against vehicle parts or the ground.
Note: You must inspect the connections on both thepower unit and trailer to receive credit.
For the remainder of this section (11M.6.1), youwill need to study the type of coupling system
your vehicle is equipped with – that you will beusing for your Vehicle Inspection test:•••

Fifth Wheel Combination, or
Pintle Hook Combination, or
All Other Types of Combinations.

FOR FIFTH WHEEL COMBINATIONS ONLY
Fifth Wheel Skid Plate
Description: Plate on which the trailer rests andsecures the trailer kingpin.
Why Inspect: A faulty or damaged fifth wheel skid
plate and an improper connection between the tractor
and the trailer can result in handling problems,rollover, or separation of the tractor and trailer leading
to a crash.

Page 11M-8

Inspection:• Inspect that the fifth wheel skid plate is securely
mounted to the vehicle by the fifth wheel
platform.
• Inspect for cracks, breaks or excessive wear.
• Inspect for proper lubrication, if applicable.

•••

Kingpin, Apron & Gap

Inspect that the drawbar ring or eye is secured tothe trailer tongue and there are no loose or
missing bolts, broken welds, or cracks.
Inspect that the drawbar ring or eye is not worn.
Inspect the trailer tongue for dents, twists, cracks,
and broken welds and that the trailer tongue can
support the weight of the load. If extendable,
inspect that bolts, locking pins and cotter pins arein place.

Description: Pin that attaches the semi-trailer totractor (kingpin) and the metal plate attached to the
kingpin that provides the surface for resting the trailer
on the fifth wheel (apron).

OR

Why Inspect: Wear or damage to the kingpin can
result in handling problems, rollover, or separation of
the tractor and trailer leading to a crash.

Note: Coupling systems vary. If you have another typeof coupling system, you will need to describe to theexaminer how it works and what you are inspecting.

Inspection:• Inspect that the kingpin is in place and not bent,
damaged or worn.
• Inspect that the visible part of the apron is notbent, cracked, or broken.
• Inspect that the trailer is lying flat on the fifth
wheel skid plate and there is no space between
the apron and fifth wheel (no gap).
• Inspect for proper lubrication, if applicable.

Tow Hitch

OR

Inspection:• Inspect that the tow hitch or other mechanism issecurely mounted to the vehicle frame. Inspect
sway bar/control, if equipped.
• Inspect for loose or missing parts including
mounting bolts, nuts, pins, brackets and clamps,
including the trailer ball or other mechanism.
• Inspect for cracks, breaks or excessive wear.

FOR PINTLE HOOK COMBINATIONS ONLY
Pintle Hook
Description: Tow hitch or receiving coupling which
the trailer drawbar ring/eye locks into.
Why Inspect: A faulty or damaged pintle hook and an
improper connection between the power unit and thetrailer can result in handling problems, rollover, or
separation of the power unit and trailer leading to acrash.
Inspection:• Inspect that the pintle hook is securely mounted
to the vehicle frame.
• Inspect for loose or missing parts including
mounting bolts, nuts, pins, brackets and clamps.
• Inspect for cracks, breaks or excessive wear.

Trailer Drawbar Ring & Tongue
Description: Trailer drawbar ring or eye attached to
the front of the trailer tongue that secures into thepintle hook for coupling. The trailer tongue that
extends from the trailer’s main body frame to allow forcoupling and turning.
Why Inspect: Wear, damage, cracks or improper
welds in the drawbar ring and trailer tongue may resultin loss of the trailer leading to a crash.
Inspection:• Inspect that the drawbar ring or eye is not bent or
twisted.
Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

ALL OTHER TYPES OF COMBINATIONS

Description: Tow or receiver hitch and trailer ball,which the trailer coupler rests on.
Why Inspect: A faulty or damaged tow hitch or othermechanism and an improper connection between the
power unit and the trailer can result in handlingproblems, rollover, or separation of the power unit andtrailer leading to a crash.

Trailer Coupler & Tongue
Description: Trailer coupler attached to the front of
the trailer tongue that latches to the trailer hitch andtrailer ball. The trailer tongue that extends from thetrailer’s main body frame to allow for coupling andturning.
Why Inspect: Wear, damage, cracks or improper
welds in the trailer coupler and trailer tongue may
result in loss of the trailer, leading to a crash.
Inspection:• Inspect that the trailer coupler is not bent or
twisted.
• Inspect that the trailer coupler is secured to thetrailer tongue and there are no loose or missing
bolts, broken welds, or cracks.
• Inspect that the trailer coupler is not worn.
• Inspect the trailer tongue for dents, twists, cracks,
and broken welds and that the trailer tongue can
support the weight of the load. If extendable,
inspect that bolts, locking pins and cotter pins arein place.

Page 11M-9

Locking and Safety Devices

Reflective Tape

Description: Locking connection and safety devices
that keep the trailer locked into place.

Description: Reflective tape on the side and rear of
the trailer, if required.

Why Inspect: The trailer could uncouple during travel
if the locking mechanisms are not secured. Safety
devices help to keep the locking mechanism in place
and provide assistance should the connection fail.

Why Inspect: Reflective tape on a trailer allows thedriver of a commercial vehicle to be seen and tocommunicate presence with other traffic.

Inspection: Fifth Wheel Coupling Systems Only
• Look into fifth wheel gap and inspect that locking
jaws or lever are fully secured around the kingpin
and inspect for play between kingpin and locking
jaws/lever.
• Inspect that the release arm is in the engaged
position and the safety latch or lock (if equipped)
is in place.
• Inspect the sliding fifth wheel locking pins (ifequipped) for damage and the pins are fully
engaged.
OR

Inspection:• Inspect that reflector tape on the sides and rearof the trailer are present and affixed securely tothe vehicle.
Note: Reflective tape is only required for trailers.
Some jurisdictional laws may require for schoolbuses.

Basic Control Skills Test
Remember, the Vehicle Inspection test must be
passed before you can proceed to the Basic Control
Skills test (covered in the next section).

Inspection: All Other Coupling Systems• Inspect the locking mechanism or latch formissing or broken parts and make sure the pintle
or hitch release lever or latch is locked in placeand secure.
• Inspect that safety pins and cotter pins are inplace and not missing, if present.
• Inspect that safety cables or chains are secure,crossed, and free of kinks and excessive slack, if
present. Breakaway cables must be engaged.

11M.6.2 – Trailers Only
Landing Gear & Clearance
Description: Supports front end of trailer when trailer
is not coupled to a truck or tractor.
Why Inspect: Landing gear must be raised properly
so that it will not strike the ground during travel andmust clear the back of the power unit while turning. Its
handle must be secured to the vehicle so it will not
move and strike other traffic. Any damage to landing
gear supports may result in the trailer tipping or fallingover when disconnected.
Inspection:• Inspect that the landing gear is fully raised, has
no missing parts, the crank handle is secure, andthe support frame and landing pads are notdamaged.
• If power operated, inspect for air or hydraulicleaks.
• If tractor semi-trailer, inspect that the fifth wheel
is positioned properly so that the tractor frame
will clear the landing gear during turns.

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-10

Class A Checklist
Tractor Semi-Trailer or Truck & Trailer or Bus & Trailer
In-Vehicle/Engine Start☐ *air or *hydraulic brake check☐ parking & trailer brake check☐ service brake check☐ lighting indicators☐ emergency equipment☐ windshield & traffic monitoring devices☐ wipers & washers☐ heater & defroster☐ horn(s)Lights Operations Check☐ all external lights
Front of Vehicle/Engine Area
☐ lenses☐ fluid levels☐ fluid & air leaks☐ steering systems
Steering Axle
☐ tires☐ rims☐ lug nuts
☐ springs/mounts & air bags & shocks☐ brake lines or hoses & leaks☐ brake contaminates
Side of Vehicle☐ lenses & reflectors☐ traffic monitoring devices☐ battery☐ fuel tank(s)/DEF tank☐ frame(s)Combination Vehicles Only
☐ air & electric lines & connectors☐ fifth wheel skid plate or pintle hookor tow hitch☐ kingpin & apron & gap or drawbar ring &tongue or coupler & tongue☐ locking & safety devices
Trailer Only
☐ landing gear & clearance☐ reflective tape
Rear of Trailer☐ lenses & reflectors* Automatic failure if not performed correctly

Passenger and School Bus
Only☐ passenger entry & lift
☐ emergency exits☐ passenger seating☐ passenger monitoring devices

School Bus Only
☐ student lights (front & back)☐ stop arm(s) & safety arm☐ first aid & body fluid kits

You are only required to inspect the items on the CDL Vehicle Inspection checklist. You may use this checklist
for your test and check off items as you have completed them, NO additional markings or writing may beplaced on this list. You MUST name, point to and/or touch and fully explain what you are inspecting
each safety critical item for. If you do not do so, you will not get credit for the item(s).

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-11

Class B or Class C Checklist
Straight Truck or Other Straight Vehicle
In-Vehicle/Engine Start☐ *air or *hydraulic brake check☐ parking & trailer brake check☐ service brake check☐ lighting indicators☐ emergency equipment☐ windshield & traffic monitoring devices☐ wipers & washers☐ heater & defroster☐ horn(s)Lights Operations Check☐ all external lights
Front of Vehicle/Engine Area
☐ lenses☐ fluid levels☐ fluid & air leaks☐ steering systems
Steering Axle
☐ tires☐ rims☐ lug nuts
☐ springs/mounts & air bags & shocks☐ brake lines or hoses & leaks☐ brake contaminates
Side of Vehicle☐ lenses & reflectors☐ traffic monitoring devices☐ battery☐ fuel tank(s)/DEF tank☐ frame(s)Rear of Vehicle☐ lenses & reflectors* Automatic failure if not performed correctly

You are only required to inspect the items on the CDL Vehicle Inspection checklist. You may use this checklist
for your test and check off items as you have completed them, NO additional markings or writing may beplaced on this list. You MUST name, point to and/or touch and fully explain what you are inspecting
each safety critical item for. If you do not do so, you will not get credit for the item(s).

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-12

Class B or Class C Checklist
Passenger or School Bus
In-Vehicle/Engine Start☐ *air or *hydraulic brake check☐ parking & trailer brake check☐ service brake check☐ lighting indicators☐ emergency equipment☐ windshield & traffic monitoring devices☐ wipers & washers☐ heater & defroster☐ horn(s)Passenger and School Bus Only
☐ passenger entry & lift
☐ emergency exits☐ passenger seating☐ passenger monitoring devices
School Bus Only
☐ student lights (front & back)☐ stop arm(s) & safety arm☐ first aid & body fluid kits
Lights Operations Check☐ all external lights
Front of Vehicle/Engine Area
☐ lenses☐ fluid levels☐ fluid & air leaks☐ steering systems
Steering Axle
☐ tires☐ rims☐ lug nuts
☐ springs/mounts & air bags & shocks☐ brake lines or hoses & leaks☐ brake contaminates
Side of Vehicle☐ lenses & reflectors☐ traffic monitoring devices☐ battery☐ fuel tank(s)/DEF tank☐ frame(s)Rear of Vehicle☐ lenses & reflectors* Automatic failure if not performed correctly

You are only required to inspect the items on the CDL Vehicle Inspection checklist. You may use this checklist
for your test and check off items as you have completed them, NO additional markings or writing may beplaced on this list. You MUST name, point to and/or touch and fully explain what you are inspecting
each safety critical item for. If you do not do so, you will not get credit for the item(s).

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-13

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Section 11M - Vehicle Inspection
Version: September 9, 2022

Page 11M-14

Section 12M
Basic Control Skills Test
This Section Covers••

Basic Control Skills Test Scoring
Basic Control Skills Test Exercises

For the Basic Control Skills test, you will
demonstrate basic skills in controlling acommercial vehicle and judging its position in
relation to other objects.
It tests for the basic skills needed for safe control
and operation of the vehicle. The types of
judgment and skills required for these basic control
skills are also required in many different driving
situations.
You will receive points for changing direction to
gain a better position, crossing over or touchingboundary lines or cones and for your final position.
You may be permitted to exit the vehicle to checkaround the vehicle during backing exercises. Whenentering/exiting the vehicle, you must set yourparking brake, place the vehicle in neutral, andsafely exit/enter by facing the vehicle andmaintaining three (3) points of contact at all times(when entering/exiting a bus, face forward andmaintain a firm grasp on the handrail).
If at any time you open the door, move from aseated position when in physical control of thevehicle, (or on a bus, walk to the back to get abetter view), you will be scored for a look.
You will receive specific instructions for each
exercise prior to performing them. You will have an
opportunity to ask questions. You must complete
the exercise as directed. If you see the examinerraise their hand (like this ), stop and return yourvehicle within the exercise boundary lines.
Your Basic Control Skills test will include thefollowing exercises, either off-road or somewhereon the street during the Road Test:
Step 1 – Forward Stop,
Step 2 – Straight-Line Backing,
Step 3 – Forward Offset Tracking, andStep 4 – Reverse Offset Backing.
These exercises are shown in Figures 12M.1
through 12M.4 on page 12M-4.

12M.1 Scoring
During the Basic Control Skills test exercises, youwill be scored for:Pull-ups – pulling forward on a backing exercise toclear an encroachment or to get a better position is
Section 12M – Basic Control Skills
FINAL DRAFT Version: September 9, 2022

scored as a “pull-up.” These exercises include
Exercise 2 – Straight-Line Backing and Exercise
4 – Reverse Offset Backing. The examiner willscore the number of times you pull-up.
Stopping without changing direction does not countas a pull-up.
You will not be penalized for initial pull-ups.
However, an excessive number of pull-ups, willcount as errors. Your examiner will cover “pull-ups”
when giving instructions for these exercises.
Back-ups – backing up on a forward moving
exercise to clear an encroachment or to get abetter position is scored as a “back-up.” “Back-ups”
will be scored on Exercise 3 – Forward Offset
Tracking. The examiner will score the number oftimes you back-up.
Encroachments – crossing over or touching
exercise boundary lines or cones with any portionof your vehicle, other than the vehicle’s mirrors(door or fender) or other unique vehicle parts atdoor mirror height or higher, such as a bucket
truck, is scored as an encroachment. Unique parts
below door mirror height are counted as an“encroachment.”
If you have encroached, the examiner will stop you
and you must return the vehicle within the exercise
boundaries. You must stop immediately when
signaled by the examiner. The examiner will score
the number of times you touch or cross over an
exercise boundary line or cone. Eachencroachment will count as an error.
Looks – exiting the vehicle while performing an
exercise to check the vehicle’s position whilebacking. You may be permitted to safely stop andexit the vehicle to check the external position of thevehicle (look).
When doing so, you must set the parking brake(s)and place the vehicle in neutral. Then, when
exiting/entering the vehicle, you must do so safely
by facing the vehicle and maintaining three (3)points of contact with the vehicle at all times (whenexiting/entering a bus, you may face forward andmaintain a firm grasp on the handrail). If you do notsafely secure the vehicle or safely exit/enter thevehicle, it may result in an automatic failure for anunsafe act.
If you open your door or move from a seatedposition, it will count as a "look.” If you open yourdoor while the vehicle is moving (not in neutral andpark), it may result in an automatic failure for anunsafe act.
On a bus, if you walk to the back of the bus to geta better view, it will count as a “look.”

Page 12M-1

You may be allowed a maximum of one (1) freelook on Exercise 2 – Straight-line Backing, and two(2) free looks on Exercise 4 – Reverse Offset
Backing, to check the position of your vehicle. Your
examiner will cover “looks” when giving instructions
for these exercises.
Final Position – the final position of the vehicle forbacking exercises. You will be scored for final
vehicle position on Exercise 2 – Straight-Line
Backing and on Exercise 4 – Reverse Offset
Backing.
It is important that you finish each exercise exactly
as the examiner has instructed. Your vehicle must
be within final exercise boundaries (other thanmirrors and unique vehicle parts higher than thedoor mirrors, such as a bucket truck). If you do notmaneuver the vehicle into its final position as
described by the examiner, you will be penalized
and will fail the Basic Control Skills test. You
MUST complete the exercises as directed.
Failure to Follow Instructions or Unsafe Act –Failure to follow examiner instructions forcompleting the exercise as directed may result in
an automatic failure and the test may beterminated by the examiner. Always follow theexaminer instructions and directions. If you do notunderstand the instructions or understand how tocomplete the exercises, ask the examiner forclarification. [If permitted, you may ask theexaminer to walk you through the exercise area.]
Committing an “unsafe act” (e.g., forgetting to set
the parking brake or opening the door while inmotion), may result in an automatic failure for anunsafe act and the test may be terminated by theexaminer. Safety of the driver, the examiner andthe testing area is of the highest priority. Always
think SAFETY.

12M.2 Exercises
12M.2.1
Exercise 1 – Forward Stop

When you have stopped, set your parking brake,
shift to neural and sound the horn. The examiner
will then score the exercise. You will receive points
if the front most part of the vehicle (other thanunique vehicle parts higher than the door mirrors,such as a bucket truck) is not in the stop box. (SeeFigure 12M.1 on page 12M-4).

12M.2.2
Exercise 2 – Straight Line Backing
You will demonstrate your ability to back a vehicle
in a straight line. From your stopped position fromthe previous exercise, the examiner will ask you topull forward and stop when they raise their hand
(like this ).
Then back straight through the alley until the frontof your vehicle has cleared the last set of cones at
the far end of the alley. (See Figure 12M.2 on page
12M-4)
You will be scored for pull-ups, encroachments andfinal position.
You are allowed one (1) free pull-up and may
safely exit the vehicle only one (1) time to checkaround the vehicle.
When you have completed the exercise, set yourparking brake, shift to neutral and sound your horn.
This will inform the examiner you have completed
the exercise and allow them to score your final
position.

12M.2.3
Exercise 3 – Forward Offset Tracking
You will demonstrate your ability tomaneuver a vehicle around otherobjects while moving forward.
You will drive forward and steer tothe left through the opening into the
opposite lane, keeping the right mostrear tire between the cone and the line.

You will demonstrate your ability to judge the frontof your vehicle during a controlled
stop. Drive forward through the alley
and stop with the front most part ofthe vehicle (other than unique vehicle
parts higher than the door mirrors,such as a bucket truck) within the box
at the end of the alley without going past it. You
may stop only once.

There are NO free back-ups, and you are NOT
permitted to exit the vehicle during this exercise.

Your examiner will point out the front most part ofyour vehicle when giving instructions for thisexercise.

Stop your vehicle when you are parallel to theouter boundary, prior to or at the cones at the far
end of the exercise. Then, set your parking brake,
shift to neutral and sound your horn. This will
inform the examiner you have completed theSection 12M – Basic Control Skills
FINAL DRAFT Version: September 9, 2022

You will be scored for back-ups, encroachments
and forward tracking clearance (rear tire between
the cone and the line).

Page 12M-2

exercise and allow them to score the exercise.
(See Figure 12M.3 on page 12M-4)

12M.2.4
Exercise 4 – Reverse Offset Backing

Road Test
Remember, the Basic Control Skills test must be
passed before you can proceed to the Road Test.

You will demonstrate your ability to offset back andpark a vehicle at the end of an alley. Starting
parallel with the outer boundary, offset back into
the alley, bringing the rear most part of yourvehicle (other than unique vehicle parts higher
than the door mirrors, such as a bucket truck)within three (3) feet of the rear of the alley.
Stop with the rear mostpart of the vehicle(other than uniquevehicle parts)
in the three (3) foot box
at the end of the alley.
Your examiner will point out the rear most part ofyour vehicle when giving instructions for thisexercise.
Your vehicle must be straight within the alley whencompleted. Your vehicle must be completely within
the defined exercise boundaries when completed(other than mirrors or other unique vehicle parts
higher than the door mirrors, such as a bucket
truck). You may not go beyond the outer boundaryline. (See Figure 12M.4 on page 12M-4)

You will be scored for pull-ups, encroachments andfinal position.
You are allowed two (2) free pull-ups and may exit
the vehicle a maximum of two (2) times to checkaround the vehicle during this exercise.
When you have completed the exercise, set yourparking brake, shift to neutral and sound your horn.
This will inform the examiner you have completed
the exercise and allow them to score your final
position.

Section 12M – Basic Control Skills
FINAL DRAFT Version: September 9, 2022

Page 12M-3

Figure 12M.1: Exercise 1 – Forward Stop

Figure 12M.2: Exercise 2 – Straight Line Backing

Figure 12M.3: Exercise 3 – Forward Offset Tracking

Figure 12M.4: Exercise 4 – Reverse Offset Backing

Section 12M – Basic Control Skills
FINAL DRAFT Version: September 9, 2022

Page 12M-4

Basic Control Skills Diagram w/ Cone Placement

Section 12M – Basic Control Skills
FINAL DRAFT Version: September 9, 2022

Page 12M-5

Basic Control Skills Dimensions

Section 12M – Basic Control Skills
FINAL DRAFT Version: September 9, 2022

Page 12M-6